works and services contract for lakha banjara lake

COMPETITIVE BIDDING/TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR

Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development

Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India

Tender No: 2019/SSCL/22 Date of Issue: 30/08/2019

Office of the Executive Director

Sagar Smart City Limited Old RTO Building, Near Tilli Tiraha,

Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002

Supported by:

Smart Cities Mission, Ministry of Urban Development,

Government of India

Project Management Consultants:

Grant Thornton

TABLE OF CONTENTS National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for

Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India

Sagar Smart City Limited

i

Contents of the Tender/Bid Document: Page

A Disclaimer

B Acronyms & Abbreviations

C Abridged Notice Inviting e-Tenders/Bids (for publication only)

D Notice Inviting e-Tenders/Bids (NIT/NIB)

E Key Dates & Events Reckoner

1. SECTION I: INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB) 1.1 GENERAL

1.1.1 Scope of Bid

1.1.2 Interpretation

1.1.3 Code of Integrity

1.1.4 Eligible Bidders

1.2 CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

1.2.1 Sections of the Bidding Document

1.2.2 Clarification of Bidding Document and Pre-Bid Conference

1.2.3 Amendment of Bidding Document

1.3 PREPARATION OF BIDS

1.3.1 Cost of Bidding

1.3.2 Language of Bid

1.3.3 Documents Comprising the Bid

1.3.4 Bid Submission Sheets and Price Schedules

1.3.5 Bid Prices

1.3.6 Currencies of Bid

1.3.7 Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Bidder

1.3.8 Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder

1.3.9 Period of Validity of Bids

1.3.10 Earnest Money Deposit

1.3.11 Format and Signing of Bid

1.4 SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS

1.4.1 Sealing and Marking of Bids

1.4.2 Deadline for Submission of Bids

1.4.3 Withdrawal, Substitution and Modification of Bids

1.4.4 Bid Opening

1.5 EVALUATION & COMPARISON OF BIDS

1.5.1 Confidentiality

1.5.2 Clarification of Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.3 Deviations, Reservations and Omissions in Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.4 Nonmaterial Non-conformities in Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.5 Correction of Arithmetical Errors in Financial Bid

1.5.6 Preliminary Examination of Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.7 Responsiveness of Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.8 Examination of Terms and Conditions of the Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.9 Evaluation of Qualification of Bidders in Technical Bids

1.5.10 Evaluation of Financial Bids

1.5.11 Comparison of Bids

1.5.12 Negotiations

1.5.13 Employer’s Right to Accept any Bid, and to Reject any or all Bids

1.6 AWARD OF CONTRACT

1.6.1 Employer’s Right to Vary Quantities

1.6.2 Acceptance of the Successful Bid and Award of contract

1.6.3 Signing of Contract

1.6.4 Performance Security

2. SECTION II: BID DATA SHEET




ii

3. SECTION III: QUALIFICATION & TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA

3.1 STAGES OF EVALUATION

3.2 PRE QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

3.2.1 Mandatory Qualifications

3.2.2 Eligibility

3.2.3 Pending Litigation

3.2.4 Financial Eligibility

3.2.5 Work Experience Eligibility

3.3 TECHNICAL PROPOSAL/BID EVALUATION CRITERIA

3.3.1 Technical Proposal/Bid Evaluation Parameters

3.3.2 Adequacy of Technical Proposal

3.3.3 Deployment of Key Personnel(s)

3.3.4 Deployment of Plant, Machinery & Equipment

3.3.5 Site Organization & Setting up

3.3.6 Method Statement

3.3.7 Mobilization Schedule

3.3.8 Work Plan & Completion Time

3.3.9 Environmental Monitoring & Management

3.3.10 Social & Gender Action Plan

3.3.11 Management, Operation & Maintenance

4. SECTION IV: BIDDING FORMS 4.1 BID DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST

4.2 BIDDING PERFORMA

4.2.1 Form MAS-1: Mandatory Submission

4.2.2 Form LTB-1: Letter of Technical Bid

4.2.3 Form ELI-1: Affidavit

4.2.4 Form ELI-2a: Bidder’s Information (Single Entity)

4.2.5 Form ELI-2b: Bidder’s Information (JV/Consortium or Specialist Sub-Contractor)

4.2.6 Form ELI-3a: Power of Attorney (for Single Entity Bidder)

4.2.7 Form ELI-3a: Power of Attorney (for JV/Consortium)

4.2.8 Form ELI-4a: Draft Consortium Agreement

4.2.9 Form ELI-4b: Draft Joint Venture Agreement

4.2.10 Form ELI-4c: Letter of Association

4.2.11 Form LIT-1: Pending Litigation

4.2.12 Form FINQ-1: Net Worth

4.2.13 Form FINQ-2: Average Annual Construction Turnover

4.2.14 Form FINQ-3: Working Capital

4.2.15 Form FINQ-3a: Letter of Assurance for Revolving Line of Credit

4.2.16 Form FINQ-4a: Bid Capacity (Current Contract Commitments)

4.2.17 Form FINQ-4b: Bid Capacity (Self-Assessment)

4.2.18 Form EXPQ-1: Experience of Similar Size and Nature of Contracts

4.2.19 Form EXPQ-1a: Experience in Contracts with Similar Key Activities

4.2.20 Form TECH-1: Key Personnel(s) Information

4.2.21 Form TECH-1a: Resume of Key Personnel(s)

4.2.22 Form TECH-2: Plant & Equipment Details

4.2.23 Form TECH-3: Technical Proposal

4.2.24 Form FIN-1: Letter of Financial Bid

4.2.25 Form FIN-2: Bill of Quantities

5. SECTION V: EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS

5.1 SCOPE OF WORK

5.1.1 Project Background

5.1.2 Objectives

5.1.3 Area Delineation

5.1.4 Scope of Work & Services




iii

5.1.5 Nature of Work & Services

5.1.6 Sequence of Work & Milestones

5.1.7 Material & Workmanship

5.1.8 Period of MOM & Defect Liability

5.2 SPECIFICATIONS

5.3 DRAWINGS

5.4 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

5.5 PLANT, MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

5.6 EQUIPMENT FOR QUALITY CONTROL LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS

5.7 ENVIRONMENT & SOCIAL MONITORING & MANAGENENT COMPLIANCES

5.8 MANAGENENT OPERATION & MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

6. SECTION VI: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) 6.1 GENERAL

6.1.1 Definitions

6.1.2 Interpretations and Documents

6.1.3 Language and Law

6.1.4 Communications

6.1.5 Subcontracting

6.1.6 Personnel

6.1.7 Force Majeure

6.1.8 Contractor's Risks

6.1.9 Liability For Accidents To Person

6.1.10 Contractor to Construct the Works

6.1.11 Discoveries

6.1.12 Dispute Resolution System

6.2 TIME CONTROL

6.2.1 Programme

6.2.2 Extension of Time

6.2.3 Compensation for Delay

6.2.4 Contractor’s Quoted percentage

6.3 QUALITY CONTROL

6.3.1 Tests

6.3.2 Correction of Defects Noticed

6.4 COST CONTROL

6.4.1 Variations

6.4.2 Extra Item

6.4.3 Payments for Variations/Extra Quantities

6.4.4 Compensation

6.4.5 Interests

6.4.6 Recovery

6.4.7 Taxes & Levies

6.4.8 Measurements

6.4.9 Termination

6.4.10 Payment upon Termination


6.4.12 Security Deposit

6.4.13 Price Adjustment

6.4.14 Mobilization Advance

6.4.15 Secured Advance

6.4.16 Payment Certification

6.5 CONTRACT COMPLETION/CLOSURE

6.5.1 Completion Certificate

6.5.2 Final Account

6.6 OTHER CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

6.6.1 Currencies

6.6.2 Labour




iv

6.6.3 Compliance with Labour Regulation

6.6.4 Defect Liability Period

6.6.5 Audit & Technical Examination

6.6.6 Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor

6.6.7 Jurisdiction

7. SECTION VII: PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (PCC)

7.1 CONTRACT DATA SHEET

7.2 SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

8. SECTION VIII: CONTRACT FORMS

8.1 Notification of Award/Letter of Acceptance

8.2 Contract Agreement

8.3 Performance Security

8.4 Mobilization Advance Security

8.5 Secured Advance Security

8.6 Physical Completion Certificate

8.7 Final Completion Certificate

A. DISCLAIMER National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



v

DISCLAIMER

1. Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL) (hereinafter referred to as ‘Authority/ Employer used

interchangeably’) has issued this Tender Document (hereinafter referred to as ”Tender”) for ” Works and

Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya

Pradesh, India’, on such terms and conditions as set out in this Tender document, including but not limited

to the technical specifications set out in different parts of this Tender document.

2. This Tender has been prepared with an intention to invite prospective Applicants/Bidders and to

assist them in making their decision on whether or not to submit a Bid. It is hereby clarified that this Tender

is not an agreement and the purpose of this Tender is to provide the Bidder(s) with information to assist them

in the formulation of their Bids. This Tender document does not purport to contain all the information Bidders

may require. This Tender document may not be appropriate for all persons, and it is not possible for the

Authority to consider the investment objectives, financial situation and particular needs of each Bidder.

3. The Authority has taken due care in preparation of information contained herein. However, this

information is not intended to be exhaustive. The interested parties are required to make their own inquiries

and respondents will be required to confirm in writing that they have done so and they do not solely rely on

the information contained in this Tender in submitting their Bid. This Tender includes statements, which

reflect various assumptions and assessments arrived at by the Authority in relation to the Project. Such

assumptions, assessments and statements do not purport to contain all the information that each Bidder may

require.

4. This Tender is not an agreement by and between the Authority and the prospective Bidders or any

other person. The information contained in this Tender is provided on the basis that it is non–binding on the

Authority, any of its authorities or agencies, or any of their respective officers, employees, agents, or advisors.

The Authority makes no representation or warranty and shall incur no liability under any law as to the

accuracy, reliability or completeness of the information contained in the Tender document.

5. Each Bidder is advised to consider the Tender document as per his understanding and capacity. The

Bidders are also advised to do appropriate examination, enquiry and scrutiny of all aspects mentioned in the

RFP document before Bidding.

6. The Bidders are encouraged to take professional help of experts on financial, legal, technical,

taxation, and any other matters / sectors appearing in the document or specified work. The Bidders are also

requested to go through the Tender document in detail and bring to notice of the Authority, any kind of error,

misprint, inaccuracies, or omission in the document. The Authority reserves the right not to proceed with the

project, to alter the timetable reflected in this document, or to change the process or procedure to be applied.

The Authority also reserves the right to decline to discuss the project further with any party submitting a Bid.

7. No reimbursement of cost of any type will be paid to persons, entities, or consortiums submitting a

Bid. The Bidder shall bear all costs arising from, associated with or relating to the preparation and submission

of its Bid including but not limited to preparation, copying, postage, delivery fees, expenses associated with

any demonstrations or presentations which may be required by the Authority or any other costs incurred in

connection with or relating to its Bid.

8. Issue of this Tender does not imply that the Authority is bound to select and pre-qualify Bids for Bid

stage or to appoint the Selected Bidder, as the case may be, for the project and the Authority reserves the

right to reject all or any of the Bids without assigning any reasons whatsoever.

A. DISCLAIMER National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



vi

9. The Authority may, in its absolute discretion but without being under any obligation to do so, update,

amend or supplement the information, assessment or assumptions contained in this Tender.

10. The Authority, its employees and advisors make no representation or warranty and shall have no

liability (for any cost, damage, loss or expense which may arise from or is incurred or suffered on account of

anything contained in this Tender or otherwise, including but not limited to the accuracy, adequacy,

correctness, completeness or reliability of the Tender and any assessment, assumption, statement or

information contained therein or deemed to be part of this Tender or arising in any way with eligibility of

Bidder for participation in the Bidding Process) towards any applicant or Bidder or a third person, under any

law, statute, rule, regulation or tort law, principles of restitution or unjust enrichment or otherwise.

11. The Authority also accepts no liability of any nature whether resulting from negligence or otherwise

howsoever caused arising from reliance of any Bidder upon the statement contained in this Tender.

12. Interested parties, after careful review of all the clauses of this ‘Tender’, are encouraged to send their

suggestions in writing to the Authority. Such valid suggestions if so required, after review by the Authority,

may be incorporated into this ‘Request for Proposal’ as a corrigendum, which shall be uploaded onto the e-

tendering website.

B. ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



vii

ACRONYMS & ABBREVIATIONS

@ at the rate A/V Audio Visual ABD Area Based Development Agg. Aggregate Alu. Aluminium approx. Approximate AR Authorized Representative ASI Archaeological Survey of India ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Avg. Average BC Bituminous Course BDS Bid Data Sheet BG Bank Guarantee BIS Bureau of Indian Standards BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BOQ Bill of Quantities CEO Chief Executive Officer CA Chartered Accountant CBD Central Business District CC Cement Concrete CCTV Close Circuit Television CD Cross Drainage CGI Corrugated Galvanized Iron CI Cast Iron Cm Centimetre CM Cement Mortar COD Chemical Oxygen Demand CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CPWD Central Public Works Department Cu.m Cubic Meter CV Curriculum Vitae DAAM Directorate of Archaeology, Archives & Museums DEWATS Decentralized Wastewater Treatment System DRDO Defence Research and Development Organisation DSR Delhi Schedule of Rates E Electronic EE Executive Engineer EIL Engineers India Limited EMD Earnest Money Deposit EPDM Ethylene Propylene Diene Monomer EPF Employee’s Provident Fund ESMMP Environmental & Social Monitoring and Management Plan etc. et cetra FDR Fixed Deposit Receipt FRP Fibre-Reinforced Plastic FY Financial Year GCC General Conditions of Contract GFC Good for Construction Drawings GI Galvanized Iron gm. Grams GOI Government of India GOMP Government of Madhya Pradesh

GPRS General Packet Radio Services GPS Global Positioning System GRP Glass Reinforced Polymer




viii

GS Galvanised Steel GSM Global System for Mobile GST Goods & Services Tax Ha Hectare HDPE High-Density Polyethylene HOM Hiring of Machineries HORT. Horticulture HP Horse Power HRS Hours HT Hight Tension ICCC Integrated Command and Control Centre ID Identification ILO International Labour Organisation INR Rs. Or ₹ Indian National Rupees IRC Indian Road Congress IS Indian Standards ISI Indian Standards Institute ISO International Standards Organisation ISOR Integrated Schedule of Rates ISSR Integrated Standard Schedule of Rates IT Information Technology ITB Information to Bidders JV Joint Venture Kg Kilogram Km Kilometre KPWD Karnataka Public Works Department KV Kilo-Volt kVA Kilo-Volt Ampere KW Kilowatt KWSS Karnataka Water Supply & Sewage LDPE Low-Density Polyethylene LED Light Emitting Diode LLP Limited Liability Partnership LOA Letter of Acceptance/Award LOI Letter of Intent LT Low Tension M.l Million Litres M/S Messrs MB Measurement Book MBR Membrane Bio-Reactor MEP Mechanical, Electrical & Plumbing ml Millilitre MLD Million Litres per Day Mm Millimetre MOCA Ministry of Corporate Affairs MOEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change MOM Management, Operation and Maintenance MORTH Ministry of Roads, Transport & Highways MOUD Ministry of Urban Development MP Madhya Pradesh MPRRDA Madhya Pradesh Rural Road Development Authority MS Mild Steel Mts or M Metres MV Medium Voltage N Newton NDT Non-Destructive Test NIB Notice Inviting Bids NIT Notice Inviting Tenders NMR Non-Muster Roll




ix

No. Number NOC No Objection Certificate NTP Notice to Proceed O&M Operation & Management OD Outer Diameter OFC Optical Fibre Cable OMC Optimum Moisture Content PAN Permanent Account Number pax. Person Amount X PCC Plain Cement Concrete PET Polyethylene Terephthalate PHED Public Health Engineering Department PLC Programmable Logic Controller PMC Project Management Consultants PSU Public Sector Unit PUC Pollution Under Control PVC Poly Vinyl Chloride PWD Public Works Department RA Running Account RB Reinforced Brick RC Reinforced Concrete RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete RGB Red Green Blue RMU Ring Main Unit ROF Registrar of Firms ROS Registrar of Societies RTDAS Real Time Data Acquisition System RTO Regional Transport Office RUIDP Rajasthan Urban Infrastructure Development Project SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SCC Special Conditions of Contract SCM Smart Cities Mission SCP Smart City Proposal SE Superintending Engineer SITC Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning Sl. No. Serial Number SMC Sagar Municipal Corporation SOR Schedule of Rates SPC Special Purpose Company SPCB State Pollution Control Board Sq. Square Sq.m Square Meter SS Stainless Steel SSCL Sagar Smart City Limited STP Sewage Treatment Plant T&P Tools & Plants TAN Tax Deduction and Collection Account Number TBA To be Announced TBD To be Decided TOC Total Organic Carbon Topo. Topographical TPN Three Pole Neutral TSS Total Suspended Solids or Total Station Survey UADD Urban Administration and Development Department UCSR Unified Schedule of Rates ULB Urban Local Body UN United Nations UV Ultra Violet V Volts




x

VAT Value Added Tax Vol Volume WBM Water Bound Macadam WMM Wet Mix Macadam WRD Water Resource Department

C. ABRIDGED NOTICE INVITING e-TENDER National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



xi

Notice Inviting Tenders (NIT)

NIT No- Date:

Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL) invites Proposals from reputed organization for below mentioned

tender:

Sr.No.

Work

Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) in Rs.

Period of Contract (months)

Last Date to Purchase the Tender

1. Request for Proposals “Works

and Services Contract for

Lakha Banjara Lake

Rejuvenation & Lakefront

Development Sagar, Madhya

Pradesh, India

60,00,000 /- 18 Months 03/10/2019 at

17:00 hrs

Tender Document and other details shall be available on website- http://www.mptenders.gov.in and

https://sagarsmartcity.org . Sagar Smart City Limited, reserves the right to accept/reject any/all bid

(s) without assigning any reason thereof.

http://www.mptenders.gov.in/

https://sagarsmartcity.org/

D. NOTICE INVITING e-TENDERS/BIDS (NIT/NIB) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



xii

SAGAR SMART CITY LIMITED

NOTICE INVITING TENDER/BID (NIT/NIB)

NIT No.: SSCL/2019/314 Date: 30-08-2019

Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL) invites online percentage rate bids/tenders for the following works

(estimated on UADD ISSR w.e.f. 10/05/2012 and other scheduled and non-scheduled rates) from eligible

registered contractors and firms of national/international repute fulfilling eligibility criteria (Bidders) through

https://mptenders.gov.in/ for ‘Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation &

Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India’.

The details are as under:

Event’s Name Information

1. Probable Amount of Contract INR 106,04,92,688.00 (Rupees One Hundred Six Crores Four Lakhs Ninety Two Thousand Six Hundred and Eighty Eight only)

2. Tender document Fee INR 50,000.00 (Rupees Fifty Thousand only) to be paid only through Online e-Tendering Payment Gateway

3. Earnest Money Deposit (EMD) INR 60,00,000.00 (Rupees Sixty lacs only)

4. Last date for sending pre-bid queries 09/09/2019 till 23:59 Hours at [email protected]

5. Date, Time & Place of Pre-bid Meeting 11/09/2019 at 15:00 Hours Venue: Office of the Chief Executive Officer, Sagar Smart City Limited, Old RTO Building, Near Tilli Tiraha, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002, India’

6. Last date for Online Purchase of Tender Document 03/10/2019 till 17:00 Hours

7. Last date of Online Submission of Bids 03/10/2019 till 17:00 Hours

8. Date & Time for Opening of Pre-Qualification 04/10/2019 till 17:00 Hours

9. Date & Time for Opening of Technical Proposal 04/10/2019 till 17:00 Hours

10. Date & Time for Opening of Financial Proposals Date and time will be intimated later to the technically qualified Bidders

11. Project Award Criteria Technically Responsive and Financially Lowest Cost Selection

Note: The bidders shall have to submit their bids online and upload the relevant documents as per key

schedule (key dates).

1. All details relating to the Bid Document(s) can be viewed and downloaded from the website mentioned in

NIT.

2. Bid document can be purchased after making online payment of portal fees through Credit/Debit/Cash

Card/Internet banking.

3. At the time of submission of the Bid the eligible bidder shall be required to:

a. Pay the cost of Bid Document (No exemption is applicable);

b. Deposit the Earnest Money (No exemption is applicable);

c. Submit a check list; and

d. Submit a statement of facts in form of an Affidavit as per Performa ELI-1: Affidavit

4. Eligibility for Bidders:

https://mptenders.gov.in/

mailto:[email protected]

D. NOTICE INVITING e-TENDERS/BIDS (NIT/NIB) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



xiii

a. At the time of submission of the Bid the bidder should have valid registration with the Government

of Madhya Pradesh, PWD in appropriate class. However, such bidders who are not registered

with the Government of Madhya Pradesh and are eligible for registration can also submit their bids

after having applied for registration with appropriate authority.

b. The bidder would be required to have valid registration with MPPWD in appropriate class at the

time of signing of the Contract.

c. Failure to sign the contract by the selected bidder, for whatsoever reason, shall result in forfeiture

of the earnest money deposit.

5. Pre-qualification: Prequalification conditions, as applicable, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.

6. Special Eligibility: Special Eligibility Conditions, if any, are given in the Bid Data Sheet.

7. Amendment to NIT, if any, would be published on website only, and not in Newspaper.

Executive Director


E. KEY DATES & EVENTS RECKONER National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



xiv

KEY DATES & EVENTS RECKONER

S. No.

Department’s Action

Bidder’s Action

Start Expiry Envelopes

Date Time Date Time

1. Purchase of Tender Online

31/08/2019 10:00 Hours 03/10/2019 17:00 Hours

2. Last Date for Pre-Bid Queries

09/09/2019 23:59 Hours

3. Pre-Bid Meeting

11/09/2019 15:00 Hours

4. Bid Submission

Online

31/08/2019 11:00 Hours 03/10/2019 17:00 Hours

5. Mandatory Submission

Opening

04/10/2019 17:00 Hours Envelope A

6. Technical Proposal Opening

04/10/2019 17:00 Hours Envelope B

7. Submission of Hard

Copies of Technical Proposal

07/10/2019 17:00 Hours

8. Financial Bid Opening

TBD/TBA Envelope C

National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



1

SECTION I: INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB)

SECTION I: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (ITB) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



2

1. SECTION I: INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS (ITB)

1.1. GENERAL

1.1.1 Scope of Bid 1.1.1.1 In support of the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) indicated in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the Employer as indicated in the BDS, issues this Bidding Document for the procurement of works as named in the BDS and as specified, Employer’s Requirements.

1.1.1.2 The period of completion of the Works and Services shall be as indicated in the BDS

1.1.1.3 The Defect Liability Period for the Works shall be as indicated in the BDS

1.1.1.4 The engineer’s estimate for all Works & Services shall be as indicated in the BDS

1.1.1.5 The type of tender/bidding shall be as indicated in the BDS

1.1.1.6 The nature of works involved in the Works & Services contract shall be as indicated in the BDS

1.1.2 Interpretations 1.1.2.1 Throughout this Bidding Document: the term “in writing” means communicated in written form through letter, fax, e-mail etc. with proof of receipt. If the context so requires, singular means plural and vice versa; and “Day” means calendar day

1.1.3 Code of Integrity 1.1.3.1 Any person participating in the procurement process shall, i. not offer any bribe, reward or gift or any material benefit

either directly or indirectly in exchange for an unfair advantage in procurement process or to otherwise influence the procurement process;

ii. not misrepresent or omit that misleads or attempts to mislead so as to obtain a financial or other benefit or avoid an obligation;

iii. not indulge in any collusion, bid rigging or anti- competitive behaviour to impair the transparency, fairness and progress of the procurement process;

iv. not misuse any information shared between the Employer and the Bidders with an intent to gain unfair advantage in the procurement process;

v. not indulge in any coercion including impairing or harming or threatening to do the same, directly or indirectly, to any party or to its property to influence the procurement process;

vi. not obstruct any investigation or audit of a procurement process;

vii. disclose conflict of interest, if any; and viii. disclose any previous transgressions with any government

and quasi-government entities in India or any other country during the last three years or any debarment by any other Employer.

1.1.3.2 Conflict of Interest: A conflict of interest is considered to be a situation in which a party has interests that could improperly influence that party’s performance of official duties or responsibilities, contractual obligations, or compliance with applicable laws and regulations. A Bidder may be considered to be in conflict of interest with one or more parties in this bidding process if, including but not limited to:

i. have controlling partners/ shareholders in common; or ii. receive or have received any direct or in direct subsidy from

any of them ;or




3

iii. have the same legal representative for purposes of this Bid; or

iv. have a relationship with each other, directly or through common third parties, that puts them in a position to have access to information about or influence on the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding process; or

v. the Bidder participates in more than one Bid in this bidding process. Participation by a Bidder in more than one Bid will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which the Bidder is involved. However, this does not limit the inclusion of the same subcontractor, not otherwise participating as a Bidder, in more than one Bid; or

vi. the Bidder or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the Works that are the subject of the Bid; or

vii. the Bidder or any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer as Engineer-in-charge/ consultant for the Contract.

1.1.3.3 The Bidder shall have to give a declaration regarding compliance of the Code of Integrity prescribed in the Act, the Rules and stated above in this Clause along with its Bid, in the format specified in Section IV, Bidding Forms.

1.1.3.4 Breach of Code of Integrity by the Bidder- Without prejudice to the provisions of Madhya Pradesh Financial Code and New Store Purchase And Service Procurement Rules 2015, in case of any breach of the Code of Integrity by a Bidder or prospective Bidder, as the case may be, the Employer may take appropriate action in accordance with the provisions of the Code.

1.1.4 Eligible Bidders 1.1.4.1 A Bidder may be a natural person, private Entity, government-owned Entity or, where permitted in the BDS, any combination of them with a formal intent to enter into an agreement or under an existing agreement in the form of a Joint Venture [JV], Consortium or Association. In the case of a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association- all parties to the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association shall sign the Bid and they shall be jointly and severally liable; and a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association shall nominate a representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the parties of the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association during the Bidding process. In the event the Bid of Joint Venture, Consortium or Association is accepted, either they shall form a registered Joint Venture, Consortium or Association as company/firm or otherwise all the parties to Joint Venture, Consortium or Association shall sign the Agreement.

1.1.4.2 A Bidder, and all parties constituting the Bidder, shall have the nationality of India. In case of International Competitive Bidding or Joint Venture, Consortium or Association when permitted in the BDS, the nationality of the Bidder and all parties constituting the Bidder shall be of India or an eligible country declared as such by Government of India. A Bidder shall be deemed to have nationality of a country if the Bidder is a citizen or constituted or incorporated, and operates in conformity with the provisions of the Laws of that country. This criterion shall also apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed Sub- Contractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract including related services.

1.1.4.3 A Bidder should not have a conflict of interest in the procurement in question as stated in the Madhya Pradesh Financial Code and New




4

Store Purchase And Service Procurement Rules 2015 and this Bidding document.

1.1.4.4 A Bidder debarred or sanctioned by central or state government agency/department or any other quasi government bodies or UN umbrella multilateral agencies on reasonable and evidential grounds shall not be eligible to participate in this procurement process undertaken by the Employer.

1.1.4.5 The Bidder must be a registered Contractor in appropriate class with the Department/ Organization as permitted in the BDS. He shall furnish necessary proof for the same.

1.1.4.6 i. Any change in the constitution of the firm, etc., shall be notified forth with by the Bidder in writing to the Employer and such change shall not relieve any former partner/ member of the firm, etc. from any liability under the Contract.

ii. No new partner/partners shall be accepted in the firm by the Bidder in respect of the contract unless he/they agree to abide by all its terms, conditions and deposit with the Employer a written agreement to this effect. The Bidder’s receipt for acknowledgement or that of any partners subsequently accepted as above shall bind all of them and will be sufficient discharge for any of the purpose of the Contract.

iii. The status of the lead partner/ representative of the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association as a major stake holder shall not change without the consent of the Employer. New major stake holder must agree to abide by all terms and conditions of the Contract.

1.1.4.7 Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility satisfactory to the Employer, should the Employer request.

1.1.4.8 In case a prequalification or empanelment or registration process has been conducted prior to the bidding process, this bidding shall be open only to the pre-qualified, empanelled or registered Bidders as prescribed in the BDS.

1.1.4.9 Each Bidder shall submit only one Bid except in case of alternative bids, if permitted in the BDS.

1.1.4.10 Bidder who is not registered under with Madhya Pradesh PWD can bid, however selected bidder shall have to be got registered with the State PWD and submit the proof of registration before signing the Contract agreement. The Bidder is also required to provide proof of Permanent Account Number (PAN), Goods & Services Tax (GST) no. and TAN given by Income Tax Department.

1.2. CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

1.2.1 Sections of the Bidding Document

1.2.1.1 The Bidding Document consists of Parts I, II, and III, which include all the Sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB Clause 1.2.3 [Amendment of Bidding Document]. Part I: Bidding Procedures Section I. Instructions to Bidders (ITB) Section II. Bid Data Sheet (BDS) Section III. Qualification & Technical Evaluation Criteria Section IV. Bidding Forms Part II: Requirements Section V. Employer’s Requirements.




5

Part III: Contract Section VI. General Conditions of Contract [GCC] Section VII. Particular Conditions of Contract [PCC] Section VIII. Contract Forms

1.2.1.2 The NIT issued by the Employer is also part of the Bidding Document.

1.2.1.3 The complete Bidding Document shall be uploaded on the e- procurement portal, www.mpeproc.gov.in along with the Notice Inviting Bids. The prospective Bidders may download the bidding document from these portals. The price of the Bidding Document and processing fee of e-bid shall have to be paid to the Employer in the amount and manner as specified in BDS and e-procurement portal.

1.2.1.4 The Employer is not responsible for the Completeness of the Bidding Document and its addenda, if they were not downloaded correctly from the e-procurement portal.

1.2.1.5 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all information or authentic documentation required by the Bidding Document may result in the rejection of the Bid.

1.2.2 Clarification of Bidding Document and Pre-Bid Conference

1.2.2.1 The Bidder shall be deemed to have carefully examined the conditions, specifications, size, make and drawings, etc. of the Works and Related Services to be provided. If any Bidder has any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of the conditions or of the specifications, drawings etc., it shall, before submitting the Bid, refer the same to the Employer and get clarifications. A Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Document shall contact the Employer in writing or e-mail in a prescribed format indicated in the BDS at the Employer’s address indicated in the BDS. The Employer will respond in writing or e-mail to any request for clarification, within seven (7) days provided that such request is received no later than twenty-one (21) days prior to the deadline for submission of Bids as specified in ITB Sub-Clause 1.4.2.1 [Deadline for Submission of Bids]. The clarification issued, including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source shall also be placed on the State Public Procurement Portal and should the Employer deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Document as a result of a clarification, it shall do so following the procedure under ITB Clause 1.2.3 [Amendment of Bidding Document] through an addendum which shall form part of the Bidding Document.

1.2.2.2 The Bidder or his authorized representative is invited to attend the Pre- Bid Conference, if provided for in the BDS. The purpose of the Pre- Bid Conference will be to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter related to this procurement that may be raised at that stage. If required, a conducted site visit may be arranged by the Employer.

1.2.2.3 The Bidder is requested, to submit questions in writing, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the date of Pre-Bid Conference.

1.2.2.4 Minutes of the Pre-Bid Conference, including the text of the questions raised, and the responses given, without identifying the source, will be transmitted promptly to all Bidders who attended the Pre-Bid Conference and shall also be placed on the State Public Procurement Portal and the e-procurement portal. Any modification to the Bidding Document that may become necessary as a result of the Pre-Bid Conference shall be made by the Employer exclusively




6

through the issue of an addendum (part of Bid document) and not through the minutes of the Pre-Bid Conference.

1.2.2.5 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of the Bids, the Employer, suo motto, may also amend the Bidding Document, if required, by issuing an addenda which will form part of the Bidding Document.

1.2.2.6 Non-attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.

1.2.3 Amendment of Bidding Document

1.2.3.1 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document and shall be uploaded on the e-procurement portal as indicated in the BDS.

1.2.3.2 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of the Bids, pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 1.4.2 [Deadline for Submission of Bids], under due publication on the e-procurement portal and newspapers. The date of submission of the bids post addendum shall be extended by number of days as indicated in the BDS.

1.3. PREPARATION OF BIDS

1.3.1 Cost of Bidding 1.3.1.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the bidding process.

1.3.1.2 The Bidder shall furnish the scanned attested copies of following documents with its Bid:

i. Partnership Deed and valid registration certificate with the Registrar of Firms in case of Partnership Firms. Power of Attorney in favour of the partner signing/submitting the Bid, authorizing him to represent all partners of the firm.

ii. GST registration certificate and VAT/Sales Tax clearance certificate up to 30-6-2017 and Permanent Account Number (PAN) given by the Income Tax Department.

iii. Address of residence and office, telephone numbers e-mail address in case of sole Proprietorship.

iv. Certificate of Registration and Memorandum of Association issued by Registrar of Companies in case of a registered company and in case of any other statutory or registered body, certificate of incorporation or registration issued by concerned authorities. Power of attorney in favour of the person signing the Bid.

v. Where permitted to bid as Joint Venture, Consortium or Association, letter of formal intent to enter in to an agreement or an existing agreement in the form of a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association.

1.3.2 Language of Bid 1.3.2.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in English/ Hindi or a language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages duly accepted by the Bidder in English/ Hindi or the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.




7

1.3.3 Documents Comprising the Bid

1.3.3.1 The Bid shall comprise of two covers, one containing the Technical Bid/ Proposal and the other the Financial or Price Bid/ Proposal. One more cover containing scanned copies of proof of payment in form specified in Bid Data Sheet, of the price of Bidding Document, and EMD shall be enclosed separately.

1.3.3.2 The Technical Bid/ Proposal shall contain the following: i. Technical Bid/Proposal Submission Sheet ii. Qualification and Technical Bid/Proposal containing the

filled up Bidding Forms and Declarations related to Technical Bid/Proposal and Code of Integrity given in Section IV [Bidding Forms];

iii. proof of payment of price of Bidding Document, EMD, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.3.10;

iv. written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB Clause 1.3.11;

v. documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clause 1.3.7 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility to bid;

vi. documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clause 1.3.8 establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract if its Bid is accepted;

vii. Drawings/ designs in support of the Works to be executed; viii. the Notice Inviting Bids; ix. any other document required in the BDS; and x. others considered necessary to strengthen the Bid

submitted.

1.3.3.3 The Financial Bid/ Price Proposal shall contain the following : i. Financial Bid/ Price Proposal Submission Sheet and the

applicable Price Schedules, in accordance with ITB Clauses 1.3.4, 1.3.5;

ii. Any other document required in the BDS.

1.3.4 Bid Submission Sheets and Price Schedules

1.3.4.1 The Bidder shall submit the Technical Bid and Financial Bid using the Bid Submission Sheets provided in Section IV [Bidding Forms]. These forms must be completed without any alterations to their format, and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

1.3.4.2 The Bidder shall submit as part of the Financial Bid, the Price Schedules for Works, using the forms provided in Section IV [Bidding Forms] or as per the format/procedure provided in the e-tendering portal

1.3.5 Bid Prices 1.3.5.1 i. In case of Item Rate Contracts, the Bidder shall fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the Bill of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer but will have to be executed and shall be deemed covered by the rates for other items and prices in the Bill of Quantities.

ii. In case of Percentage Rate Contracts, combined single percentage above or below must be quoted by the Bidder for all items of the Bill of Quantities.

iii. In case of Lump Sum Contracts, only Total Price which the Bidder wants to charge for the entire Works with all its contingencies in accordance with drawings and specifications shall be quoted by the Bidder. A Schedule of Rates shall be specified in the BDS in order to regulate the amount to be added to or deducted from the fixed sum on account of additions and alterations not covered by the Contract. Payments shall be linked to various stages of




8

completion of the Works specified in Activity Schedule given in Bid Data Sheet.

1.3.5.2 Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s Performance of the Contract and not subject to variation on any account, unless otherwise specified in the BDS. A Bid submitted with an adjustable price quotation shall be treated as non- responsive and shall be rejected, pursuant to ITB Clause 1.5.7 [Responsiveness of Bids]. However, if in accordance with the BDS, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract, a Bid submitted with a fixed price quotation shall not be rejected, but the price adjustment shall be treated as zero.

1.3.5.3 All duties, taxes and other levies payable by the Bidder under the contract, or for any other cause, shall be included in the rates and prices, and the total Bid Price submitted by the Bidder until and unless mentioned otherwise in the BDS.

1.3.6 Currencies of Bid

1.3.6.1 The unit rates and the prices shall be quoted by the Bidder entirely in Indian Rupees unless otherwise specified in BDS. All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees only, unless otherwise specified in the BDS.

1.3.7 Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Bidder

1.3.7.1 To establish their eligibility in accordance with ITB Clause 1.1.4 [Eligible Bidders], Bidders shall:

i. complete the eligibility declarations in the Bid Submission Sheet and Declaration Form included in Section IV [Bidding Forms];

ii. if the Bidder is an existing or intended Joint Venture [JV], Consortium or Association in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.1.4.1, shall submit a copy of the Agreement, or a letter of intent to enter into such Agreement. The respective document shall be signed by all legally authorized signatories of all the parties to the existing or intended JV, Consortium or Association as appropriate; and

iii. the existing or intended JV shall authorize an individual/ partner in one of the firms as lead partner of the JV to act and commit all the partners of JV for the Bid.

1.3.8 Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder

1.3.8.1 To establish its qualifications to perform the Contract, the Bidder shall submit as part of its Technical Proposal the documentary evidence indicated for each qualification criteria specified in Section III, [Pre-Qualification & Technical Evaluation].

1.3.9 Period of Validity of Bids

1.3.9.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS after the Bid submission deadline date as specified by the Employer. A Bid valid for a shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.

1.3.9.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the Bid validity period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. The EMD or a Bid Securing Declaration in accordance with ITB Clause 1.3.10 [EMD] shall also be got extended for thirty (30) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its EMD. Bidder granting the request shall not be permitted to modify its Bid.

1.3.10 Earnest Money Deposit

1.3.10.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid, a EMD for the amount specified in the BDS.

1.3.10.2 For all kind of Bidders. EMD shall be 0.5% of the value of works indicated in the NIT. The EMD shall be in Indian Rupees, if not otherwise specified in the BDS.




9

1.3.10.3 The EMD shall be in the form of Fixed Deposit Receipt of a scheduled commercial bank OR, Interest bearing securities of post office OR, Demand Draft issued in favour of the name given in the BDS. The Fixed Deposit Receipt and interest-bearing securities of post office shall be valid for six (6) months or more after the last date of receipt of bids.

1.3.10.4 Scanned copy of EMD instrument shall necessarily accompany the sealed Bid. Any Bid not accompanied by EMD, if not exempted, shall be liable to be rejected.

1.3.10.5 EMD of a Bidder lying with the Employer in respect of other Bids awaiting decision shall not be adjusted towards EMD for this Bid. The EMD originally deposited may, however be taken into consideration in case Bids are re-invited.

1.3.10.6 The issuer of the EMD and the confirmer, if any, of the EMD, as well as the form and terms of the EMD, must be acceptable to the Employer.

1.3.10.7 Prior to submitting its Bid, a Bidder may request the Employer to confirm the acceptability of a proposed issuer of a EMD or of a proposed confirmer, if different than as specified in ITB Clause 1.3.10.3. The Employer shall respond promptly to such a request.

1.3.10.8 The bank EMD shall be got confirmed from the concerned issuing bank or authority. However, the confirmation of the acceptability of a proposed issuer or of any proposed confirmer does not preclude the Employer from rejecting the EMD on the ground that the issuer or the confirmer, as the case may be, has become insolvent or is under liquidation or has otherwise ceased to be creditworthy.

1.3.10.9 The EMD of unsuccessful Bidders shall be refunded soon after final acceptance of successful Bid and signing of Contract Agreement and submitting Performance Security by successful Bidder pursuant to ITB Clause 1.6.4 [Performance Security].

1.3.10.10 The EMD taken from a Bidder shall be forfeited in the following cases, namely:

i. when the Bidder withdraws or modifies his Bid after opening of Bids; or

ii. when the Bidder does not execute the agreement in accordance with ITB Clause 1.6.3 [Signing of Contract] after issue of letter of acceptance/ placement of Work order within the specified time period; or

iii. when the Bidder fails to commence the Works as per Work Order within the time specified; or

iv. when the Bidder does not deposit the Performance Security in accordance with ITB Clause 1.6.4 [Performance Security]; in the prescribed time limit after the work order is placed;

v. if the Bidder breaches any provision of the Code of Integrity prescribed for Bidders as specified in ITB Clause 1.1.3 [Code of Integrity]; or

vi. if the Bidder does not accept the correction of its Bid Price pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 1.5.5 [Correction of Arithmetical Errors].

1.3.10.12 In case of the successful bidder, the amount of EMD may be adjusted in arriving at the amount of the Performance Security, or refunded if the successful bidder furnishes the full amount of Performance Security. No interest will be paid by the Employer on the amount of EMD.

1.3.10.13 The Employer shall promptly refund the EMD of the Bidders at the earliest of any of the following events, namely:




10

i. the expiry of validity of EMD; ii. the execution of agreement for procurement and

Performance Security is furnished by the successful bidder; iii. the cancellation of the procurement process; or iv. the withdrawal of Bid prior to the deadline for presenting

Bids, unless the Bidding Document stipulates that no such withdrawal is permitted.

1.3.10.14 The EMD of a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association must be in the name of the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association that submits the Bid. If the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association has not been legally constituted at the time of Bidding, the members of the proposed consortium or JV shall enter in to an Agreement to form a legally constituted JV after the issue of Letter of Acceptance / Letter of Intent to them and also declare a partner as the lead partner in whose name the EMD may be submitted.

1.3.11 Format and Signing of Bid

1.3.11.1 All pages of the Technical and Financial Bid shall be digitally signed by the Bidder or authorised signatory on behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the Bid. In case of a Joint Venture, Consortium or Association, if the Joint Venture, Consortium or Association has not been legally constituted at the time of Bidding, all the members of the proposed Joint Venture, Consortium or Association shall digitally sign the Bid.

1.4. SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS

1.4.1 Sealing and Marking of Bids

1.4.1.1 Bidders shall submit their Bids to the Employer electronically only on the e-procurement portal, www.mpeproc.gov.in In submission of their Bids, the Bidders should follow the step by step instructions given on the e-procurement portal.

1.4.1.2 The Bidder shall enclose the Technical Bid and the Financial Bid in separate covers. The proof of payment of price of Bidding Document, processing fee and EMD shall be enclosed in third cover. The price of Bidding Document and EMD shall be paid in the name of the Employer or as instructed in the e-procurement portal and the processing fee shall be paid in the name of the Employer or as instructed in the e-procurement portal.

1.4.2 Deadline for Submission of Bids

1.4.2.1 Bids shall be submitted electronically only upto the time and date specified in the Notice Inviting Tender and BDS or an extension issued thereof.

1.4.3 Withdrawal, Substitution and Modification of Bids

1.4.3.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute or modify its Bid after it has been submitted by submitting electronically on the e-procurement portal a written Withdrawal/ Substitutions/ Modifications etc. Notice on the e-procurement portal, duly digitally signed by the Bidder or his authorized representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.3.11.1 [Format and Signing of Bid]. The corresponding Withdrawal, Substitution or Modification of the Bid must accompany the respective written Notice. All Notices must be received by the Employer on the e- procurement portal prior to the deadline specified for submission of Bids in accordance with ITB Sub- Clause 1.4.2. [Deadline for Submission of Bids].

1.4.3.2 No Bid shall be withdrawn, substituted or modified in the interval between the deadline for submission of the Bid and the expiration of the period of Bid validity specified in ITB Clause 1.3.9.[Period of Validity of Bids] or any extension thereof.




11

1.4.4 Bid Opening 1.4.4.1 The electronic Technical Bids shall be opened by the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee constituted by the Employer at the time, date and place specified in the BDS in the presence of the Bidders or their authorized representatives, who choose to be present.

1.4.4.2 The Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee may co-opt experienced persons in the committee to conduct the process of Bid opening.

1.4.4.3 The Bidders may choose to witness the electronic Bid opening procedure online.

1.4.4.4 The Financial Bids shall be kept unopened until the time of opening of the Financial Bids. The date, time, and location of electronic opening of the Financial Bids shall be intimated to the bidders who are found qualified by the Employer in evaluation of their Technical Bids.

1.4.4.5 The Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall prepare a list of the Bidders or their representatives attending the opening of Bids and obtain their signatures on the same. The list shall also contain the representative’s name and telephone number and corresponding Bidders’ names and addresses. The authority letters brought by the representatives shall be attached to the list. The list shall be signed by all the members of Bids opening committee with date and time of opening of the Bids.

1.4.4.6 First, covers marked as “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened, read out, and recorded and the covers containing the corresponding Technical Bids and Financial Bids shall not be opened. No Bid shall be permitted to be withdrawn unless the corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorisation to request the withdrawal and is readout and recorded at Bid opening. If the withdrawal notice is not accompanied by the valid authorisation, the withdrawal shall not be permitted and the corresponding Technical Bid shall be opened. Next, covers marked as “SUBSTITUTION Technical Bid” shall be opened, read out, recorded. The covers containing the Substitution Technical Bids and/ or Substitution Financial Bids shall be exchanged for the corresponding covers being substituted. Only the Substitution Technical Bids shall be opened, read out, and recorded. Substitution Financial Bids will remain unopened in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.4.4.4. No Bid shall be substituted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains a valid authorisation to request the substitution and is read out and recorded at Bid opening. Covers marked as “MODIFICATION Technical Bid” shall be opened thereafter, read out and recorded with the corresponding Technical Bids. No Technical Bid and/ or Financial Bid shall be modified unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid authorisation to request the modification and is read out and recorded at opening of Technical Bids. Only the Technical Bids, both Original as well as Modification, are to be opened, read out, and recorded at the opening. Financial Bids, both Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 1.4.4.4.

1.4.4.7 All other covers containing the Technical Bids shall be opened one at a time and the following read out and recorded-

i. the name of the Bidder; ii. whether there is a modification or substitution;




12

iii. whether proof of payment of EMD, payment of price of the Bidding Document and processing fee (if mandated by the Employer or the e-procurement portal) have been enclosed;

iv. any other details as the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee may consider appropriate.

After all the Bids have been opened, their hard copies shall be printed and shall be initialled and dated on the first page and other important papers of each Bid by the members of the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee.

1.4.4.8 Only Technical Bids shall be read out and recorded at the bid opening and shall be considered for evaluation. No Bid shall be rejected at the time of opening of Technical Bids except Alternative Bids (if not permitted) and Bids not accompanied with the proof of payment of the required price of Bidding Document and EMD.

1.4.4.9 The Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall prepare a record of opening of Technical Bids that shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, modification, or alternative offer (if they were permitted), any conditions put by Bidder and the presence or absence of the price of Bidding Document and EMD. The Bidders or their representatives, who are present, shall sign the record. The members of the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall also sign the record with date.

1.4.4.10 After completion of the evaluation of the Technical Bids, the Employer shall invite Bidders who have submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids and who have been determined as being qualified to attend the electronic opening of the Financial Bids. The date, time, and location of the opening of Financial Bids will be intimated in writing by the Employer. Bidders shall be given reasonable notice of the opening of Financial Bids vide official email or SMS services by the e-procurement portal.

1.4.4.11 The Employer in its sole discretion shall notify Bidders in writing whose Technical Bids have been rejected on the grounds of being substantially non-responsive and not qualified in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Document.

1.4.4.12 The Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall conduct the electronic opening of Financial Bids of all Bidders who submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids and have qualified in evaluation of Technical Bids, in the presence of Bidders or their representatives who choose to be present at the address, date and time specified by the Employer.

1.4.4.13 All covers containing the Financial Bids shall be opened one at a time and the following read out and recorded

i. the name of the Bidder; ii. whether there is a modification or substitution; iii. the Bid Prices; iv. any other details as the Bids opening committee may

consider appropriate. After all the Bids have been opened, their hard copies shall be printed and shall be initialled and dated on the first page of the each Bid by the members of the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee. All the pages of the Price Schedule and letters, Bill of Quantities attached




13

shall be initialled and dated by the members of the committee. Key information such as prices, completion period, etc. shall be encircled and unfilled spaces in the Bids shall be marked and signed with date by the members of the Bids opening committee.

1.4.4.14 The Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall prepare a record of opening of Financial Bids that shall include as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a withdrawal, substitution, or modification, the Bid Price, any conditions, any discounts and alternative offers (if they were permitted). The Bidders or their representatives, who are present, shall sign the record. The members of the Bids Opening Committee or Tender Evaluation Committee or any other statutory Committee shall also sign the record with date.

1.5. EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS

1.5.1 Confidentiality 1.5.1.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and post-qualification of Bids, and recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with such process until information on Contract award is communicated to all Bidders.

1.5.1.2 Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Employer in its examination of qualification, evaluation, comparison of the Bids or Contract award decisions may resulting in the rejection of its Bid, in addition to the legal action which may be taken by the Employer under the Rules. Any form of contact and communication in person or by electronic/telecommunication medium by the prospective Bidders during the evaluation of the Bids shall be construed as a bid to influence the evaluation process.

1.5.1.3 Notwithstanding ITB Sub-Clause 1.5.1.2 [Confidentiality], from the time of opening the Bid to the time of Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any matter related to the Bidding process, it shall do so in writing.

1.5.1.4 In addition to the restrictions specified of relevant Procurement Act, the Employer, while procuring a subject matter of such nature which requires the Employer to maintain confidentiality, may impose condition for protecting confidentiality of such information.

1.5.2 Clarification of Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.2.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and qualification of the Technical or Financial Bids, the Tender Evaluation Committee may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification regarding his/her Bid. The Committee’s request for clarification and the response of the Bidder shall be in writing.

1.5.2.2 Any clarification submitted by a Bidder with regard to his Bid that is not in response to a request by the Tender Evaluation Committee shall not be considered.

1.5.2.3 No change in the prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetical errors discovered by the Tender Evaluation Committee in the evaluation of the financial Bids.

1.5.2.4 No substantive change to qualification information or to a submission, including changes aimed at making an unqualified Bidder, qualified or an unresponsive submission, responsive shall be sought, offered or permitted.




14

1.5.3 Deviations, Reservations and Omissions in Technical or Financial Bids

1.5.3.1 During the evaluation of Technical or Financial Bids, the following definitions apply:

i. “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the Bidding Document;

ii. “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding Document; and

iii. “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the Bidding Document.

1.5.4 Nonmaterial Non conformities in Qualifications & Technical Proposals or Financial Bids

1.5.4.1 Provided that a Technical or Financial Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonconformities (with recorded reasons) in the Bid that do not constitute a material deviation, reservation or omission.

1.5.4.2 Provided that a Technical or Financial Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request the Bidder to submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the Bid related to documentation requirements. Request for information or documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the Financial Proposal of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

1.5.4.3 Provided that a Technical or Financial Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer will rectify nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions (with recorded reasons). To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted during evaluation of Financial Proposals for comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of the missing or non- conforming item or component. The adjustment shall be made using the method indicated in Section III, Qualification & Technical Evaluation Criteria.

1.5.5 Correction of Arithmetical Errors in Financial Bid

1.5.5.1 Provided that a Financial Bid is substantially responsive, the Bid evaluation committee shall correct arithmetical errors during evaluation of Financial Bid on the following basis:

i. if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be corrected, unless in the opinion of the Employer there is an obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in which case the total price as quoted shall govern and the unit price shall be corrected;

ii. if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total shall be corrected; and

iii. if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to (i) and (ii) above.

1.5.5.2 If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated Bid does not accept the correction of errors, its Bid shall be disqualified and its EMD shall be forfeited or its Bid Securing Declaration shall be executed.

1.5.6 Preliminary Examination of Qualification and Technical

1.5.6.1 The Employer shall examine the Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid to confirm that all documents and technical documentation requested in ITB Sub- Clause 1.3.3 [Documents Comprising the Bid] have been provided, and to determine the completeness of each document submitted.




15

Proposal or Financial Bid

1.5.6.2 The Employer shall confirm, following the opening of the Qualification and Technical Proposals or Financial Bid, that the following documents and information have been provided :

i. Bid is signed, as per the requirements listed in the Bidding documents;

ii. Bid has been sealed as per instructions provided in the Bidding documents;

iii. Bid is valid for the period, specified in the Bidding documents;

iv. Bid is accompanied by EMD; v. Bid is unconditional and the Bidder has agreed to give the

required performance Security; vi. Price Schedules in the Financial Bids are in accordance with

ITB Clause 1.3.4 [Bid Submission Sheets and Price Schedules];

vii. written confirmation of authorization to commit the Bidder; viii. other conditions, as specified in the Bidding Document are

fulfilled.

1.5.7 Responsiveness of Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid

1.5.7.1 The Employer’s determination of the responsiveness of a Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid is to be based on the contents of the Bid itself, as defined in ITB Sub-Clause 1.3.3 [Documents Comprising the Bid].

1.5.7.2 A substantially responsive Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid is one that meets without material deviation, reservation, or omission to all the terms, conditions, and specifications of the Bidding Document. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is one that: (a) if accepted, would:

i. affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of the Goods and Related Services specified in Section V, Schedule of Supply; or

ii. limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding Document ,the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under the proposed Contract; or

iii. if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.

1.5.7.3 The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid in particular, to confirm that requirements of Section V, Employer’s Requirements have been met without any material deviation, reservation, or omission.

1.5.7.4 If a Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid is not substantially responsive to the Bidding Document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made responsive by the Bidder by correction of the material deviation, reservation, or omission.

1.5.8 Examination of Terms and Conditions of the Qualification and Technical Proposal or Financial Bid

1.5.8.1 The Employer shall examine the Bids to confirm that all terms and conditions specified in the GCC and the SCC have been accepted by the Bidder without any material deviation or reservation.

1.5.8.2 The Employer shall evaluate the technical aspects of the Bid submitted in accordance with ITB Clauses 1.3.3 [Documents Comprising the Bid] and to confirm that all requirements specified in Section V [Employer’s Requirements] of the Bidding Document and all amendments or changes requested by the Employer in accordance with ITB Clause 1.2.3 [Amendment of Bidding Document] have been met without any material deviation or reservation.

1.5.9 Evaluation of Qualification of

1.5.9.1 The determination of qualification of a Bidder in evaluation of Technical Bids shall be based upon an examination of the




16

Bidders in Technical Bids

documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB Clause 1.3.8 [Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder] and in accordance with the qualification criteria indicated in Section III [Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria]. Factors not included in Section III, shall not be used in the evaluation of the Bidder’s qualification. The evaluation of the Technical Bid/Proposal shall be as per the procedure mentioned in the BDS and Section III [Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria].

1.5.10 Evaluation of Financial Bids

1.5.10.1 The Employer shall evaluate each Financial Bid, the corresponding Technical Bid of which has been determined to be substantially responsive

1.5.10.2 To evaluate a Financial Bid, the Employer shall only use all the criteria and methodologies defined in this Clause and in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. No other criteria or methodology shall be permitted.

1.5.10.3 To evaluate a Financial Bid, the Employer shall consider the following:

i. the Bid Price quoted in the Financial Bid; ii. price adjustment for correction of arithmetical errors in

accordance with ITB Clause 1.5.5 [Correction of Arithmetical Errors];

iii. adjustment of bid prices due to rectification of nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in accordance with ITB Sub Clause 1.5.4.3 [Nonmaterial Nonconformities in Bids], if applicable.

1.5.10.4 If the Bid, which results in the lowest evaluated Bid Price, is considered to be seriously unbalanced, or front loaded, in the opinion of the Employer, the Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed rate analysis for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those rates with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the rate analysis, taking into consideration, the schedule of estimated Contract payments, the Employer may require that the amount of the Performance security be increased at the cost of the Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract.

1.5.11 Comparison of Bids

1.5.11.1 The Employer shall compare all substantially responsive Financial Bids to determine the lowest- evaluated Financial Bid in accordance with ITB Sub- Clause 1.5.10 [Evaluation of Financial Bids].

1.5.12 Negotiations 1.5.12.1 To the extent possible, no negotiations shall be conducted after the pre-Bid stage. All clarifications needed to be sought shall be sought in the pre-Bid stage itself.

1.5.12.2 Negotiations may, however, be undertaken only with the lowest Bidder under the following circumstances-

i. when ring prices have been quoted by the Bidders for the subject matter of procurement; or

ii. when the rates quoted vary considerably and considered much higher than the prevailing market rates.

1.5.12.3 The Bid evaluation committee shall have full powers to undertake negotiations. Detailed reasons and results of negotiations shall be recorded in the proceedings.

1.5.12.4 The lowest Bidder shall be informed about negotiations in writing either through messenger or by registered letter and e-mail (if available). A minimum time of seven days shall be given for calling negotiations. In case of urgency, the Bid evaluation committee, after




17

recording reasons, may reduce the time, provided the lowest Bidder has received the intimation and consented to holding of negotiations.

1.5.12.5 Negotiations shall not make the original offer made by the Bidder inoperative. The Bid evaluation committee shall have option to consider the original offer in case the Bidder decides to increase rates originally quoted or imposes any new terms or conditions.

1.5.12.6 In case of non-satisfactory achievement of rates from lowest Bidder, the Bid evaluation committee may choose to make a written counter offer to the lowest Bidder and if this is not accepted by him, the committee may decide to reject and re-invite Bids or to make the same counter-offer first to the second lowest Bidder, then to the third lowest Bidder and so on in the order of their initial standing in the bid evaluation and work order be awarded to the Bidder who accepts the counter-offer.

1.5.12.7 In case the rates even after the negotiations are considered very high, fresh Bids shall be invited.

1.5.13 Employer’s Right to Accept any Bid, and to Reject any or all Bids

1.5.13.1 The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and to annul the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior to Contract award without assigning any reasons thereof and without there by incurring any liability to the Bidders.

1.6. AWARD OF CONTRACT

1.6.1 Employer’s Right to Vary Quantities

1.6.1.1 If the Employer does not procure any subject matter of procurement or procures less than the quantity specified in the Bidding Document due to change in circumstances, the Bidder shall not be entitled for any claim or compensation except otherwise provided in the BDS.

1.6.1.2 Order for additional quantity of an item of the Works up to percentage mentioned in the BDS of the original quantity of that item in the Bill of Quantities and for extra items not provided for in the Bill of Quantities may be given but the amount of the additional quantities and extra items, taken together, shall not exceed percentage mentioned in the BDS of the Contract Price.

1.6.2 Acceptance of the successful Bid and award of contract

1.6.2.1 The Employer after considering the recommendations of the Bid Evaluation Committee and the conditions of Bid, if any, financial implications, samples, test reports, etc., shall accept or reject the successful Bid.

1.6.2.2 Before award of the Contract, the Employer shall ensure that the price of successful Bid is reasonable and consistent with the required specifications

1.6.2.3 A Bid shall be treated as successful only after the competent authority has approved the procurement in terms of that Bid

1.6.2.4 The Employer shall award the contract to the Bidder whose offer has been determined to be the lowest in accordance with the evaluation criteria set out in the Bidding Document if the Bidder has been determined to be qualified to perform the contract satisfactorily on the basis of qualification criteria fixed for the Bidders in the Bidding Document for the subject matter of procurement.

1.6.2.5 Prior to the expiration of the period of validity of Bid, the Employer shall inform the successful Bidder in writing, by registered post or email, that its Bid has been accepted.

1.6.2.6 If the issuance of formal letter of acceptance (LOA) is likely to take time, in the meanwhile a Letter of Intent (LOI) may be sent to the Bidder. The acceptance of an offer is complete as soon as the letter




18

of acceptance or letter of intent is posted and/ or sent by email (if available) to the address of the Bidder given in the Bidding Document.

1.6.3 Signing of Contract

1.6.3.1 In the written intimation of acceptance of its Bid sent to the successful Bidder, it shall also be requested to execute an agreement in the format given in the Bidding Document on a non-judicial stamp of requisite value at his cost and deposit the Performance Security or a Performance Security Declaration, if applicable, within a period specified in the BDS or where the period is not specified in the BDS, then within fifteen (15) days from the date on which the LOA or LOI is dispatched to the Bidder. In case the successful bidder is a JV still to be legally constituted, all parties to the JV shall sign the Agreement.

1.6.3.2 If the Bidder, whose Bid has been accepted, fails to sign a written procurement contract or fails to furnish the required Performance Security within the specified time period, the Employer shall forfeit the EMD of the successful bidder and take required action against it as per the provisions of the Act and the Rules of the Government.

1.6.3.3 The EMD, if any, of the Bidders whose Bids could not be accepted shall be refunded in events mentioned in the BDS and/or soon after the contract with the successful Bidder is signed and his Performance Security is obtained. Until a formal contract is executed, LOA or LOI shall constitute a binding contract.


1.6.4.1 Performance Security shall be solicited from the successful Bidder except State Govt. Departments and undertakings, corporations, autonomous bodies, registered societies, co-operative societies which are owned or controlled or managed by the State Government and undertakings of Central Government. The State Government may relax the provision of Performance Security in particular procurement only if allowed in the BDS.

1.6.4.2 i. The amount of Performance Security shall be ten percent (10%), or as specified in the BDS, of the amount of the Work Order. The currency of Performance Security shall be Indian Rupees, if otherwise not specified in BDS.

ii. If the Bid, which results in the lowest evaluated bid price, is seriously unbalanced or front loaded (22% less than the scheduled rates or 15% more than the scheduled rates for percentage rate and item rate tenders/bids) in the opinion of the Employer, the Employer may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analysis for any or all items of the Bill of Quantities, to demonstrate the internal consistency of those prices with the construction methods and schedule proposed. After evaluation of the price analysis, taking into consideration the schedule of estimated Contract payments, the Employer may require that the amount of the performance security be increased (to a maximum of percentage mentioned in the BDS of the bid value of such items) at the expense of the Bidder to a level sufficient to protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the successful Bidder under the Contract.

1.6.4.3 Performance Security shall be furnished in one of the following forms as applicable-

i. Bank Draft or Banker's Cheque of a Scheduled Bank in India; or

ii. National Savings Certificates and any other script/ instrument under National Savings Schemes for promotion of small savings issued by a Post Office in Madhya Pradesh, if




19

the same can be pledged under the relevant rules. They shall be accepted at their surrender value at the time of Bid and formally transferred in the name of the Employer with the approval of Head Post Master; or

iii. Bank guarantee. It shall be got verified from the issuing bank. Other conditions regarding bank guarantee shall be same as specified in ITB Sub- Clause 1.3.10 [Earnest Money Deposit]; or

iv. Fixed Deposit Receipt (FDR) of a Scheduled Bank. It shall be in the name of the Employer on account of Bidder and discharged by the Bidder in advance. The Employer shall ensure before accepting the Fixed Deposit Receipt that the Bidder furnishes an undertaking from the bank to make payment/ premature payment of the Fixed Deposit Receipt on demand to the Employer without requirement of consent of the Bidder concerned. In the event of forfeiture of the Performance Security, the Fixed Deposit shall be forfeited along with interest earned on such Fixed Deposit.

The successful Bidder at the time of signing of the Contract agreement, may submit option for deduction of Performance Security from his each running and final bill @ 10% of the amount of the bill.

1.6.4.4 Performance Security furnished in the form of a document mentioned at options (i) to (v) of Sub- Clause 1.6.4.3 above, shall remain valid for a period of sixty (60) days beyond the date of completion of all contractual obligations of the Bidder, including operation and/or maintenance and defect liability period, if any.

1.6.4.5 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above- mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the EMD. In that event the Employer may either cancel the procurement process or if deemed appropriate, award the Contract at the rates of the lowest Bidder, to the next lowest evaluated Bidder whose offer is substantially responsive and is determined by the Employer to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily

1.6.4.6 Forfeiture of Performance Security: Amount of Performance Security in full or part may be forfeited in the following cases:

i. when the Bidder does not execute the agreement in accordance with ITB Clause 1.6.3 [Signing of Contract] within the specified time; after issue of letter of acceptance; or

ii. when the Bidder fails to commence the Works as per Work order within the time specified; or

iii. when the Bidder fails to complete Contracted Works satisfactorily within the time specified; or

iv. when any terms and conditions of the contract is breached; or

v. to adjust any established dues against the Bidder from any other contract with the Employer; or

vi. if the Bidder breaches any provision of the Code of Integrity prescribed for the Bidders, and this Bidding Document.

Notice of reasonable time will be given in case of forfeiture of Performance Security. The decision of the Employer in this regard shall be final.




20

SECTION II: BID DATA SHEET (BDS)

SECTION II:BID DATA SHEET (BDS) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



21

2. SECTION II: BID DATA SHEET (BDS)

The following specific data for the works shall complement, amend, or supplement the provisions in Section I:

Instructions to Bidders. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the

Instructions to Bidders.

Sl. No. ITB Clause &

Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

1.1 GENERAL

2.1 ITB 1.1.1.1 The Number of the Notice Inviting Tender (NIT) is SSCL/2019/314

The Employer is : Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL)

Representative of the Employer: CEO, SSCL

Name of the works: ‘Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake

Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India’.

(Detailed Scope of work has been defined in Section V.)

2.2 ITB 1.1.1.2 The Physical Works shall be completed in its entirety within eighteen (18)

months from the Start Date, which shall be the date of issue of the Notice to

Proceed (NTP) or issue of Work Order or issuance of LOA or such other Start

Date as may be specified in the Notice to proceed.

Services such as Management, Operation & Maintenance (MOM) of the above

mentioned Capital Works (Physical Works) shall be for sixty (60) months after

the completion and handover of Physical Works. MOM shall be inclusive of the

Defect Liability Period.

2.3 ITB 1.1.1.3 The defect liability period of twelve (12) months shall commence after

completion project Physical Works. The defect liability will not cover

procurement of goods from third party/ies with warranties/guarantees.

2.4 ITB 1.1.1.4 Estimated cost of the Works & Services is approximately: INR 106 Crores

2.5 ITB 1.1.1.5 The type of Work & Services bidding will be Percentage Rate Tender/Bid

2.6 ITB 1.1.1.6 The broad nature of works involved for Physical Works (Capital Works) are:

survey & investigation; dewatering & desilting works; dismantling, demolition

and site clearance works; dry and wet excavation works; embankment

protection works; sub base works; road works; cement concrete and RCC

works; drainage, plumbing, DEWATS and channelization works; electrical

works; steel works; stone & brick masonry works; stone work; paving & flooring

works; horticulture works; water resources monitoring and management works;

wetland bio-restoration and bio-manipulation works; other specialized works

like procurement of moveable assets; and hydraulic and other associated

works for installation of synchronised water fountain.

The broad nature of works involved for Services mainly featuring Management,

Operation and Maintenance of the above mentioned capital works are: day to

day repairs and maintenance; annual repairs; special repairs; minor addition,

alteration and retrofitting; preventive maintenance; emergency maintenance;

predictive maintenance; schedule compliances; operation of facilities from the

Capital Works; engineering support; training & administration of human

resources; and limited utility servicing.




22


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

2.7 ITB 1.1.4.1 Bidders are allowed to bid as Single Entity of their own or in association with

Specialist Sub-Contractor(s). The maximum allowable number of Specialist

Sub-Contractors is two (2).

Joint Ventures/ Consortium are permitted comprising not more than three (3)

firms/companies. The minimum equity under JV/ Consortium of lead firm

should be 51%. No Specialist Sub-Contractor(s) shall be allowed in a

JV/Consortium.

2.8 ITB 1.1.4.2 The Lead Partner of the JV/ Consortium/ Association should be of Indian

Nationality or Indian Incorporation. In case of Single Entities, the individual/

firm should be compulsorily Indian Nationality or Indian Incorporation.

2.9 ITB 1.1.4.5 The Lead Bidder of a JV must be registered Contractor in A class of the

department/organization of any State Govt./Central Govt. / PSU / Govt

Autonomous Body/Govt. Undertaking of in India.

In case of single bidder entity without any JV/ Consortium/ Association, shall

comply with the same requirement as above as Lead Bidder.

Bidder’s if government undertaking or PSU shall be exempted from such

compliances.

2.10 ITB 1.1.4.8 The bidding process is open to bidders who fulfil the prescribed eligibility

criteria.

2.11 ITB 1.1.4.9 Each bidder shall upload on-line/submit only one bid for one work. A bidder

who submits or participates in more than one bid for the particular work will be

disqualified.

1.2 CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENT

2.12 ITB 1.2.1.3 The price of the Bidding/Tender Document is INR 50,000.00 (Rupees Fifty

Thousand Only) paid only through Online e-Tendering Payment Gateway.

The Bid Processing Fee is as per the applicable pricing mentioned therein the

e-procurement portal paid only through the instruments mentioned thereof.

2.13 ITB 1.2.2.1 For Clarification purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Chief Executive Officer,

Sagar Smart City Limited,

Old RTO Building, Near Tilli Tiraha,

Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002, India

Email: [email protected]

Phone: 07582-298700

Contact Person:

Mr. Yogendra Singh Chauhan (EE): (M) +91-9826849496

All the Clarifications to be submitted by Bidder in the following Editable Excel

as well as pdf Format:

Clarifications :Technical / Commercial / General




23


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

Page No.

Clause

No.

Details of Clarification as per

Bid Document Bidders Query

Clarification by SSCL

1 2 3 4 5

2.14 ITB 1.2.2.2 A Pre-Bid conference will take place on 11/09/2019, 15:00 HRS at:

Office of the Chief Executive Officer,




A site visit may be organized by the Employer on the Pre-bid meeting date or

a day after, however, prospective bidders are advised to visit the site at their

own expenses and if any support is required, shall be provided by the

authorized official from SSCL.

2.15 ITB 1.2.2.3 The Bidder is requested, to submit questions in writing, to reach the Employer

preferably not later than one week before the Pre- Bid Conference. However,

Department may also consider questions / queries raised in writing only, during

the pre-bid conference.

2.16 ITB 1.2.3.1 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document and shall be

uploaded on the e-procurement portal https://mptenders.gov.in/

2.17 ITB 1.2.3.2 Submission date to be extended by fifteen (15) working days

1.3 PREPARATION OF BIDS

2.18 ITB 1.3.2.1 The language of the bid shall be: English

2.19 ITB 1.3.3.1 The on-line Bid shall comprise of three (3) parts submitted simultaneously

containing the following:

1. Envelope A: Mandatory Submission

2. Envelope B: Qualifications & Technical Proposal

3. Envelope C: Financial Bid/ Price Bid

2.20 ITB 1.3.3.2 The Bidder shall submit the forms, declarations and documents, as specified

in Section IV [Bidding Forms] of Bid Document, with the Technical Bid

2.21 ITB 1.3.3.3 The Bidder shall upload the filled Bill of Quantities (as per e-tender format at

the Employer’s or e-procurement portal)

2.22 ITB 1.3.5.2 The Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed. Provision of Price escalation

shall be as per Conditions of Contract.

2.23 ITB 1.3.5.3 Goods and Services Tax (GST) shall be paid by the Employer separately @

12% or as applicable of the total quoted price by the successful Bidder. All




24


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

variations in taxes effective on the date of billing shall be borne by the

Employer.

Excise or import duties shall be exempted subject to such approvals from the

Central Excise. Notwithstanding approval for exemptions, the bidder is

expected to incur such duties and later reimburse the same. The engineer in

charge would verify the items and quantities for import duty exemption and the

CEO, SSCL will issue certificate of exemptions.

2.24 ITB 1.3.9.1 The Bid validity period shall be One Eighty (180) days from deadline for

submission of bids.

2.25 ITB 1.3.10.1 The EMD for this bidding purpose is 60,00,000.00 (Rupees Sixty lacs only),

The validity period of the Bank Guarantee, shall not be less than 240 (Two hundred and Forty) days from the Bid Due Date, inclusive of a claim period of 60 (Sixty) days, and may be extended as may be mutually agreed between the SSCL and the Bidder.

EMD details are as per following:

a) The bidder shall furnish EMD as per the amount mentioned in Bid Data Sheet.

b) No interest shall be payable on EMD under any circumstances. c) Unsuccessful bidder’s EMD shall be discharged or returned within 30

(thirty) days of expiration of the period of proposal validity or after awarding tender to successful bidder. SSCL shall not be responsible if there is any delay due to any reason related to e-procurement portal.

d) The Earnest Money Deposit of 2nd lowest tenderer shall be retained till execution of agreement.

e) In case of successful bidder, the EMD shall be returned after submission of the performance Security.

f) No exemption in EMD in any form will be given to any firm/company/corporation/public undertaking.

The Earnest Money Deposit made by a Tenderer may be forfeited:

a) If the Bidder withdraws its Bid during the interval between the opening of proposal and expiration of the Bid Validity Period;

b) If the Selected Bidder fails to provide acceptance of LOA within stipulated time;

c) If the Selected Bidder fails to provide the Performance Security within the stipulated time or any extension thereof provided under the contract and/or LOA.

d) If the Selected Bidder fails to sign the Contract in accordance with this Tender for any reason.

e) A Bidder engages in a corrupt practice, fraudulent practice, coercive practice, undesirable practice or restrictive practice as specified in this Tender.

f) The Bidder has made a material misrepresentation or has furnished any materially incorrect or false information.

g) The Bidder does not provide, within the time specified by SSCL, the supplemental information sought by the for evaluation of the Bid.

h) If the Tenderer does not accept the Correction of the Tender Price.

2.26 ITB 1.3.10.3 The EMD must be in favour of ‘Executive Director, Sagar Smart City

Limited’




25


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

2.27 ITB 1.3.11.1 Only Digital signed copy shall be submitted through e-procurement website.

The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall

consist of: Power of Attorney

1.4 SUBMISSION & OPENING OF BIDS

2.28 ITB 1.4.1.1 For bid submission purposes only, the Employer’s address is:

Chief Executive Officer,




Email: [email protected]

Phone: 07582-298700

Bidders shall submit their Bids electronically only. The Bidders shall submit the

Bid online with all pages numbered serially and by giving an index of

submissions. Each page of the submission shall be initialled by the Authorized

Representative of the Bidder as per the terms of the tender. The Bidder shall

be responsible for documents accuracy and correctness as per the version

uploaded by the Employer and shall ensure that there are no changes caused

in the content of the downloaded document. The bidder shall follow the

following instructions for online submission:

Bidder who wants to participate in bidding will have to procure digital

certificate as per IT Act to sign their electronic bids. Offers which are

not digitally signed will not be accepted. Bidder shall submit their offer

in electronic format on above mentioned website after digitally signing

the same.

Cost of bid document is as INR 50,000.00 (Rupees Fifty Thousand

Only) in form of by making online payment of portal fees through

Credit/Debit/Cash Card or via internet banking. Original documents

along with above mentioned fees and other documents as per bid

conditions, has to be deposited up to 17:00 HRS on 03/10/2019 before

opening of technical bid.

The Employer will not be responsible for any mistake occurred at the

time of uploading of bid or thereafter.

If holiday is declared on submission & opening date of tender the

scheduled activity will take place on next working day.

2.29 ITB 1.4.1.2 Bids are required to be submitted in Electronic Format, it shall be submitted on

the e-procurement portal: https://mptenders.gov.in/

2.30 ITB 1.4.2.1 The Deadline for electronic Bid submission is:

17:00 HRS on 03/10/2019

2.31 ITB 1.4.4.1 The on-line Bid opening shall take place at:

Office of the Chief Executive Officer,






26


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions


The tendering process shall be conducted on-line only.

2.32 ITB 1.4.4.4 & 1.4.4.10

The Employer will open the Financial proposal as per e-tendering procedure.

1.5 EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS

2.33 ITB 1.5.9.1 Following chronological stages shall be adopted for Section III [Qualification

and Technical Evaluation Criteria]:

Stage 1. Mandatory Submission (Envelope A) compliance shall be evaluated

first and only those Bidders who are found to comply 100% with the Mandatory

Submission shall be qualified for Stage 2.

Stage 2. Pre-qualification Submissions (Envelope B) compliances shall be

evaluated and those bidders who are found to comply 100% to the Employer’s

Requirements shall be qualified for Stage 3.

Stage 3. Technical Proposal Submissions (Envelope B) shall be evaluated as

per the Employer’s Requirement’s and as per the scores and weightages

mentioned therein Section III [Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria].

Only those bidders scoring equal and above seventy (60%) percent will only

be qualified for Financial Bid opening.

Stage 4. The Financial Bids of technically qualified Bidders will be opened on

the prescribed date in the presence of Bidder representatives. The Bidder, who

has submitted the Lowest Commercial/Financial bid, shall be selected as the

L1 and shall be called for further process leading to the award of the

assignment

Note: Abovementioned first three stages jointly or severely shall be referred as

Technical Bid/Proposal Evaluation.

1.6 AWARD OF CONTRACT

2.34 ITB 1.6.1.1 The Bidder is not entitled to any claim or compensation in event of lesser

quantity of work and services executed and/or procurement of goods. The

Bidder shall be paid according to the statutory measurement systems against

each item of works certified by the Engineer-in-Charge.

2.35 ITB 1.6.1.2 As per the Employer’s right to vary individual quantities against the original Bill

of Quantities shall be upto fifty (50%) percent. The amount of the additional

quantities and extra items, taken together, shall not exceed ten (10%) percent

of the Contract Price.

2.36 ITB 1.6.3.1 The period within which the Performance Security is to be submitted by the

successful Bidder and the Contract Agreement is to be signed by him from the

date of issue of Letter of Acceptance is twenty-one (21) days.

2.37 ITB 1.6.3.1 The Employer shall promptly return the EMD after the earliest of the following

events, namely:

i. The expiry of validity of bid security




27


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

ii. The execution of agreement for procurement and performance

security is furnished by the successful bidder;

iii. The cancellation of the procurement process; or

iv. The withdrawal of bid prior to the deadline for presenting bids, unless

the bidding documents stipulate that no such withdrawal is permitted.

2.38 ITB 1.6.4.1 State Government and Central Government owned/controlled/managed PSUs,

undertakings, corporations, autonomous bodies, registered societies and co-

operative societies are permitted to be exempted from Performance

Security/Guarantee. This is only applicable when the above said

organisation is bidding as a single entity and not as a JV or Consortium

or in an Association.

2.39 ITB 1.6.4.2, 1.6.4.3 & 1.6.4.4

Performance Security amounting to total ten (10%) percent of contract value

shall be submitted/deducted as follows:

1. Performance guarantee, undertaking and warranties

A. If the tenderer comprises of a partnership will be required to

execute the guarantees, undertakings and warranties. The

tenderer should note that in the event of award, all guarantees

are required to be executed prior to the signing of the contract.

B. The performance security required in accordance with of

general conditions of contract shall be for 10% of the contract

value, in Indian rupees and shall comprise the following:

I. Performance guarantee - 5% of the contract value

II. Retention money - 5% of the contract value

2. The tenderer shall furnish all other guarantees, undertakings, and

warranties, in accordance with the provisions in General conditions of

contract and Special conditions of contract.

3. Failure of the successful tenderer to comply with the requirements of

within the time limit specified therein shall constitute sufficient grounds

for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the tender security.

4. Retention money: in addition to the performance guarantee, retention

money (security deposit) will be5 % of the contract value. The

percentage of retention money will be recovered in each interim

payment as per the SCC

5. The PG (Performance Guarantee) to the extent of 5% of the contract

value shall be paid in one of the following forms.

A. Cash transferred through neft, rtgs & imps

B. Government securities

C. Fixed deposit receipts ( FDR) of a schedule bank.

D. An electronically issued Irrevocable Bank Guarantee bond of

any schedule bank, or in the prescribed form given. The Bank

Guarantee shall be from a scheduled bank in india (meaning

a bank which has been included in the second schedule of




28


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

reserve bank of india act, 1934) (including scheduled

commercial foreign banks).

6. The performance guarantee shall be furnished to the employer within

twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the letter of acceptance.

Performance guarantee is applicable over and above the clause of

earnest money deposit. Performance guarantee will have to be paid

and shall be valid till the defect liability period or finalization of final bill

whichever is later. This deposit will be allowed in the form of (A) to (D)

as mentioned above and shall be paid as prescribed in the letter of

acceptance.

7. The Successful Bidder to submit the Performance Guarantee for the

O&M period of 5% of the O&M cost as per the Bid proposal submitted

and accepted by SSCL, shall be furnished to the employer before One

eighty (180) days prior to start the O&M period. This Performance

Guarantee deposit will be allowed in the form of (A) to (D) as

mentioned above and valid after 6 months of expiry of the O&M

Services period (i.e. 5.5 years after the Works Period)

8. Additional performance security deposit

9. If the tenderer has quoted the offer less than 10% below the estimated

rates put to tender, then the tenderer shall not to have to submit

additional performance security deposit

10. If the offer is less than 1 % below the estimated rates and is up to 10%

below, then the amount of the performance security shall be paid as

per the clause ITB 1.6.4.2, 1.6.4.3 & 1.6.4.4 shall be of the value of

10% of the cost put to tender.

11. For example: if the rates quoted is 7% below, then the amount of

performance security should be 10% of the cost put to tender

12. If the offer is less than 10% below then the amount of the performance

security shall be of the value of 10% of the cost put to tender plus the

amount arrived by applying that percent on the cost put to tender which

is the difference of percentage quoted by the tenderer and 10. For

example: if the rates quoted is 17% below, then the amount of

performance security should be 17%, i.e.10% of the cost put to tender

+ ( plus) (17-10) % of the cost put to tender

13. If the bid, which results in the lowest evaluated bid price, is seriously

unbalanced or front loaded (22% less than the scheduled rates or 15%

more than the scheduled rates for percentage rate and item rate

tenders/bids) and if in the opinion of the employer, the successful

bidder has failed to justify or demonstrate the internal consistency of

those prices vis-à-vis specifications, construction methods and

schedule, the employer may require that the amount of the

performance security be increased to a maximum of twenty (20%)

percent of the bid value of such items.

14. Refund of performance security

Performance Guarantee and retention money shall be released

before issue of performance certificate (after expiry of defect liability

period in the following manner




29


Sub-Clause No.

Provisions

A. Retention Money-5%– After issue of the Acceptance

certificate by SSCL after the completion of Construction

Activities

B. Performance Guarantee-5% – After completion of the Defects

Liability period

C. Performance Guarantee-O&M Period -5% of O&M Cost –

after 6 months of expiry of the O&M Services period (i.e. 5.5

years after the Works Period)




30

SECTION III: QUALIFICATION & TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA

SECTION III:QUALIFICATION & TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



31

3. SECTION III: QUALIFICATION & TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA

3.1. STAGES OF EVALUATION

This bidding will be Technically Responsive and Financially Lowest Cost Selection. The Technical Bid &

Financial Bid Evaluation will be done in four stages. The Technical Bid/Proposal Evaluation in three stages

and one stage for the Financial Bid Evaluation.

Following chronological stages and criteria shall be adopted for Technical Bid/Proposal Evaluation:

Stage 1. Mandatory Submission (Envelope A) compliance shall be evaluated first and only those Bidders who

are found to comply 100% with the Mandatory Submission shall be qualified for Stage 2.

Stage 2. Pre-qualification Submissions (Envelope B) compliances shall be evaluated and those bidders who

are found to comply 100% to the minimum Qualification Requirements shall be qualified for Stage 3.

Stage 3. Technical Proposal Submissions (Envelope B) shall be evaluated as per the Employer’s

Requirement’s and as per the scores and weightages mentioned therein Section III [Qualification and

Technical Evaluation Criteria]. Only those bidders scoring equal and above seventy (60) marks will only be

qualified for Financial Bid opening.

Stage 4. Financial Bids (Envelope C) of all those bidder scoring equal and above seventy (60) marks in their

respective Technical Proposal shall be opened online and the lowest cost bidder would be awarded the works

and services.




32

3.3. PRE-QUALIFICATION CRITERIA

3.3.1. Mandatory Qualifications

As mandated by the State Government’s procurement rules the Bidder shall submit the following details in

Envelope A:

Criteria Compliance Requirements Scanned Copy of

Documents/ Credentials to be

attached/ uploaded Single Entity

Joint Venture/Consortium

Requirement All Partners* Combined

Each Partner One Partner

i) Nationality & Proof of Incorporation

National Firm/Organisation incorporated under Indian Law

Must meet requirement

Not Applicable


Not Applicable

Certificate of incorporation from MOCA, RoS, RoF,

or relevant statutory bodies in India

ii) Valid Registration

Registration No. issued by centralized registration system of Govt. of MP or proof of application for registration


Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Lead Partner must meet

requirement

Certificate or Registration or

Application Acknowledgement

iii) Accreditation/ Certification

The Bidder having Quality Certification Appropriate ISO 9001:2008 Or latest.


Not Applicable

Not Applicable


requirement

ISO Certificate

iv) Bidder Class/Category

Valid registration of Bidder in appropriate category A/B/C with the Public Works Department, Government of Madhya Pradesh, Central Public Works Department, Government of India or any other State PWD


Not Applicable

Other Partners

than Lead Partner must meet B or C

Category

Lead Partner must meet A

Category

Certificate of Bidder Class/Category

v) PAN No. Must have pan no. in name of the company/firm/organisation incorporated under Indian Law


Not Applicable


Not Applicable

PAN Card

vi) GSTIN No.

Must have GSTIN Certificate in name of the company/firm/organisation incorporated under Indian Law


Not Applicable


Not Applicable

GSTIN Registration Certificate

vii) TAN No. Must have TAN No. in name of the company/firm/organisation incorporated under Indian Law


Not Applicable


Not Applicable

TAN Registration Certificate

viii) EPF No.

Must have valid EPF registration in name of the company/firm/organisation incorporated under Indian Law


Not Applicable

Not Applicable


requirement

EPF Registration Certificate

* Joint Ventures which are specific to this project and is deemed to be incorporated after the successful bid shall submit to the Employer all documentation (from item no. i to viii) 15 days after the JV Incorporation. The intended incorporation shall not be later than thirty (60) days from the signing of the LOA/LOI.




33

3.3.3. Eligibility

It is the legal entity or entities comprising the Bidder, and not the Bidder’s parent companies, subsidiaries, or

affiliates, that must satisfy the qualification criteria described below in Envelope B.

Criteria Compliance Requirements Document Submission

Requirements Single Entity


Requirement All Partners

Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Declaration by the Bidder

Vouching authenticity of documents, certificates & testimonials and Self Declaration by the Bidder


Not applicable

Not applicable


requirement on behalf of

JV/Consortium

Declaration as in Bidding Form ELI-1

ii. Nationality Nationality with accordance with ITB sub Clause 1.1.4.2


Not applicable


Not applicable As per Bidding Forms ELI-2a/2b and ELI-3a/3b along with attachments

iii. Conflict of Interest

No conflicts of interest in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 1.1.4.3


Not applicable

Not applicable



JV/Consortium

Declaration as in Bidding Form LTB-1

iv. Debarment/ Sanctioned by any Procuring Entity

Not debarred/sanctioned in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 1.1.4.3


Not applicable

Not applicable



JV/Consortium

Declaration as in Bidding Form ELI-1

3.3.4. Pending Litigation





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Pending Litigation

All pending litigation shall be treated as resolved against the Bidder and so shall in total not represent more than fifty (50%) percent of the Bidder’s net worth.


Not applicable

Not applicable


requirement

CA certificate clearly mentioning with calculation that pending litigation in total not more than fifty (50%) percent of Bidder’s net worth

3.3.5. Financial Eligibility

3.3.5.1. Bidder’s Net Worth





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Net Worth Demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidder’s financial position. As minimum the Net Worth for the Financial Year 2018-19 should be positive.


Not applicable


Not applicable As per Bidding Form FINQ-1 attached with Audited Financial Statement for last five (5) financial years showing calculation of Net Worth

3.3.5.2. Average Annual Construction Turnover




34





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Average Annual Construction Turnover

Average Annual construction Turnover of last five (5) years (FY 2014-15 to FY 2018-19) should be equal to or more than Rs 212 Crore



Not applicable

Lead Partner must meet at

least sixty (60%)

percent of the requirement

As per Bidding Form FINQ-2 attached with Audited Balance Sheets of all the three financial years must be submitted in support, without which the bid may not be considered. The calculation sheet for annual average construction turnover shall be certified by a Chartered Accountant

3.3.5.3. Working Capital





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Working Capital

Working Capital based on the current assets and current liabilities (including the short-term loan repayments due in current years) should be of INR 26.25 Crores. Available Working Capital shall be calculated as Current Assets + Revolving Line of Credit – Current Liabilities (including loan repayment due within one year).



Not applicable


least sixty (60%)


As per Bidding Form FINQ-3 attached with Certificate of CA submitted indicating clearly that the working capital is as per formula given in tender document and clearly stating the individual components. CA must also clearly mention that he has gone through the Revolving line of credit which only issued by scheduled Bank and Bank’s commitment is project specific, assured and without any ambiguity and shall be available till completion of project, otherwise bid shall not be considered. For revolving line of credit bank’s letter should be attached as per Bidding Form FINQ-3a

3.3.5.4. Bid Capacity

Criteria Compliance Requirements





35

Requirement Single Entity

All Partners

Combined

Each Partner

One Partner Document Submission

Requirements

i. Bid Capacity Bid Capacity: The bid capacity of the bidder shall not be less than the estimated cost of the bid i.e. INR 105 Crores The formula for calculating Bid capacity is: Bid Capacity=(2xAxN)-B Where A= Maximum value of Annual Turnover from Construction Works executed in any one (1) year during the last three (3) financial years (FY 2015-16 to FY 2017-18) (updated to present price level) taking in to account the completed as well as works in progress (including current year, if opted by the bidder), N=Prescribed completion period of the work for which bids are invited in years, B= Value at present price level (2016-17) of existing commitments and ongoing works to be completed during N period i.e., the period of completion of works for which bids are invited.



Not applicable


least sixty (60%)


As per Bidding Form FINQ-4a & FINQ-4b attached with certificate of CA regarding Bid Capacity. The certificate should clearly show the calculation how the Bid Capacity is calculated as per formula given in tender. The contractor should submit an undertaking on stamp paper of INR 500 that the Bidder has mentioned all projects necessary for calculation of B value for the calculation of Bid Capacity.

If the bid evaluation process and the decision for the award of the Contract takes more than one (1) year from the date of bid submission, Bidders may be asked to resubmit their current contract commitments and latest information on financial resources supported by latest audited accounts or audited financial statements, or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, and the Bidders’ financial capacity will be reassessed on this basis. The present price level for turnover and cost of completed work of similar nature, the previous year value shall be given weightage of 10% per year for the last 5 years of FY 2014-15 to FY 2018-19




36

3.3.7. Work Experience Eligibility

3.3.7.1. Experience of Similar Size and Nature Contracts





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Contracts of Similar Size & Nature

Participation in at least one (1) contract in capacity of prime contractor or management contractor or sub-contractor that has been successfully* or substantially** completed within the last seven (7) years and that is similar*** to the proposed works, where the value of the Bidder’s participation exceeds eighty (80%) percent of the estimated value of this bid i.e. INR 84 Crores

OR

Participation in at least two (2) contracts in capacity of prime contractor or management contractor or sub-contractor that has been successfully* or substantially** completed within the last seven (7) years and that are similar*** to the proposed works, where the value of the Bidder’s participation in each contract exceeds Fifty (50%) percent of the estimated value of this bid i.e. INR 52.5 Crores

OR

Participation in at least three (3) contracts in capacity of prime contractor or management contractor or sub-contractor that has been successfully* or substantially** completed within the last seven (7) years and that are similar*** to the proposed works, where the value of the Bidder’s participation in each contract exceeds Forty (40%) percent of the estimated value of this bid i.e. INR 42.00 Crores

Must meet hundred (100%) percent

requirement i.e.

INR 84

Crores for one (1)

contract

OR

Each of value INR

52.5 Crores for

two (2) contracts

OR

Each of value INR

42.00 Crores for three (3) contracts

Must meet hundred (100%) percent

requirement i.e.

INR 84

Crores for one (1)

contract

OR

Each of value INR

52.5 Crores for

two (2) contracts

OR

Each of value INR

42.00 Crores for three (3) contracts

Not Applicable

Not Applicable

Not Applicable


least sixty (60%)


OR


least sixty (60%)


OR


least sixty (60%)


As per Bidding Form EXPQ-1 attached with copies of work orders / LOAs and Completion Certificate by the Client clearly mentioning the following: 1. Name of the work 2. Start date of work 3. Completion date of work 4. Value of the original contract 5. Total Cumulative Amount disbursed under the contract 6. Any other remarks/ commentary made by the client on the contract performance

* Successfully completed refers to contracts for which 100% Physical Completion and 100% Financial Completion had already been achieved. 100% Physical Completion means completion all works including variations and handing over of the project. 100% Financial completion means that the final bill for the works had been settled and the contractor does not have any pending claims. **Substantially completed refers generally to contracts for which at least 80% Physical Completion of work had already been achieved except finishing works and the project is not commissioned at that time irrespective of the Financial Completion. However the Bidders submitting these Substantially Completed as part of the eligible projects/contracts shall ***Similar works means the single entity bidder or JV/Consortium/Association must have successfully executed any 3 of the following 5 characteristics of works in each eligible contract/project executed at national or international locations:

1. Lake/ Waterbody/ Wetland/ Inland River/ Backwater/ Rivulet/ Mangrove/ Dam Basin conservation/ rejuvenation/ revival/ restoration works (minimum water spread size of 215 Acres and contract value not less than INR 21.00 Crore) mainly involving: conservation of wetland/ improvement of water quality/ bio-restoration of lake ecology/ conservation and management of watershed/ Phyto treatment of waste water or any other relevant conservation works for any government (state/central) agency/




37

PSUs/ quasi-government organisation/ statutory competent authority/ development or improvement authority/ municipal body (ULB)/ panchayat body/ special water conservation authority/ minor or major irrigation authority/ statutory voluntary organisation/ UN bodies/ Government (state/central) owned Company/ Lake Conservation and Development Authority etc.

2. Lakefront/ Waterfront/ Riverfront/ City Nallah or Drain/ Canal-front development/redevelopment/revitalization/regeneration works (minimum length of 4 Kms and contract value not less than INR 21.00 Crore) mainly involving works like: embankment stabilization/ general civil works in developing pedestrian environment/ rehabilitation of utility services/ landscaping or horticulture or beautification/ provision of public amenities and facilities/ waste management/ provision of public recreational facilities etc. for any government (state/central) agency/ PSUs/ quasi-government organisation/ statutory competent authority/ development or improvement authority/ municipal body (ULB)/ panchayat body/ special water conservation authority/ minor or major irrigation authority/ statutory voluntary organisation/ UN bodies/ Government (state/central) owned Company/ Lake Conservation and Development Authority etc.

3. Integrated conservation development of Lake/ Waterbody/ Wetland/ Inland River/ Backwater/ Rivulet/ Mangrove/ Dam Basin/ Nallah or Drain/ Canal/ Kund or Traditional Waterbody augmentation/ conservation, restoration and development/redevelopment involving combination of works mentioned above in 1 & 2 of contract value not less than INR 21.00 Crores for any government (state/central) agency/ PSUs/ quasi-government organisation/ statutory competent authority/ development or improvement authority/ municipal body (ULB)/ panchayat body/ special water conservation authority/ minor or major irrigation authority/ statutory voluntary organisation/ UN bodies/ Government (state/central) owned Company/ Lake Conservation and Development Authority etc.

4. Minor and Major Irrigation/ Headworks/ Waterworks in River/ Lake/ Wetland/ Dam/ Canal/ Creek/ Harbour majorly involving works like embankment protection/ development of crest or waste weir/ construction of check dam or dam/ treatment & lining of canal bed/ construction of embankments/ channelization of nallah or drain/ construction of culverts or storm water drains/ construction of sluice or slide gate/ construction of pedestrian bridge or catwalk/ construction of silt trap/ desilting or dredging works/ or any other allied works of contract value not less than INR 21.00 Crores for any government (state/central) agency/ PSUs/ quasi-government organisation/ statutory competent authority/ development or improvement authority/ municipal body (ULB)/ panchayat body/ special water conservation authority/ minor or major irrigation authority/ statutory voluntary organisation/ UN bodies/ Government (state/central) owned Company/ Lake Conservation and Development Authority etc.

5. Public Infrastructure Projects (of any usage characteristics like social, cultural, recreational, tourism, educational, etc.) located at the edge of a waterbody (within 150 mts) of minimum water spread size of 215 Acres and contract value not less than INR 21.00 Crore majorly involving works like: civil works/ plumbing and drainage works/ horticulture and site development works/ municipal electrical works/ illumination works/ mechanical and hydraulic works/ rainwater harvesting works/ water resources management works/ roads & bridges works/ and any other specialized works for any government (state/central) agency/ PSUs/ quasi-government organisation/ statutory competent authority/ development or improvement authority/ municipal body (ULB)/ panchayat body/ special water conservation authority/ minor or major irrigation authority/ statutory voluntary organisation/ UN bodies/ Government (state/central) owned Company/ Lake Conservation and Development Authority etc.

3.3.7.2. Experience in Contracts with Similar Key Activities

May be complied with by specialist subcontractors. The employer shall require evidence of the subcontracting

agreement from the single entity bidder and in the case of a joint venture/ consortium/association bidder, at

least one of the partners must have experience in the key activity if the bidder itself (not its subcontractor) will

carry out the relevant activity. A specialist subcontractor is a specialist enterprise engaged for highly

specialized processes, which the main contractor cannot provide.





Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Contracts with Similar Key Activities

For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 3.3.7.1, a minimum construction experience in the following key activities:

Single Entity Bidders those who do not possess and not included in 3.3.7.1 experience in contracts with similar key activities shall provide one or many Letter of Intended Sub-Contracting(s) for all key activities (a to g) as per Bidding

a) Experience in Bathymetric Survey of water bodies including Underwater Sub-Soil Survey and Investigation



Not applicable

Not applicable

b) Experience in Irrigation & Water Resources Works like Construction of Dam, Weir, Embankment, Sluice Gates, etc.



Not applicable

Not applicable




38

c) Experience in developing centralized and decentralized treatment facilities DEWATS/STP Works



Not applicable

Not applicable Form EXPQ-1a along with Work Order and Completion Certificate attachments. JV/Consortium Bidders shall have at least one or more partner possessing all similar key experience (a to g) and if the contracts are not reflected in Bidding Form EXPQ-1 shall furnish the information in EXPQ-1a along with Work Order and Completion Certificate attachments.

d) Experience in Ecological Conservation Works including Environmental & Social Impact Assessment



Not applicable

Not applicable

e) Experience in Utility Services Rehabilitation and Ducting for New Works like Water Supply, Electricity, OFC, etc.



Not applicable

Not applicable

f) Experience in Installation, Operation and Management of Large Scale Water Fountain Shows



Not applicable

Not applicable

g) Experience in Operation and Maintenance of Public Recreational/Institutional Infrastructure



Not applicable

Not applicable




39

3.5. TECHNICAL PROPOSAL/BID EVALUATION CRITERIA

3.5.1. Technical Proposal/Bid Evaluation Parameters

The technical proposal bid will be evaluated based on the responses to the minimum Employer’s Requirements

in form of following weightages and scoring as tabulated below:

Sl.No. Parameters Weightage Rating*

Range

Maximum

Score**

1. Overall Adequacy of Technical Proposal 5% 1-100% 5

2. Deployment of Key Personnel(s) 15% 1-100% 15

3. Deployment of Plant, Machinery & Equipment 15% 1-100% 15

4. Site Organization & Setting up 10% 1-100% 10

5. Method Statement 10% 1-100% 10

6. Mobilization Schedule 10% 1-100% 10

7. Work Plan & Completion Time 15% 1-100% 15

8. Environmental Monitoring & Management 5% 1-100% 5

9. Social & Gender Action Plan 5% 1-100% 5

10. Management, Operation & Maintenance 10% 1-100% 10

TOTAL 100% 100

* The range should be non-interband rating and decimal places shall not be considered or shall be rounded

off to whole percentages. The Rating shall be: 100% for Full Compliance, 90% to 99% for Excellent, 80%

to 89% Very Good, 75% to 79% for Good, 60% to 74% for Satisfactory and 0% to 59% non-compliant.

**The formula for computing the Bidder’s Score shall be Score= Weightage x Rating x 100.

1. The technical proposal bid will be evaluated based on the responses to the minimum Employer’s

Requirements in form of following weightages and scoring as tabulated, bidders qualifies if achieving

60% or more rating

2. Bidders who qualify all the Mandatory Technical and Financial criteria will have to get Minimum Requirements in form of weightage 60% will be short listed for Financial Proposal opening

3. The Financial Bids of technically qualified Bidders will be opened on the prescribed date in the

presence of Bidder representatives.

4. The Bidder, who has submitted the Lowest Commercial bid, shall be selected as the L1 and shall be

called for further process leading to the award of the assignment.

3.5.2. Overall Adequacy of Technical Proposal

Evaluation of the Bidder’s Technical Proposal will include an assessment of the Bidder’s technical capacity to

mobilize key equipment and personnel for the contract consistent with its proposal regarding work methods,

scheduling, and material sourcing in sufficient detail and fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated

in Section V (Employer’s Requirements).

3.5.3. Deployment of Key Personnel(s)

The bidder will provide details of Deployment of Key Personnel(s) as per the Bidding Form and the attachments

required therein. The following tabulation of the outline of employer’s requirement Human Resource & Work

Force Inventory provides the compliances and the relevant educational and work experience qualifications of

the personnel(s) are mentioned in Section V (Employer’s Requirements):



Joint Venture/Consortium/Association


Combined

Each Partner

One Partner




40

i. Human Resources & Work Force

Bidders should have the following minimum human resource & work force of relevant qualification (either salaried/full time or part time or on muster role)

As per Bidding Form TECH-1 & TECH-1a (only for serial no. a to h). For salaried staff the bidder should submit CA certified attachment clearly mentioning the Name and numbers of permanent staff, their respective monthly salaries, their designation and their years of service with the organisation. If any of these are non-salaried staff and the Bidder wishes to employ them as part time staff or on muster role for the project period, then the Bidder shall furnish a Letter of Assurance to the Employer for deployment of such staff at the commencement of the project. Minimum Qualifications of Key Personnel(s) shall be as per Section V: Employer’s Requirements.

a) One (1) Project Manager Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

b) One (1) Civil Engineer Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

c) One (1) Structural Engineer Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

d) One (1) Electrical Engineer Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

e) One (1) Hydraulic & Plumbing Engineer



Not applicable

Not applicable

f) One (1) Architect Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

g) One (1) Environmental Expert Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

h) One (1) Social Expert Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

i) One (1) Quality Control/ Assurance Engineer



Not applicable

Not applicable

j) Six (6) Site Engineer Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

k) Two (2) Draughtman Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

l) Two (2) Quantity Surveyor Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

m) Two (2) Civil Foreman Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

n) Two (2) Electrical Foreman Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

o) Two (2) Hydraulic/plumbing Foreman



Not applicable

Not applicable

p) Seventy Five (75) Work Contract Labourers including masons, fitters, helpers, beldars, etc.



Not applicable

Not applicable

Noncompliance with Key Personnel(s) requirements described in Section V (Employer’s Requirements) shall

not be a ground for bid rejection, and such noncompliance will be subject to clarification during bid evaluation

and rectification prior to contract award.

3.5.4. Deployment of Plant, Machinery & Equipment

The bidder will provide details of Deployment of Plant, Machinery & Equipment as per the Bidding Form and

the attachments required therein. The following tabulation of the outline of employer’s requirement on Plant,

Machinery & Equipment provides the compliances and the technical specifications which are mentioned in

Section V (Employer’s Requirements):



Joint Venture/Consortium/Association


Combined

Each Partner

One Partner

i. Infrastructure, Equipment, Machinery & Plant

Bidders should have the following minimum construction infrastructure, equipment, machinery & plants of standard

As per Bidding Form TECH 2. If the plant, machinery,




41

technical specifications (either owned or leased or rented)

equipment and construction infrastructure is owned by the bidder or JV/Consortium it should be attached with CA certified inventory of moveable assets of the firm/company, clearly indicating make of each equipment/ plant/ machinery, capital cost and year of purchase of the same. In case of leased equipment/ plant/ machinery the CA certified attachment should clearly indicate the legal name of the Lessor, time period of lease with dates and lease amount for each item. In case the prospective bidder does not own the plant/ equipment/ machinery, the bidders are allowed to rent it from the market. For this the bidder needs to submit a letter of assurance pledging deployments of those plant/ equipment/ machinery and attach letter of intent to rent or letter of availability from all renting vendors clearly mentioning the make, period of renting with dates, renting cost per day and date of manufacture. Minimum Technical Specifications of the plant/ equipment/ machinery shall be as per Section V: Employer’s Requirements.

a) One (1) Prefabricated Fully Furnished Air Conditioned Containerized Site Office with First Aid Facilities



Not applicable

Not applicable

b) One (1) Prefabricated Fully Equipped Containerized Site Material Testing Laboratory



Not applicable

Not applicable

c) Six (6) Units of Prefabricated/ Porta Bio-Toilets with all Sanitary Fixtures and Fittings including Water Storage Tanks



Not applicable

Not applicable

d) Three (3) Prefabricated Fully Furnished Containerized Labour Shelter/Camp with inbuilt Kitchenette (25 pax. Capacity)



Not applicable

Not applicable

e) Twenty (20) Dozers or Bull Dozers



Not applicable

Not applicable

f) Ten (10) Wheel Loaders or Wheel Loading Shovels



Not applicable

Not applicable

g) Ten (10) Large Bucket Excavator or Large Bucket Amphibian Excavator



Not applicable

Not applicable

h) Two (2) Hydraulic Excavators Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

i) Two (2) Vibratory Compactors Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

j) Two (2) Bucket Wheel Trencher/Mining Excavators (min 8 large bucket) with conveyor facility



Not applicable

Not applicable

k) Five (5) Back Hoe Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

l) Two (2) Grader Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

m) Five (5) Crawler Loader Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

n) One (1) Scrapper Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

o) Two (2) Road Roller Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

p) Five (5) Tractor Trailer Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

q) Thirty (30) Tipper/Dumper Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

r) One (1) Rotary, Piling Rig/Crane Mounted Rotary Piling Rig



Not applicable

Not applicable

s) One (1) Truck Mounted Direct Mud Circulation Type Bored Piling Rig



Not applicable

Not applicable

t) Three (3) High Pressure Mud Pump/Hydraulic Pump



Not applicable

Not applicable

u) One (1) Bentonite Mixing and Generating Unit



Not applicable

Not applicable

v) One (1) Hydro Clam Barge Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

w) One (1) Crane Barge Must meet requirement


Not applicable

Not applicable

x) One (1) Batching Plant



Not applicable

Not applicable

y) Three (3) Truck Transit Mounted Mixer



Not applicable

Not applicable




42

z) Two (2) Concrete Pump



Not applicable

Not applicable

aa) One (1) Concrete Placer



Not applicable

Not applicable

bb) One (1) Crane 01-10 Ton



Not applicable

Not applicable

cc) One (1) Crane 51-75 Ton



Not applicable

Not applicable

dd) One (1) Crane 101-150 Ton



Not applicable

Not applicable

ee) One (1) Hoist/Winches



Not applicable

Not applicable

ff) Three (3) Automatic Welding Set



Not applicable

Not applicable

Noncompliance with Plant, Machinery & Equipment requirements described in Section V (Employer’s

Requirements) shall not be a ground for bid rejection, and such noncompliance will be subject to clarification

during bid evaluation and rectification prior to contract award.

3.5.5. Site Organization & Setting up

Site organisation is a detailed and well thought out process which ensures a healthy and safe construction site

throughout its build. Few suggestive broad approaches are: Construction Site Traffic Management; Protecting

the Public on Construction Sites; Materials Storage and Waste Management on Construction Sites; Labour

and Personnel Welfare; and Site Administration.

The Bidder shall elaborate and propose a plan for site organisation of its own in relation to the proposed nature

of the project. Evaluation would be done on the precise understanding of the Bidder about the nature of the

project and the challenges and complexities specific to the site and the responsive planning the Bidder

proposes. Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4

3.5.6. Method Statement

Method statement for a construction project is a methodology adopted against each unique item of work.

Methodology usually refers to standards, codes of practices, scientific or technical manual, or any other

technical alternative adopted for executing specific item of work.

The Bidder shall briefly propose methodology against each item of works in Scope of Work, Section V

(Employer’s Requirements). Evaluation shall be done on a basis of degree of technical suitability of the

proposed methodology by the Bidder. Page limit: Maximum Three (3) A4

3.5.7. Mobilization Schedule

Mobilization Schedule for a construction project is a time bound schedule for mobilizing key personnel,

manpower, labour force, construction plants, machineries, equipment, etc. against the Work Plan milestones.

Mobilization schedule generally indicates the date of deployment and demobilization of the resources at

contractor’s disposal. Mobilisation Schedule are generally prepared in form of a horizontal bar chart.

The Bidder shall submit a bar chart against the Work Plan milestones. Evaluation shall be done on a basis of

degree of optimal deployments of resources. Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4 or A3

3.5.8. Work Plan & Completion Time

Work Plan for a construction project is a time bound schedule for executing all tasks and activities against

broad nature of works. Work plan is chronological or simultaneous sequencing of works at a construction site

starting from taking over of the site to handing over against a time schedule. Work Plan are generally prepared

in form of a horizontal bar chart.




43

The Bidder shall submit a bar chart detailing out each tasks and activities for each category of works against

a timeline. Evaluation shall be done on a basis of compliance with the Sequencing of Works & Milestones in

Section V (Employer’s Requirements). Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4 or A3

3.5.9. Environmental Monitoring & Management

Environmental Monitoring & Management is mainly aimed at mitigating and minimising risks and threats to the

local environment/ecology during the construction period. During this period of monitoring the contractor is

expected to: establish base line date for environmental monitoring; monitor pollution levels (ambient air, water,

ground water, etc.); waste management during construction; upkeeping hygienic and sanitary conditions

during construction; periodical reporting of monitoring outputs to the employer; and management plan for

mitigating risks and threats.

The Bidder, in coherence to the Environmental & Social Monitoring & Management Framework in Section V

(Employer’s Requirements) shall briefly propose methods. Evaluation shall be done on a basis of quality of

proposed methods by the Bidder. Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4

3.5.10. Social & Gender Action Plan

Social and Gender Action Plan are a safeguard to: protect indigenous community/practices/heritage within the

project site; ensure right of way; ensure entitlements to project affected people; ensure gender equity in

participation; protect indigenous and traditional livelihood; develop consensus amongst the stakeholders and

host communities within the project area; promote educational and scientific values through the project goals;

buying-in with local people; alleviate living conditions and welfare of workforce; etc.

The Bidder, in coherence to the Environmental & Social Monitoring & Management Framework in Section V

(Employer’s Requirements) shall briefly propose methods. Evaluation shall be done on a basis of quality of

proposed methods by the Bidder. Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4

3.5.11. Management, Operation & Maintenance

Management, Operation and Maintenance generally refers to the services undertaken by the successful bidder

after the completion of the capital works. These services generally covers day to day repairs and maintenance;

annual repairs; special repairs; minor addition, alteration and retrofitting; preventive maintenance; emergency

maintenance; predictive maintenance; schedule compliances; operation of facilities from the Capital Works;

engineering support; training & administration of human resources; and limited utility servicing.

The Bidder shall propose a Management Operation & Maintenance plan for all capital works. Evaluation shall

be done on a basis of quality of proposed plan by the Bidder. Page limit: Maximum One (1) A4.




44

SECTION IV: BIDDING FORMS

SECTION IV: BIDDING FORMS National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



45

4. SECTION IV: BIDDING FORMS

4.1. BID DOCUMENTATION CHECKLIST

Sl.No. Description Bidding Form

to be filled

and uploaded

Attachments to be uploaded along with Bidding

Form

Checkbox

Mandatory Submission (Envelope A)

1 Proof of Incorporation MAS-1 Scanned copy of Certificate of Incorporation

2 Valid Registration MAS-1 Scanned copy of Certificate of Registration or Application

Acknowledgement

3 Accreditation/ Certification MAS-1 Scanned copy of ISO Accreditation Certificate

4 Bidder Class/Category MAS-1 Scanned copy of Certificate of Bidder Class/Category

5 PAN No. MAS-1 Scanned copy of PAN Card

6 GSTIN No. MAS-1 Scanned copy of GSTIN Registration Certificate

7 TAN No. MAS-1 Scanned copy of TAN Registration Certificate

8 EPF No. MAS-1 Scanned copy of EPF Registration Certificate

Prequalification (Envelope B)

9 Declaration by the Bidder ELI-1 N/A

10 Nationality ELI 2a/2b &

ELI 3a/3b

Scanned copy of Valid Proof of Address from any

Statutory Body

11 Conflict of Interest LTB-1 N/A

12 Debarment/ Sanctioned ELI-1 N/A

13 Pending Litigation LIT-1 Scanned copy of CA Certification

14 Net Worth FINQ-1 Scanned copy of CA Certified Audited Financial

Statement for last 5 FY & CA Certification

15 Average Annual Construction Turnover FINQ-2 Scanned copy of CA Certification

16 Working Capital FINQ-3 Scanned copy of CA Certification

17 Bid Capacity FINQ-4a &

FINQ-4b

Scanned copy of CA Certification

18 Contracts of Similar Size & Nature EXPQ-1 Scanned copy of all eligible contracts (LOA/Work Order

and Completion Certificate)

19 Contracts with Similar Key Activities EXPQ-1 and/

or EXPQ-1a

Scanned copy of all eligible contracts (LOA/Work Order

and Completion Certificate)

Technical Proposal/Bid (Envelope B)

20 Deployment of Key Personnel(s) TECH-1 &

TECH-1a

Scanned copy of CA Certification and/or Letter of

Assurance

21 Deployment of Plant, Machinery &

Equipment

TECH-2 Scanned copy of CA Certification and/or Letter of Intent

for Renting

22 Technical Proposal TECH 3 N/A

Financial Bid (Envelope C)

23 Letter of Financial Bid FIN-1 N/A

24 Preamble to Bill of Quantities FIN-2a N/A

25 Bill of Quantities FIN-2b N/A

Note: The Bidders shall provide only one CA certification where the CA appointed by them shall provide a narrative commentary on the

Bidder’s situation incorporating all calculation required by the bid and inventories duly signed, stamped along with CA number on the

CA’s letterhead.




46

4.3. BIDDING PERFORMA

MAS-1 4.3.1. Mandatory Submission

Sl. No. Particular Details to be populated by the Bidder

1. Legal Name of the Single Entity Bidder or Name of the JV/Consortium Bidder

1a. Name of the Lead Partner, Partner 2 & Partner 3 for JV/Consortium Bidder

1. 2. 3.

2. Proof of Incorporation: MoCA Registration No. & Date of Incorporation (for Limited Liability Partnership, Private Limited, Limited & Corporations) or RoF Registration No. (Sole Proprietorship & Partnership Firms). For JV/Consortium Bidder all Partners to provide details.

1. Registration No. (Single Entity/Lead Partner): 2. Registration No. (Partner 2): 3. Registration No. (Partner 3):

3. Registration No. with issue & validity date of Government of Madhya Pradesh or Acknowledgement No. of Application (for Single Entity Bidder or Lead Partner of JV/ Consortium)

1. Registration No.: 2. Issue Date: Valid Upto:

4. ISO Accreditation No. with issue & validity date (for Single Entity Bidder or Lead Partner of JV/ Consortium)

1. Certification No.: 2. Accreditation Type: 3. Issue Date: Valid Upto:

5. Bidder Class/Category & Registration No. with issue & validity date For JV/Consortium Bidder all Partners to provide details.

1. Bidder Class/Category (Single Entity/Lead Partner): Registration No.: Issue Date: Valid Upto:

2. Bidder Class/Category (Partner 2): Registration No.: Issue Date: Valid Upto:

3. Bidder Class/Category (Partner 3): Registration No.: Issue Date: Valid Upto:

6. PAN no. For JV/Consortium Bidder all Partners to provide details.

1. 2. 3.

7. GSTIN no. For JV/Consortium Bidder all Partners to provide details.

1. 2. 3.

8. TAN no. For JV/Consortium Bidder all Partners to provide details.

1. 2. 3.

9. EPF Registration no. of the Single Entity Bidder or Lead Partner of JV/Consortium

Scanned and self-attested copies of Attachments/Proof/Certificate/Citation/Credential uploaded: (please tick if provided) Certificate of Incorporation or Registration Certificate/Memo for Single Entity & all Partners of a JV/Consortium

Registration Certificate or Application Acknowledgement from Government of MP for Single Entity & Lead Partner/Member of

JV/Consortium/Association

ISO Certification from recognised Accreditation Agency for Single Entity & Lead Partner of JV/Consortium/Association

Bidder Class/Category Registration Certificate for Single Entity & all Partners of a JV/Consortium/Association

PAN Card for Single Entity & all Partners of a JV/Consortium/Association

GSTIN Registration Certificate for Single Entity & all Partners of a JV/Consortium/Association

TAN Registration Certificate for Single Entity & all Partners of a JV/Consortium/Association

EPF Registration Certificate for Single Entity & Lead Partner of JV/Consortium/Association




47

LTB-1 4.3.2. Letter of Technical Bid

Please review and delete all italics insertions (To be submitted on Single Entity Bidder’s or Lead Bidder’s Official Letterhead)

Date: DD/MM/YYYY NIT No.: XXXXXXXXXX

To:

Chief Executive Officer Sagar Smart City Limited Old RTO Building, Near Tilli Tiraha Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002, India

We, the undersigned, declare that:

a) We M/S ___________________________________ (name of Single Entity Bidder) offer our bid for the Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India as a Single Entity.

OR

a) We M/S __________________ (name of Lead Partner/Member), M/S __________________ (name of Partner 2/Member 2) and M/S __________________ (name of Partner 3/Member 3) offer our bid for the Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India as a Joint Venture/Consortium, Agreement of which is appended in our Bid.

OR

a) We M/S __________________ (name of Single Entity Bidder) in association with M/S __________________ (name of Specialist Sub-contractor 1) and M/S __________________ (name of Specialist Sub-contractor 2) offer our bid for the Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India as a Single Entity with Association(s), Letter of Association(s) of which is/are appended in our Bid.

b) We have examined and have no reservations to the Tender/Bidding Document, including Addenda issued from time to time for this NIT;

c) We offer to execute in conformity with the Bidding Document the following Works: Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India

d) Our Bid shall be valid for a period of xxx days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Document, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

e) If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a Performance Security in the amount of 00.00% of the Contract Price for the due performance of the Contract;

f) Our firm, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract, have Indian nationality;

g) We are not participating, as Bidder, in more than one Bid in this bidding process, other than alternative offers, if permitted, in the Bidding Document;

h) Our firm, its affiliates, or subsidiaries, including any subcontractors or suppliers has not been debarred by the State Government or the Procuring Entity;




48

i) We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal Contract is prepared and executed;

j) We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid that you may receive;

k) We agree to permit Government of Madhya Pradesh or the Employer or their representatives to inspect our accounts and records and other documents relating to the bid submission and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Employer;

l) We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees, if any, with respect to the bidding process for execution of the Contract:

Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount (INR)

m) We declare that we have complied with and shall continue to comply with the provisions of the Code of Integrity including Conflict of Interest as specified by law and acts prevailing in the country and state of Madhya Pradesh and this Bidding Document during this procurement process and execution of the Works as per the Contract.

_______________________________________________ Signed & Sealed by: _______________________________________________ (Name of Authorized Representative) In capacity of: ____________________________________ (Designation of Authorized Representative) Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of: M/S ________________________________________________________________________ (Name of Firm/Company of Single Entity or Lead Member of JV/Consortium/Association) ____________________________________________________________________________ (Full Address of Firm/Company of Single Entity or Lead Member of JV/Consortium/Association) Landline Telephone No.: _____________________ Fax No.: ___________________________ AR’s Mobile No.: _____________________ Official e-mail ID: __________________________




49

ELI-1 4.3.3. Affidavit

Please review and delete all italics insertions (On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of non-judicial stamp paper of INR 500)

I, ________________________________ (name of the authorized representative in the power of attorney) who is designated as _____________________ (designation in the firm/ company) in the firm/company named M/S ______________________________________________________ (legal name of the firm/company) have been appointed as an Authorized Representative by the Power of Attorney executed on ______ (date of execution of power of attorney) and competent for submission of the affidavit on behalf of M/S ______________________________________ (name of single entity bidder) or JV/Consortium/Association having Partners: M/S___________________________________________ (name of Lead Partner); M/S _______________________________ (name of Partner 2); and M/S ________________________________ (name of Partner 3) do solemnly affirm an oath and state that:

I am fully satisfied for the correctness of the certificates/records submitted in support of the following information in bid documents which are being submitted in response to notice inviting e-tender No. ______________ for Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India dated _______ issued by the Sagar Smart City Limited.

I am fully responsible for the correctness of following self-certified information/ documents and certificates provided and uploaded for the above said bid:

a) That the self-certified information given in the bid document is fully true and authentic.

b) That my firm/company or all firms/companies participating in the above said bid is/are not sanctioned and/or debarred or blacklisted by any Central/State Government Agency/Department/Undertaking and by any multilateral agencies under the UN umbrella.

c) That:

i) Term deposit receipt deposited as earnest money, demand draft for cost of bid document and other relevant documents provided by the Bank are authentic.

ii) Information regarding financial qualification and annual turn-over is correct.

iii) Information regarding various physical qualifications is correct.

d) No close relative of the undersigned and our firm/company is working in the department.

OR

Following close relatives are working in the department:

Name _______________ Post ____________________ Present Posting ___________

Signature with Seal of the Deponent (Authorized Representative)

I, _____________________ (name of the authorized representative in the power of attorney) above deponent do hereby certify that the facts mentioned above are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Verified today _____________ (dated) at ______________ (place).

Signature with Seal of the Deponent (Authorized Representative)




50

ELI-2a 4.3.4. Bidder’s Information (Single Entity)

Sl. No. Particular Details to be Populated by the Bidder

1. Single Entity Bidder’s Legal Name

2. Single Entity Bidder’s Country of Constitution/ Incorporation

3. Single Entity Bidder’s Year of Constitution/ Incorporation

4. Single Entity Bidder’s Managing Director/Partner/Proprietor or Chairman Information

1. Name: 2. Designation: 3. Official Mobile No.: 4. Official e-mail ID:

5. Single Entity Bidder’s Legal Address and Contact Details in the Country of Constitution/ Incorporation

1. Address with PIN: 2. Official Landline No.: 3. Official Fax No.: 4. Official e-mail ID:

6. Single Entity Bidder’s / Authorized Representative Information

1. Name: 2. Designation in Bidder’s Firm/Company: 3. Address with PIN: 4. Landline Telephone No: 5. Official Mobile No.: 6. Official e-mail ID:

Scanned and self-attested copies of Attachments/Proof/Certificate/Citation/Credential uploaded: (please tick if provided) Confirmation that the Power of Attorney as per Bidding Form ELI-3a designating the Authorized Representative to represent

(including submitting Affidavit) on behalf of the firm/company, duly signed and sealed by and uploaded

Confirmation that the Letter(s) of Association as per Bidding Form ELI-4c from all Specialist Sub-contractor(s) are provided on their

respective official letterhead(s) and uploaded (only if applicable)

For Government-owned enterprises documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law




51

ELI-2b 4.3.5. Bidder’s Information (JV/Consortium or Specialist Sub-Contractor)

Sl. No. Particular Details to be Populated by the Bidder

1. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Bidder’s Legal Name (only if

incorporated before this bid)

JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Legal Name (each partner)

1. Partner 1 (Lead Partner): 2. Partner 2: 3. Partner 3:

2. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Country of Constitution/ Incorporation (each partner)


3. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Year of Constitution/ Incorporation (each partner)


4. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Managing Director/Partner/Proprietor or Chairman Information (each partner)

1. Partner 1 (Lead Partner) Name: Designation: Official Mobile No.: Official e-mail ID:

2. Partner 2 Name: Designation: Official Mobile No.: Official e-mail ID:

3. Partner 3 Name: Designation: Official Mobile No.: Official e-mail ID:

5. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Legal Address and Contact Details in the Country of Constitution/ Incorporation

1. Partner 1 (Lead Partner) Address with PIN:

Official Landline No.: Official Fax No.: Official e-mail ID:

2. Partner 2

Address with PIN:

Official Landline No.: Official Fax No.: Official e-mail ID:

3. Partner 3

Address with PIN:

Official Landline No.:




52

Official Fax No.: Official e-mail ID:

6. JV/Consortium/Association or Specialist Sub-Contractor Partner’s Authorized Representative Information

1. Name: 2. Designation in Bidder’s Firm/Company: 3. Address with PIN:

4. Landline Telephone No: 5. Official Mobile No.: 6. Official e-mail ID:

Scanned and self-attested copies of Attachments/Proof/Certificate/Citation/Credential uploaded: (please tick if provided)

Confirmation that the Power of Attorney as per Bidding Form ELI-3b designating the Authorized Representative to represent

(including submitting Affidavit) on behalf of JV/Consortium, duly signed and sealed by all Partners and uploaded

Confirmation that the JV/Consortium Agreement is executed and uploaded as per Bidding Form ELI-4a or ELI-4b.

For Government-owned enterprises, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law




53

ELI-3a 4.3.6. Power of Attorney (for Single Entity Bidder)


Power of Attorney for Authorized Representative

The firm/company M/S ____________________________________________ (legal name of the company/firm) authorizes the following Authorized Representative to sign and submit the tender/bidding document including all affidavits for Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, negotiate terms and conditions for the contract, to sign the contract, to deal with the office of the CEO, Sagar Smart City Limited, to issue and receive correspondence related to all matters of the bid.

We M/S _______________________________ undertake the responsibility due to any act of the appointed representative and hear by appoint Ms./Mr. _____________________________________ as a Authorized Representative and attest the true signature of the appointee.

For Partnership, LLP & One Person Firm

1. Name of the appointed Authorized Representative:

2. Address of the Authorized Representative:

3. Phone No of the Authorized Representative:

4. Signature of the Authorized Representative Name, Signature & Seal of all Partners attesting the signature of Authorized Representative

Partner 1: Name: Signature & Seal Date: Place: Partner 2: Name: Signature & Seal Date: Place: Partner 3: Name: Signature & Seal Date: Place:

(those operating as sole proprietorship shall be exempted from power of attorney but the proof of proprietorship shall establish the authorization)

OR

For Public Limited & Private Limited, company


2. Designation of the Authorized Representative:






54

4. Name, Designation, Signature & Seal of the Authority by whom Powers are delegated

Name: Designation: Signature & Seal Date: Place:

4. Attested Signature of the Authorized Representative Name, Designation & Signature of the Person attesting the signature of Authorized Representative





55

ELI-3b 4.3.7. Power of Attorney (for JV/Consortium)


Power of Attorney for Authorized Representative

The firm/company M/S ____________________________________________, Lead Partner of the intended Joint Venture/Consortium/Association between M/S____________________________________ (legal name of the Lead Partner), M/S ________________________________________ (legal name of the Partner 2) and M/S ________________________________________ (legal name of the Partner 3) jointly and severally authorizes the following Authorized Representative to sign and submit the tender/bidding document including all affidavits for Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, negotiate terms and conditions for the contract, to sign the contract, to deal with the office of the CEO, Sagar Smart City Limited, to issue and receive correspondence related to all matters of the bid.

We M/S _______________________________ (legal name of the Lead Partner) and on behalf of the intended Joint Venture/Consortium/Association undertake the responsibility due to any act of the appointed representative and hear by appoint Ms./Mr. _____________________________________ as a Authorized Representative and attest the true signature of the appointee.


2. Designation of the Authorized Representative:



4. Name, Designation, Signature & Seal of the Authority by whom Powers are delegated


4. Attested Signature of the Authorized Representative Name, Designation & Signature of the Managing Partners/Managing Directors or Director of One Person Firm

Partner 1 (Lead Partner) Name: Designation: Signature & Seal Date: Place: Partner 2 Name: Designation:

Signature & Seal Date: Place: Partner 2 Name: Designation:

Signature & Seal Date: Place:

(Those operating as sole proprietorship shall be exempted from power of attorney but the proof of proprietorship shall establish the authorization. In an Association, the Specialist Sub-Contractor, that does not have any financial liability towards the JV/Consortium/Association and is only responsible for strengthening the technical aspect of the Bid, shall provide an exclusive Letter of Association(s) for the Bid on its official letterhead)




56

ELI-4a 4.3.8. Draft Consortium Agreement


This Consortium Agreement (hereinafter referred as Agreement) entered into this day of ___th (day) of ______ (month) ________ (year) at __________________ (place), _____________________ (State/Union Territory), India between M/S ____________________________________________ and having registered office at _________________________________________________________ (address), India, as Party of the First Part, M/S ____________________________________________ and having registered office at _________________________________________________________ (address), India, as Party of the Second Part and M/S ____________________________________________ and having registered office at _________________________________________________________ (address), India, as Party of the Third Part.

M/S ______________________________________, M/S ______________________________________ and M/S ___________________________________are individually referred to as a ‘Party’ and collectively as the ‘Parties’.

WHEREAS Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL), has issued a NIT No. ___ dated ____________(“Tender/Bid Document”) for Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, (hereinafter referred to as the “Project”)

AND WHEREAS the Parties have had discussions for formation of a Consortium for submitting the Bid for the Project and have reached an understanding on the following points with respect to each of the Parties' rights and obligations towards each other and their working relationship.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, conditions and covenants set out herein, the Parties hereby agree as below:

1) The purpose of this Agreement is to define the principles of collaboration among the Parties to:

a) jointly Bid for the “Project” as a Consortium.

b) sign Agreement with SSCL in case of award (“Contract”).

c) provide and perform the supplies and services which would be ordered by SSCL pursuant to the Contract.

2) This Agreement shall not be construed as establishing or giving effect to any legal entity. It shall relate solely towards SSCL for the “Project” to be performed and shall not extend to any other activities.

3) The Parties shall be jointly and severally responsible and bound towards SSCL for the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Tender/Bid Document and the Contract.

4) M/S _____________________________________ (Name of Party) shall act as Lead Bidder of the Consortium. As such, it shall act as the coordinator of the combined activities of the Consortium and shall carry out the following functions:

a) to ensure the technical, commercial, and administrative co-ordination of the Project;

b) to lead the Contract negotiations with SSCL;

c) to receive instructions and incur liabilities for and on behalf of all Parties; and

d) in case of an award, act as channel of communication between SSCL and the Parties for execution of the Contract.

5) That the Parties shall carry out all responsibilities in terms of the Project

6) That the broad roles and the responsibilities of each Party as per each member’s field of expertise at each stage of the bidding shall be as below:

First Part: ________________________________________________

Second Part: ________________________________________________




57

Third Part: ________________________________________________

7) That the proposed administrative arrangements (organization chart) for the management and execution of the Project shall be as follows:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8) That the profit and loss sharing percentage shall be:

First Part: _______ %

Second Part: _______ %

Third Part: _______ %

9) That the Parties agree that all the members of the Consortium shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations in relation to the Contract until the completion of the Project in accordance with the Contract.

10) The Parties affirm that they shall implement the Project in good faith and shall take all necessary steps to see the Project through expeditiously.

11) That this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of India and courts in India shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate disputes arising from the terms herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties affirm that the information provided is accurate and true and have caused the Agreement duly executed on the date and year above mentioned.

Signature & Seal

(Party of the First part)

Signature & Seal

(Party of the Second part)

Signature & Seal

(Party of the Third part)

Witness:

1. _________________________________________

2. _________________________________________




58

ELI-4b 4.3.9. Draft Joint Venture Agreement Please review and delete all italics insertions

(On Non-Judicial Stamp Paper of non-judicial stamp paper of INR 100)

This Joint Venture Agreement (“AGREEMENT”) made at ________ (place) on this __th (day) day of _______

(month), 2019

BY AND AMONGST

M/S ___________________________ {Lead Member (JV Member 1)}, a _________________ incorporated

under ____________________ (name of the relevant act/law of under which registered in the Country of

Registration) and having its registered office / a company incorporated under the Laws of

________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Partner 1 (Lead Partner)”, which expression shall

unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its successors in interest,

subsidiaries and assigns) of the ONE PART;

AND

M/S _______________________ (JV Member 2), a _______________ incorporated under the

_____________ and having its registered office / a company incorporated under the Laws of

_____________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Partner 2”, which expression shall unless repugnant to

the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its successors in interest, subsidiaries and

assigns) of the SECOND PART;

AND

M/S _______________________ (JV Member 2), a _______________ incorporated under the

_____________ and having its registered office / a company incorporated under the Laws of

_____________________ (hereinafter referred to as “Partner 3”, which expression shall unless repugnant to

the context or meaning thereof be deemed to mean and include its successors in interest, subsidiaries and

assigns) of the THIRD PART;

M/S ______________, M/S ______________ and M/S _______________ shall be individually referred to as

a “Party” and jointly referred to as the “Parties” or “JV Members or Partners”).

WHEREAS:

Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL), has issued a NIT No. ____________ dated ___________ (“Tender/Bid

Document”) for Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront

Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, (hereinafter referred to as the “Project”)

M/S ______________, M/S ______________ and M/S _______________ have agreed to consolidate their

resources and experience, and apply jointly as a Joint Venture (hereinafter referred to as the “Joint Venture”),

vide this Joint Venture Agreement, for the purpose of implementing and completing the Project, within time

frame stipulated in the Request for Proposal Document (hereinafter referred to as the “RFP document”).

M/S ______________, M/S ______________ and M/S _______________ have therefore agreed to enter into

this Joint Venture Agreement in respect of the submission of the Bid/ Proposal for the Project on the terms set

out below.

NOW THEREFORE IN CONSIDERATION OF THE PREMISES AND THE MUTUAL, CONDITIONS AND

CONVENANTS HEREIN CONTAINED THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS BELOW:

1) The recital herein contained shall constitute an integral and operative part of this Agreement.




59

2) The Parties hereto agree to consolidate their resources and hereby form a Joint Venture to jointly prepare,

submit and Bid for the Project, which has financing benefits, as detailed in the RFP document issued by

SSCL for the implementation and completion of the Project.

3) The Parties hereto agree that M/S _________________________ shall be the Lead Member and M/S

___________ and M/S _________ shall be the JV Members 2 JV and Members 3 respectively of the Joint

Venture.

4) The Parties shall mutually and jointly take all the decisions in respect of the Project on behalf of the Joint

Venture. M/S _____________ (Lead Member) shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Joint Venture as

their representative for implementation and completion of the Project.

5) M/S ________________ (Lead Member) undertakes that it has the necessary qualification to fulfill

technical and financial capability criteria for the implementation and completion of the Project as detailed

in the Tender/Bid Document {including the draft Concession Agreement (Section-II of the RFP document)}.

6) Special Purpose Company (SPC): For execution of the Project, in the event of award of the Project to the

Joint Venture, the Parties will set up a Special Purpose Company (“SPC”), formed under the Companies

Act, 1956. The common equity shareholding pattern of the SPC shall consist of: ____% shares to be held

by M/S ___________________________; ____% shares to be held by M/S ________________; and

____% shares to be held by M/S __________________________.

7) M/S_____________________________ (Lead Member) shall individually and compulsorily hold at least

51% equity stake in the SPC till the end of the Contract Period. On successful award of the Project, the

SPC shall enter into Contract Agreement (“Agreement”) with SSCL (as per the Tender/Bid Document),

which shall specify the terms and conditions of the completion of the Project and shall carry out all the

responsibilities in the terms of the Tender/Bid Document.

8) The registered office of the Joint Venture/SPC shall be located at _______________________ (Complete

Address, State & Country).

9) M/S ____________________, M/S ____________________ and M/S ____________________ shall be

jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Works and Services in accordance with the terms of the

Tender/Bid Document. It is further unanimously agreed by the Parties that the Lead Member, along-with

other JV Member 2 & JV Member 2 in the SPC shall:

a) coordinate the day to day activities of the Joint Venture/SPC;

b) undertake to be jointly and severally liable/responsible for all the obligations and liabilities relating to

the Project, in accordance with the terms of the Tender/Bid Document and the Agreement with SSCL,

till the end of the Contract Period;

c) complete all works assigned under the Tender/Bid Document (including Concession Agreements if

any) within the time stipulated in the Tender/Bid document; and

d) execute individual/independent Deed of Guarantee by all JV Members, towards the SPC, in favour of

SSCL for the pledging / providing technical, financial and such other supports as may be necessary

for the performance of works assigned under the Tender/Bid Document (including draft Agreement)

within the time stipulated in the Tender/Bid document.

10) Roles and Responsibilities

The role and the responsibility of each Party for the implementation, operation & maintenance and

execution of the Project shall be as follows:

Name of Member Type of Member Role & Responsibility




60

M/S ___________________ JV Member 1

(Lead Member)

1. _____________________________________

2. _____________________________________

3. _____________________________________

M/S ___________________ JV Member 2 1. _____________________________________

2. _____________________________________

3. _____________________________________

M/S ___________________ JV Member 3 1. _____________________________________

2. _____________________________________

3. _____________________________________

11) All the basic/fundamental terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be incorporated in the Article of

Association of the SPC (to be incorporated by the Parties). Any other terms and conditions to the extent

not agreed upon by the Parties in this Agreement (and which are not contradictory to the basic/fundamental

provisions of this Agreement) shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties and incorporated in the Article

of Association of the SPC.

12) Confidentiality: All information, document, etc. exchanged between the Parties related to this agreement

or the preparation of any Bid or the performance of the Project shall remain confidential and shall not be

revealed to third parties for a certain time to be agreed upon. Unless otherwise required by law, the Parties

undertake not to disclose to any third party or any else and / or use any Information, without prior consent

of the other Party.

13) Term and Duration: This Agreement shall come into effect on the date of submission of the Bid/Proposal

for the development, implementation/execution, and completion of the Project. This Agreement shall

terminate upon the successful completion of the Project and may be extended further for such period as

may be required by the SSCL. This Agreement can be terminated only upon Joint Venture’s /SPC’s Bid

for the Project is conclusively rejected by the SSCL.

14) Costs/Expenses: All out-of-pocket expenses/costs of and incidental to this Agreement including stamp

duty and registration fees, if any shall be borne and paid by the Parties in proportion to their shareholding

in the SPC. Each Party shall pay and bear their own advocated/solicitors fees in the preparation of this

Agreement.

15) Indemnity: The Second and the Third Part of this Agreement undertakes to indemnify the Lead Member

from and against all direct and indirect damages, losses, liabilities, obligations, claims or proceedings of

any kind, interest, penalties, cost, fee, or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys'

fees and expenses), suffered, incurred or paid, directly, as a result of, in connection with or arising from

any breach of its covenants, obligations and responsibilities hereunder, including any act or omission or

negligence, or of any Applicable Law, attributable to Second and the Third Party’s negligence or wilful

default in performance or non-performance under this Agreement.

16) Governing Law: This Agreement shall in all respect be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance

with laws of Republic of India.

17) Settlement of Disputes:

a) Any disputes arising out of this Agreement shall be amicably settled by the authorized representatives

of the Parties, failing any such disputes shall be resolved by Arbitration in accordance with the

Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996, as amended by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance

with the said Act. This Clause shall survive the termination of this Agreement. [Language of Arbitration




61

shall be English]. The venue of the Arbitration proceedings shall be in ______________ (location),

India. The Parties jointly and severally undertake that the implementation and completion of the Project

shall not be affected during the dispute(s) or the settlement of dispute(s) period. The Award rendered

by the Arbitral Tribunal shall be final and binding upon the Parties.

b) In the event of a dispute between the Parties over the subject of this Agreement, the prevailing party

shall be entitled to reasonable advocates/solicitors’ fees and costs incurred in the resolution of such

dispute.

18) Amendments: This Agreement can be amended or suppressed by further Agreement made in writing at

the request of any of the Parties after unanimous approval by the Parties and by obtaining prior consent

and written approval from SSCL.

19) Notices: Any notices, requests, demands or any communications from any party to the other party under

this Agreement shall be by Regd./Speed mail or facsimile transmission sent to the addresses as indicated

in this Agreement. Any party may change its address but shall promptly inform SSCL and the other

Parties/JV Members of any such change.

20) Language: The official language of this Agreement and all future Agreements shall be English.

21) Assignment: None of the Parties to this Agreement shall have the right to assign its benefits or liabilities

under this Agreement to any other company, firm, or person without obtaining prior consent and written

approval of SSCL.

22) Entire Agreement: This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the Parties and supersedes

all prior writings, Agreements, or understandings; written or oral relating to the subject matter thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly

authorized representatives the day and year first above written.

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED BY:

M/S __________________

(Name of Member 1)

______________________

(Signature & Seal)

By: ___________________

(Authorized Representative)

Designation: ____________

Date: ______Place: ______

M/S __________________

(Name of Member 2)

______________________

(Signature & Seal)

By: ___________________



Date: ______Place: ______

M/S __________________

(Name of Member 3)

______________________

(Signature & Seal)

By: ___________________



Date: ______Place: ______

Witness:

1. _________________________________________

2. _________________________________________




62

ELI-4c 4.3.10. Letter of Association

Please review and delete all italics insertions (on the official letterhead of the company/firm)


To:


We, M/S_____________________________________ confirm our availability to Bid and thereafter execute

the responsibilities as a Specialist Sub-Contractor exclusively for the Works and Services Contract for

Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh.

We are a Specialist Sub-Contractor with expertise and past working experience in the of following works:

1. ________________________________________________

2. ________________________________________________

3. ________________________________________________

We also confirm that M/S ___________________________________ (name of single entity bidder) shall be

the Prime Contractor for all purposes of the bid and execution of Works and Services Contract for Lakha

Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, and consent their

appointed authorized representative to represent on behalf of us.

_______________________________________________ Signed & Sealed by: _______________________________________________ (Name of Director/ Partner of Specialist Sub-Contractor) M/S ________________________________________________________________________ (Name of Firm/Company of Specialist Sub-Contractor) ____________________________________________________________________________ (Full Address of Firm/Company) Landline Telephone No.: _____________________ Fax No.: ___________________________ Mobile No.: _____________________ Official e-mail ID: _______________________________




63

LIT-1 4.3.11. Pending Litigation

Each Bidder or member of a JV / must fill in this form

1. No pending litigation in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria).

2. Pending litigation in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria).

Financial

Year

Matter in Dispute Value of Pending

Claim (INR)

Value of Pending

Claim as a Percentage

of Net Worth (INR)


Confirmation that the Pending Litigation status is mentioned and certified in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s situation




64

FINQ-1 4.3.12. Net Worth

Each Bidder must fill out this form. In case of a Joint Venture/Consortium, each Joint Venture/Consortium Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the Joint Venture/Consortium Partner’s name below:

Single Entity Bidder: M/S ____________________________________________________________

OR

Joint Venture/Consortium Partner: M/S ________________________________________________ 1. Net Worth of Bidder in last five (5) financial years in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical

Evaluation Criteria).

Financial Data from Balance Sheet for Previous 5 Year (INR)

FY 2013-14 FY 2014-15 FY 2015-16 FY 2016-17 FY 2017-18

Total Asset (TA):

Total Liabilities (TL):

Net Worth = (TA – TL):


Confirmation that the Net Worth calculations is/are mentioned and certified in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s

situation

Confirmation that the CA certified Audited Financial Statement including Balance Sheet of each Bidder (single entity or partners of

JV/Consortium) for last five (5) Financial Years is uploaded




65

FINQ-2 4.3.13. Average Annual Construction Turnover

Single Entity Bidder and Lead Partner from the Joint Venture/Consortium on behalf of other Partners must fill out this form. The information supplied should be the Annual Turnover of the Bidder or each member of a Joint Venture/Consortium

in terms of the amounts billed to clients for each year for work in progress or completed. 1. Combined Average Annual Construction Turnover of Bidder in last three (3) years in accordance with Section

III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria).

2. Average Annual Construction Turnover of Lead Partner in a JV/Consortium in last three (3) years in

accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria).

Sl.

No.

Financial

Year 2015-16

(INR)

Financial

Year 2016-17

(INR)

Financial

Year 2017-18

(INR)

Average

Annual

Turnover Value

(INR)

a b c (a + b +c)

1 Single Entity Bidder or Lead

Partner of JV/Consortium:

2 Partner 2 of JV/Consortium (if

applicable):

3 Partner 3 of JV/Consortium (if

applicable):

4 Combined Average Annual

Construction Turnover Value

for last three (3) FYs (1+2+3)


Confirmation that the Average Annual Construction Turnover calculations is/are mentioned and certified in the CA’s narrative

commentary on the Bidder’s situation. The CA should also expand on the basis of method for calculating the turnover. For JV/Consortium, the CA of the Lead Partner must provide this information for all Partners.






66

FINQ-3 4.3.14. Working Capital

Single Entity Bidder or Lead Partner from the Joint Venture/Consortium on behalf of other Partners must fill out this form.

1. Combined Working Capital of Bidder in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation

Criteria).

2. Working Capital of Lead Partner in a JV/Consortium in accordance with Section III (Qualification and

Technical Evaluation Criteria).

Single Entity

Bidder or Lead

Partner 1 of

JV/Consortium

Partner 2 of

JV/Consortium

(if applicable)

Partner 3 of

JV/Consortium

(if applicable)

Total for

Single Entity

Bidder or

JV/Consortium

Bidder

a b c = (a + b + c)

Current Assets (CA):

Revolving Line of Credit (RC):

Current Liabilities (CL):

Combined Working Capital =

(CA + RC – CL)


Confirmation that the Working Capital calculations is/are mentioned certified in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s

situation. The CA should also expand on the basis of method for calculating the Working Capital. For JV/Consortium, the CA of the Lead Partner must provide this information for all Partners.

Confirmation that all Bidders have attached and has duly uploaded FINQ-3a (Letter of Assurance for Revolving Line of Credit from

a Scheduled Bank) with this Bidding Form






67

FINQ-3a 4.3.15. Letter of Assurance for Revolving Line of Credit

Please review and delete all italics insertions (on the official letterhead of the Scheduled Bank’s Official Letterhead)

Date: ___________________ (Insert Date)

Ref. No.: ________________

To:


Subject: Letter of Assurance for Revolving Line of Credit Facility for INR ___________________ for M/S

______________________________________________________________________________________

Dear Sir,

WHEREAS M/S _______________________________________________________________[name and

address of Bidder] (hereinafter called the “Bidder”) intends to submit a bid for Works and Services Contract

for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, under the

Sagar Smart City Limited (hereinafter called the “Employer”) in response to the Invitation for Bids issued by

the Sagar Smart City Limited through NIT no. ________________; and

WHEREAS the Bidder has requested that an assured revolving line of credit be provided to it for executing the

Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar,

Madhya Pradesh under. In the event that the Contract is awarded to it; then

KNOW ALL THESE PEOPLE by these presents that We ______________________________ [name of Bank]

of _______________________ [name of Country] having our registered office at

______________________________________________ [address of registered office] are willing to provide

to (the Bidder) a sum of up to INR ____________________________________________________ [amount

of guarantee in figures and words] as an assured revolving line of credit for executing the Works under Works

and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya

Pradesh under should the Bidder be awarded the contract based on its tendered prices.

We understand that this assurance may be taken into consideration by the Employer during evaluation of the

Bidder’s financial capabilities, and further assure that we intend to maintain this revolving line of credit until the

Works and Services are completed and taken over by the Employer.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank on the ___th day of month _____, year ________.

_____________________________________

(Signature & Common Seal of Bank Manager)

Witness 1: ______________________________________________ [Signature, name and address]

Witness 2: ______________________________________________ [Signature, name and address]




68

FINQ-4a 4.3.16. Bid Capacity (Current Contract Commitments)


1. Bidders (or each Joint Venture partner) should provide information on their current commitments on all

contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for

contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.

2. Remaining outstanding contract values to be calculated from 28 days prior to the bid submission deadline and

updated to the present price levels in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation

Criteria)

3. Remaining contract period to be calculated from 28 days prior to bid submission deadline

Sl. No. Name of Work/Contract Work/Contract Completion

Date

Outstanding Contract

Value (INR)

Remaining Contract Period in (Years)

Yearly Financial

Resources Requirement

(INR)

X Y (X / Y)

Single Entity Bidder or Lead Member/Partner 1 of JV/Consortium

1.

2.

3.

A. Sub-total Annual Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments for Single Entity Bidder or Lead Member/Partner of JV/Consortium

= of above

Member/Partner 2 of JV/Consortium

1.

2.

3.

B. Sub-total Annual Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments for Member/Partner 2 of JV/Consortium

= of above

Member/Partner 3 of JV/Consortium

1.

2.

3.

C. Sub-total Annual Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments for Member/Partner 3 of JV/Consortium

= of above

D. Combined Annual Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments for Single Entity Bidder or JV/Consortium

= (A+B+C)


Confirmation that the Current Contract Commitments calculations is/are mentioned certified in the CA’s narrative commentary on

the Bidder’s situation. The CA should also expand on the basis of method for calculating the Current Contract Commitments. For JV/Consortium, the CA of the Lead Partner must provide this information for all Partners.






69

FINQ-4b 4.3.17. Bid Capacity (Self-Assessment)


1. Bid Capacity to be calculated in accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria)

Combined Average Annual

Construction Turnover Value of Selected Financial Year as per FINQ-2

(INR)

Combined Annual Financial Requirements for Current Contract Commitments as

per FINQ-4a (INR)

Years of completion prescribed for this

work (Fixed)

Bid Capacity Calculation

A B N = (2 x A x N) - B

1.50


Confirmation that the Bid Capacity Self-Assessment calculations is mentioned and certified in the CA’s narrative commentary on

the Bidder’s situation. The CA should also expand on the basis of method for calculating the Bid Capacity. For JV/Consortium, the CA of the Lead Partner must provide this information for all Partners.




70

EXPQ-1 4.3.18. Experience of Similar Size and Nature of Contracts

Each Bidder must fill out this form separately for all eligible contracts/works. In case of a Joint Venture/Consortium, each Joint Venture/Consortium Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the Joint Venture/Consortium Partner’s name below:


OR Joint Venture/Consortium Partner: M/S ________________________________________________

1. Evaluation of experience of similar size and nature of contracts in accordance with Section III (Qualification and

Technical Evaluation Criteria)

2. Bidders should only include those Eligible Projects/Contracts/Works in this form which shall be evaluated as in

accordance with Section III (Qualification and Technical Evaluation Criteria) i.e. maximum of 3 eligible

projects/contracts/works per each bidder. One (1) Form per Contract.

Eligible Contract/Work ____ of ____

Name of the Work/Contract:

Ref. No. of Work Order or Contract

No.:

Ref. No. of Completion

Certificate:

Start Date of Work/Contract: Completion Date of

Work/Contract:

Contracted Value of Work/Contract

(INR):

Final Value of Work/Contract

Executed (INR):

Employer Details: Name of the Employer:

Complete Address of the

Employer:

Telephone No.:

Fax No.:

Name, Designation, Email ID

and Mobile No. of Contact

Person of the Employer (not

less than designation of S.E.

Engaged in Capacity of (tick

appropriate):

Prime/Sole Contractor JV Member Consortium Partner

Sub-Contractor Management Contractor Specialist Sub-Contractor

Turnkey Contractor Concessionaire Labour Contractor Material/ Goods

Supply Contractor Services Contractor

Employer’s Broad Requirements as

per Section V

Brief Description of Similarity with this Project in terms of nature of works

and contract size

As per description of similar

projects/contracts/works in Section III:

(Qualification and Technical

Evaluation Criteria).


Confirmation that all Bidders (Single Entity or Associates of Single Entity or Partners of JV/Consortium) have submitted and

uploaded all eligible projects with their respective Work Orders/LOA/LOI and Completion Certificates from Employers.

Confirmation that Bidding Form EXPQ-1a: Experience in Contracts with Similar Key Activities are completed with required

information and appended and uploaded with this form.

Confirmation that the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s situation has a listing of all the eligible projects mentioned here

and their respective payments/receivables are clearly indicated with dates.




71

EXPQ-1a 4.3.19. Experience in Contracts with Similar Key Activities

Each Bidder must fill out this form separately for all eligible contracts/works. In case of a Joint Venture/Consortium, each Joint Venture/Consortium Partner must fill out this form separately and provide the Joint Venture/Consortium Partner’s name below:


OR Joint Venture/Consortium Partner: M/S ________________________________________________

1. This is a supporting Form to EXPQ-1 and shall be evaluated in accordance with Section III (Qualification and

Technical Evaluation Criteria)

2. One (1) Form per Contract Corresponding to EXPQ-1

Eligible Contract/Work ____ of ____

Name of the Work/Contract:

Ref. No. of Work Order or Contract

No.:

Ref. No. of Completion

Certificate:

Start Date of Work/Contract: Completion Date of

Work/Contract:

Contracted Value of Work/Contract

(INR):

Final Value of

Work/Contract

Executed (INR):

Bidders Confirmation that majority (any 5 out of 8) Key Activities have been executed for the corresponding

eligible projects/contracts/works mentioned in EXPQ-1. Please tick applicable key activities involved.

Experience in Bathymetric Survey of water bodies including Underwater Sub-Soil Survey and Investigation

Experience in Irrigation & Water Resources Works like Construction of Dam, Weir, Embankment, Sluice Gates, etc.

Experience in developing centralized and decentralized treatment facilities DEWATS/STP Works

Experience in Ecological Conservation Works including Environmental & Social Impact Assessment

Experience in Utility Services Rehabilitation and Ducting for New Works like Water Supply, Electricity, OFC, etc.

Experience in Installation, Operation and Management of Large-Scale Water Fountain Shows

Experience in Operation and Maintenance of Public Recreational/Institutional Infrastructure




72

TECH-1 4.3.20. Key Personnel(s) Information

This is a consolidated form. Only one (1) form per bid (single entity bidder or JV/consortium bidder) is allowed. JV/Consortium bidders can augment their key personnel(s) respectively from their own resources and tabulate them in this form.

1. Bidder should provide the details of the proposed personnel and their experience record in the relevant

Information Forms below for each candidate in accordance with Section V (Employer’s Requirements)

2. Bidder should only provide resumes and CVs of Key Personnel(s) from serial no. 1 to 15 as per Bidding Form

TECH-1a and in accordance with Section V (Employer’s Requirements)

Sl. No. Title of the Position as per

Employer’s Requirements

Proposed Name of the Personnel Relevant Years

of Work

Experience as

per Employer’s

Requirement

1. Project Manager 7

2. Civil Engineer 5

3. Structural Engineer 5

4. Electrical Engineer 5

5. Hydraulic & Plumbing Engineer 5

6. Architect 5

7. Environmental Expert 5

8. Social Expert 5

9. Quality Control/Assurance Engineer 5

10. Site Engineer 1 3






16. Draughtsman 1 2

17. Draughtsman 2 2

18. Quantity Surveyor 1 2

19. Quantity Surveyor 2 2

20. Civil Foreman 1 2

21. Civil Foreman 2 2

22. Electrical Foreman 1 2

23. Electrical Foreman 2 2

24. Plumbing/Hydraulic Foreman 1 2

25. Plumbing/Hydraulic Foreman 2 2


Confirmation that the Bidder has appended and uploaded resumes/CVs of all Key Personnel(s) (from serial no. 1 to 15) as per

Bidding Form TECH-1a

Confirmation that the Bidder has adequate administrative and support staff to operate site office from the project location. This

should be mentioned in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s situation

Confirmation that the Bidder has the past experience or has capacity to employ/hire at least Seventy Five (75) Work Contract

Labourers including masons, fitters, helpers, beldars, guards, etc. This should be assured in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s situation.




73

TECH-1a 4.3.21. Resume of Key Personnel(s)

Bidders should provide the resumes/CVs of Key Personnel(s) corresponding to positions from serial no. 1 to 15

1. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested below. Use one form for each position

Position Title:

Personal

Information

Name: Date of Birth:

Professional

Qualifications:

Present Employment Name of

Employer:

Address of

Employer:

Telephone No.: Fax No.:

Email ID:

Job Title: Years with

present Employer:

Name of

Supervisor:

Mobile No. &

email ID of

Supervisor

Summarize past professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.

From To Project Name Project

Position

Employer

Name

Relevant Technical &

Management

Experience


Confirmation that the mentioned positions (Sl.no. 1 to 15) in Bidding Form TECH-1 are either salaried or part time employee at

Bidder’s firm/company. This should be mentioned in the CA’s narrative commentary on the Bidder’s situation.




74

TECH-2 4.3.22. Plant & Equipment Details

Single Entity Bidders or Partner/Member of a JV/Consortium Bidder shall provide information about their construction infrastructure, plant and equipment.

1. The Bidder shall provide adequate information and details to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to

meet the equipment requirements indicated in Section V (Employer’s Requirements), using the Forms below. A

separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the

Bidder.

Item of Equipment:

Equipment Information Name of Manufacturer: Model & Power

Rating:

Capacity: Year of

Manufacture:

Status Current Location:

Details of Current

Commitments:

Source (indicate source

of the equipment):

Self -owned Leased Rented Specially Manufactured

If Leased or Rented or Specially Manufactured, please provide the following information for each plant & equipment.

Original Equipment

Owner

Name of the Owner:

Address of the Owner:

Telephone No.: Fax No.:

Email ID:

Contact Name and

Designation

Agreements Details of

rental/lease/manufacture

agreements specific to

the project:


Confirmation that all the self-owned plant and equipment are at Bidder’s disposal. This should be mentioned in the CA’s narrative

commentary on the Bidder’s situation as an movable assets of the firm/company.

Confirmation that Agreements of all plant and equipment either rented, leased and specially manufactured for each plant and

equipment are provided and uploaded. If the Bidder intends to rent, lease and specially manufacture these plant and equipment, the Bidder has to provide and upload Agreements or Letter of Intent with the original equipment owner or manufacturer.




75

TECH-3 4.3.23. Technical Proposal

Single Entity or JV/Consortium Bidder to use the prescribed page size & format and narrative description as per the illustrations given in Section III: (Qualification & Technical Evaluation Criteria)

4.3.23.1. Site Organization & Setting up

4.3.23.2. Method Statement

4.3.23.3. Work Plan & Completion Time

4.3.23.4. Environmental Monitoring & Management

4.3.23.5. Social & Gender Action Plan

4.3.23.6. Management, Operation & Maintenance




76

FIN-1 4.3.24. Letter of Financial Bid

Please review and delete all italics insertions (To be submitted on Single Entity Bidder’s or Lead Bidder’s Official Letterhead)

To be Submitted as part of the Financial Bid Only


To:


We M/S ___________________________________ (name of Single Entity Bidder) bid for the execution of

Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar,

Madhya Pradesh, India as a Single Entity and the under signed declare that:

OR

We M/S __________________ (name of Lead Partner/Member), M/S __________________ (name of Partner

2/Member 2) and M/S __________________ (name of Partner 3/Member 3) bid for the execution of Works

and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development, Sagar, Madhya

Pradesh, India as a Joint Venture/Consortium and the under signed declare that:

OR

We M/S __________________ (name of Single Entity Bidder) in association with M/S __________________

(name of Specialist Sub-contractor 1) and M/S __________________ (name of Specialist Sub-contractor 2)

bid for the execution of Works and Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront

Development, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India as a Single Entity with Association(s) and the under signed

declare that:

a) We hereby Bid for the execution of the above-mentioned works and services on a Percentage Rate Bid to

be accomplished within the specified time at the total price of INR _______________ (in numerical figures)

Rupees________________________________________________________________ Only (in words)

Excluding the applicable GST, which is ____________% below/above or at par based on the Bill of

Quantities and item wise rates given therein in all respects and in accordance with the specifications,

designs, drawings and instructions in writing in all respects in accordance with such conditions so far as

applicable;

b) We are aware, that this bid is an online bid and we have provided and uploaded our Financial Bid against

the Bill of Quantities in a prescribed format as per the procurement portal;

c) That we shall be eligible for the Financial Bid only if we meet or attain the minimum qualification marks as

prescribed in Section III: (Qualification & Technical Evaluation Criteria) of this Bid/Tender Document;

d) That we have visited the site of work and am/are fully aware of all the difficulties and conditions likely to

affect carrying out the work; and

e) That we have fully acquainted myself/ourselves about the conditions regarding accessibility of site and

quarries/kilns, nature, and the extent of ground, working conditions including stacking of materials,




77

installation of tools and plant conditions effecting accommodation and movement of labour etc. required

for the satisfactory execution of contract.

Should this bid be accepted, we hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and provisions of the said

conditions of contract annexed hereto as far as applicable, or in default thereof to forfeit and pay to the

Executive Director, Sagar Smart City Limited, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, or his/her successors in office the

sums of money mentioned in the said conditions.

_______________________________________________ Signed & Sealed by: _______________________________________________ (Name of Authorized Representative) In capacity of: ____________________________________ (Designation of Authorized Representative) Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of: M/S ________________________________________________________________________ (Name of Firm/Company of Single Entity or Lead Member of JV/Consortium/Association) ____________________________________________________________________________ (Full Address of Firm/Company of Single Entity or Lead Member of JV/Consortium/Association) Landline Telephone No.: _____________________ Fax No.: ___________________________ AR’s Mobile No.: _____________________ Official e-mail ID: __________________________




78

FIN-2 4.3.25. SUMMARY OF BILL OF QUANTITRIES

Sl. No.

Package Name Cost (INR Lakhs)

Excluding the applicable

GST

1 Survey & Investigation

2 Dewatering & Desilting

3 Dismantling, Demolition & Site Clearance

4 Excavation & Earthwork

5 Embankment Protection Work

6 Sub Base Work

7 Road Work

8 Cement Concrete & Reinforced Cement Concrete Work

9 Drainage, Plumbing, DEWATS & Channelization Work

10 Electrical Work

11 Steel Work

12 Stone & Bick Masonry Work

13 Paving & Flooring Work

14 Horticulture Work

15 Water Resources Management Work

16 Wetland Bio-Restoration and Bio-manipulation of the Lower Lake




79

17 Other Speciaized Work

18 Syncronized Musical Water Ballet/Fountain Show

19 MO&M cost including utility bills of CAPEX for Year 1





TOTAL PROJECT COST in Lakhs

Note:

1. Bidder to consider his cost in the Quoted prices for all the Preliminaries Including all the cost

for the Approvals, licenses, statutory clearances Transportation, Inspections etc. which are not

explicitly mentioned but to complete the Construction of the project

2. Bidder shall Quote for all the works being executed Exclusive of applicable GST.

3. Bidder to Digitally sign and stamp all the Pages and upload in e-portal

4. Bidder shall sign and stamp all the Pages of RFP documents , serially Numbered and submit the

Hard copies to SSCL as mentioned in the RFP

5. Tenderer to sign and stamp all the Pages of the Bill Of Quantities .

4.3.26. Bill of Quantities-Indicative

Sl.no. Item Unit Quantity Rate (INR) Amount (INR) Reference

1.1 Excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. In all kind of soil Soft/loose/hard /dense soils, moorum & moorum mixed with boulders and mud.

Cu.m 101.25 ₹46.00 ₹4,657.50 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.02.1

1.2 Excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. In Soft/ disintegrated/ weathered rock.

Cu.m 60.75 ₹97.00 ₹5,892.75 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.02.2




80

1.3 Excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. In hard rock.

Cu.m 40.50 ₹302.00 ₹12,231.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.02.3

1.4 Extra rate for wet excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. Below subsoil water level. In all kind of soil Soft/loose/hard /dense soils, moorum & moorum mixed with boulders and mud.

Cu.m 101.25 ₹4.00 ₹405.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.04.1

1.5 Extra rate for wet excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. Below subsoil water level. In Soft/ disintegrated/ weathered rock.

Cu.m 60.75 ₹8.00 ₹486.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.04.2

1.6 Extra rate for wet excavation for trial pit or trial trench or other investigation work including dressing etc. complete. Below subsoil water level. In hard rock.

Cu.m 40.50 ₹24.00 ₹972.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.04.3

1.7 Boring holes with auger in all types of soil up to 5 m depth below ground level including collecting samples etc. complete. For 300 mm dia

Mts 100.00 ₹614.00 ₹61,400.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.05.3

1.8 Levelling for head works. Below 15 m interval for command survey and canal survey, including survey for C.D. work

Km 10.00 ₹1,178.00 ₹11,780.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.10.1

1.9 Providing and fixing benchmark as per type design 6 of Water Resources Department including embedding of 45 cm depth with 15 cm concrete all around and in bottom, with cost of cement, metal and sand (for 0. 11 cum M-10 nominal mix concrete with 20 mm graded metal) including labour for excavation in all type of soil, handling and fixing of benchmark, including mixing, laying & curing of concrete with cost of water for mixing and curing of concrete including all lead and lifts etc. complete. With chisel dressed cut stone of size 15x15x75cm

Each 150.00 ₹674.00 ₹1,01,100.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.14.1

1.10 Labour only for survey for all types of building/ houses/wells including taking

Per Day 60.00 ₹921.00 ₹55,260.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

1.16




81

detailed measurements thereof, measuring components like fencing etc., and entering in register, sketching, if required, noting specifications for foundation plinth, superstructure, roofing, flooring, doors and windows etc directly at site.

1.11 Drilling approximately 75 mm dia. holes by calyx or any other rotary process (except diamond drilling) through over burden providing black steel or suitable casing pipe, using casing shoe bit, vertical or inclined up to 10 degrees to vertical as directed including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, water charges, reaming, collection of wash samples at suitable intervals, logging and labelling, supplying wooden core box, fixing casing pipes etc. complete. For depth up to 30m from surface 0 to 100 vertically downwards

Mts 80.00 ₹4,960.00 ₹3,96,800.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.18.1.1

1.12 Topographic and cadastral survey for command area including canal alignment works of irrigation projects by using Total station GPS, etc. with minimum 20 number of point reading per ha, to generate 30mx30m grid and 0.5 m interval contours including transfer of entire data to computer system in different geo-referenced layers / themes using features of standard software, compatible with design software packages, including supply of soft and hard copies of point readings, including digitizing village maps and super imposing the contours on village map (scale 1in 4000) including marking all permanent features like roads, cart tracks, existing canals, temples, tanks, forest boundary and electric poles, etc., including marking of ridges and valleys on survey sheet including supply of 4 soft copies and 4 hard copies after approval of competent authority, preparation & submission of 10m x10m

Ha 208.00 ₹181.00 ₹37,648.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.19.2




82

grid for all structures of canal etc. complete.

1.13 Data interpretation of Satellite Remote Sensing Data / imaginaries procured from Indian Remote Sensing Satellite IRS-LISS III, Resource sesat-II Cartosat-I from National Remote Sensing Centre/ ISRO for creating layers for mapping of different uses, for one toposheet (1:50,000) and one layer excluding cost of imaginaries etc. complete.

Each 5.00 ₹3,475.00 ₹17,375.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.19.2

1.14 Geophysical &Hydrological investigation by geotechnical expert of, on and around dam upto 20 m below ground level to ascertain the cause and path of percolation(streaming potential) by non-destructive methods like, Electrical imaging or Vertical electrical sounding or seismic refraction or Refraction micro tremor (ReMi) Streaming potential etc. by any one, or any combination methods including processing of data by computer software including submission of detail report showing methodology in brief, procedure analysis & conclusion. The rates are inclusive of lead of all man, material & machines up to the site and back.

Mts 80.00 ₹756.00 ₹60,480.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.29.1

1.1 Environment impact assessment management plan including required data collection, necessary studies for environmental impact assessment, preparation of resettlement and rehabilitation plan, dam break analysis etc., submission of draft environmental impact assessment/environment management plan with executive summary in Hindi and English to State Pollution Control Board in required copies for conducting public hearing, preparation of final environmental impact assessment/environment management plan including public hearing report as per proposed TOR and submission to expert appraisal committee /state expert appraisal committee

Ha 200.00 ₹60.00 ₹12,000.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.42.1




83

and obtaining environment clearance from competent authority including preparation and submission of six monthly monitoring report to regional office, ministry of forest and climate other compliances in with condition environment clearance. change and accordance stipulated in environment clearance. For Major Project

1.2 Socio economic survey for preparation of social impact assessment study of proposed irrigation project

Per Family 300.00 ₹315.00 ₹94,500.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.42.2

2.1 Dewatering and pumping the working area including all connecting operation required for decantation contaminated water from lake area to outlet point

Kilo Litre 18,20,000.00 ₹45.90 ₹8,35,38,000.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 15.7

2.2 Design, manufacture, supply, erection, trial running, performance testing and commissioning of vertical turbine pump of approved make conforming to IS: 1710 having specified pump output under specified operating head coupled to HT motor of adequate HP rating operating at 6.6 KV with flexible coupling, self-water lubricated thrust bearings, discharge Tee with flanged end for connecting delivery pipe with all other standard accessories and safety devices etc., complete as per specifications, terms and conditions of contract. Minimum Discharge 840 cum/hr and head 31 To 35 M. V T pump with more than 3000 hp up to 3500 hp motor

per Set/hp 700.00 ₹10,707.00 ₹74,94,900.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

6.10

2.3 Panel board with fittings common to all pumps

per Set 2.00 ₹9,17,400.00 ₹18,34,800.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 6.10.1

2.4 Additional VCB including sheet metal enclosure, extension bus bars, metering and relays complete for each additional pump mounted on common panel board. Note: Rate for complete set of pump panel board= Rate for common VCB and fittings + ( Rate for additional VCB per pump x Number of additional pumps

per Set/ Pump 2.00 ₹3,24,148.00 ₹6,48,296.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 6.10.2




84

2.5 Design, fabrication, supply, assembling, testing and commissioning of Remote control panel made of sheet metal in desk type configuration duly painted with recess for cable entries at the bottom consoles, windows, accessories assembled and ready to receive control wires and other connections etc. complete as per specifications and approved drawings. equipped with operating indicators, enumeration hooters and all other. Note: Rate per complete set of Remote control panel =Rate for Remote control panel for each pump x Number of pumps

per Pump 2.00 ₹27,522.00 ₹55,044.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

6.11

2.6 Providing and laying of 150 mm dia. PVC corrugated perforated pipes in longitudinal & transverse drains including joints etc. complete as per specifications.

Mts 3,200.00 ₹244.00 ₹7,80,800.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

4.16

2.7 Pre-Excavation Bathymetry survey by using Digital Echo Sounder and by manual method (extension of prism rod height up to 10m by adding pipe with prism pole) as per site condition by taking levels at 5m intervals including submission of survey and working drawings showing area for excavation and silt to excavated

Ha 118.00 ₹21,500.00 ₹25,37,000.00 Desilting of Ranital Lake,

Jabalpur BOQ, UADD Government of Madhya Pradesh

2.8 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas (exceeding 30cm in depth. 1.5m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including disposal of excavated earth, lead upto 50m and lift upto 1.5m, disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed. For All Kinds of Soil

Cu.m 9,29,096.00 ₹114.30 ₹10,61,95,672.80 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 2.6

2.9 In or under water and/or liquid mud, including pumping out water as required.(All water that may accumulate in excavations during the progress of the work from seepage, (not due to the negligence of the contractor), shall be bailed,

Cu.m 2,32,274.00 ₹22.86 ₹53,09,783.64 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 2.24.1




85

pumped out or otherwise removed. The contractor shall take adequate measures for bailing and/or pumping out water from excavations and/or pumping out water from excavations and construct diversion channels, bunds, sumps, etc) (20% of the rate of the item . The extra percentage in rate is applicable in respect of each item but limited, to quantities of ,work executed in difficult condition.)

2.10 Loading and unloading of stone boulder / stone aggregates / sand / kanker / moorum. (Placing tipper at loading point, loading with front end loader, dumping, turning for return trip, excluding time for haulage and return trip) Transportation rate of different other material in comparison with 20 mm metal. Excavated earth @ 25% above Beyond 10 Kms. and upto 20 Kms. (Add for every 1 Km).

Cu.m 9,29,096.00 ₹133.93 ₹12,44,33,827.28 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 1.2 vii

3.1 Demolishing stone rubble masonry manually/by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge: In cement mortar

Cu.m. 87.98 ₹431.10 ₹37,926.64 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.9.2

3.2 Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges, retaining walls and other structure comprising of masonry, cement concrete, wood work, steel work, including T&P and scaffolding wherever necessary, sorting the dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material and stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and lead 1000 meter. Stone Masonry Rubble stone masonry in cement mortar.

Cu.m. 12,087.99 ₹135.00 ₹16,31,878.53 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item No. 2.3(iii) b

3.3 Extra for cutting reinforcement bars manually/by mechanical means in R.C.C. or R.B. work (Payment shall be made on the cross sectional area of R.C.C. or R.B. work) as per

Sq.m. 0.52 ₹200.25 ₹104.13 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 15.5




86

direction of Engineer - in-charge.

3.4 Demolishing cement concrete manually/by mechanical means including disposal of material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge. 1:4:8 or leaner mix

Cu.m. 983.50 ₹263.70 ₹2,59,348.95 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.2.2

3.5 Demolishing R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of steel bars and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in charge

Cu.m. 528.67 ₹624.60 ₹3,30,207.28 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 15.3

3.6 Dismantling doors, windows and clerestory windows (steel or wood) shutter including chowkhats, architrave, holdfasts etc. complete and stacking within 50 meters lead. Of area beyond 3 sq. meters

Unit 1.00 ₹86.40 ₹86.40 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.12.2

3.7 Dismantling steel work in built up sections in angles, tees, flats and channels including all gusset plates, bolts, nuts, cutting rivets, welding etc. including dismembering and stacking within 50meters lead.

Kg. 1,633.59 ₹0.90 ₹1,470.23 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.18

3.8 Dismantling roofing including ridges, hips valleys and gutters etc., and stacking the material within 50 meters lead of: Asbestos sheet

Sq.m. 135.51 ₹13.50 ₹1,829.39 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.28.2

3.9 Dismantling G.I. pipes (external work) including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes, manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of pipes within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge : Above 40 mm nominal bore

Metre 2,555.47 ₹31.50 ₹80,497.31 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.44.2

3.10 Demolishing brick work manually/by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge; In cement mortar

Cu.m. 604.18 ₹360.90 ₹2,18,048.56 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.7.4

3.11 Dismantling stone slab flooring laid in cement mortar including stacking of serviceable material and disposal of unserviceable

Sq.m. 2,701.47 ₹46.80 ₹1,26,428.80 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.25




87

material within 50 meters lead.

3.12 Dismantling dressed stone work ashlar face stone work, marble work or precast concrete work manually/ by mechanical means including stacking of serviceable and disposal of unserviceable material within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge: In lime mortar


3.13 Dismantling precast concrete or stone slabs in walls, partition walls etc. including stacking within 50 meters lead: Thickness up to 40 mm


3.14 Dismantling tile work in floors and roofs laid in cement mortar including stacking material within 50 meters lead. For thickness of tiles above 25 mm and up to 40 mm


3.15 Dismantling and stacking within 50meters lead, fencing posts or struts including all earth work and dismantling of concrete etc.in base of: T‟ or „L‟ iron or pipe

Unit 12.00 ₹48.60 ₹583.20 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.34.1

3.16 Dismantling of flexible pavement (bituminous courses) by mechanical means and disposal of dismantled material up to a lead of 1000 meters, as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Cu.m. 35.86 ₹98.10 ₹3,517.87 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.59

3.17 Dismantling steel cylinder R.C. pipes including excavation and refilling trenches after taking out the pipes, manually/ by mechanical means breaking lead caulked joints, melting of lead and making into blocks including stacking of pipes, lead at site within 50 meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge: Up to 600 mm diameter

Metre 13.16 ₹136.80 ₹1,800.29 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.46.1

3.18 Taking out C.I. cover with frame from R.C.C. top slab of manholes of various sizes including demolishing of R.C.C. work manually/ by mechanical means and stacking of useful materials near the site and disposal of unserviceable materials into municipal dumps within 50

Each 20.00 ₹126.00 ₹2,520.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.48




88

meters lead as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

3.19 Dismantling old plaster or skirting upto 15 mm thickness, raking out joints and cleaning the surface for plaster upto two floor level including disposal of rubbish within 50 meters lead and including scaffolding etc.

Sq.m. 100.00 ₹11.70 ₹1,170.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 15.56

3.20 Cutting of trees, including cutting of trunks, branches and removal of stumps, roots, stacking of serviceable material with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 mtrs and earth filling in the depression/pit and as per relevant clauses of section-200 for Girth from 300 mm to 600 mm

Each 132.00 ₹122.40 ₹16,156.80 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 2.1(i)

3.21 Dismantling of barbed wire fencing/ wire mesh fencing including posts, foundation concrete, back filling of pit by manual means including disposal of dismantled material with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 meter, stacking serviceable material and unserviceable material separately.

Metre 1,118.03 ₹24.30 ₹27,168.13 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 2.9

3.22 Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges, retaining walls and other structure comprising of masonry, cement concrete, wood work, steel work, including T&P and scaffolding wherever necessary, sorting the dismantled material, disposal of unserviceable material and stacking the serviceable material with all lifts and lead 1000 meter. Stone Masonry Stone pitching/ dry stone spalls.

Cu.m. 256.13 ₹82.80 ₹21,207.56 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item No. 2.3(iii) e

3.23 Removing all type of hume pipes and stacking within a lead upto 1000 meter including earthwork and dismantling of masonry works around pipes. Up to 600 mm dia

Metre 371.19 ₹98.10 ₹36,413.74 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item No. 2.3(iv) a

3.24 Removal of cement concrete pipe of sewer gutter upto 1500 mm dia under the supervision of concerned department including disposal with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 meter and stacking of serviceable and unserviceable material

Metre 2,534.57 ₹98.10 ₹2,48,641.32 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 2.11




89

separately but excluding earth excavation and dismantling of masonry works.

3.25 Removal of telephone / Electric poles including excavation and dismantling of foundation concrete and lines under the supervision of concerned department, disposal with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 meter and stacking the serviceable and unserviceable material separately.

Each 330.00 ₹81.00 ₹26,730.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 2.12

3.26 Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting rank vegetation, grass, bushes, shrubs, saplings and trees girth up to 300 mm, removal of stumps of trees cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials and stacking of serviceable material to be used or auctioned up to a lead of 1000 meter including removal and disposal of top organic soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness if required and as per relevant clauses of section-200. In area of light jungle

Hectare 5.35 ₹28,359.00 ₹1,51,720.65 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 2.2a

3.27 Stripping the seat of embankment of all foreign materials, vegetation and other growth like grass roots etc. and removing the rubbish up to a suitable distance including dressing but excluding jungle clearance etc. complete.

Cu.m. 539.45 ₹37.80 ₹20,391.21 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 3.48

3.28 Clearing jungle including uprooting of rank vegetation, grass, brush wood, trees and saplings of girth upto 30 cm measured at a height of1 m above ground level and removal of rubbish upto a distance of 50 meter outside the periphery of the area cleared.

100 Sq.m. 11.61 ₹306.90 ₹3,563.11 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 2.31

3.29 Surface dressing of the ground including removing vegetation and in-equalities not exceeding 15 cm deep and disposal of rubbish, lead upto 50 m and lift upto 1.5 m. All kinds of soil.

100 Sq.m. 85.05 ₹596.70 ₹50,749.34 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 2.28.1

4.1 Excavation in all kind of soft/loose/hard/dense soils, moorum & moorum mixed

Cu.m. 8,205.02 ₹38.00 ₹3,11,790.62 UCSR 2017 Item No.

2.01




90

with boulders and mud including dressing, placing the excavated soil neatly in specified dump area or disposing off the same as directed, including cost of site clearance, all materials, machinery, labour and dressing etc. Complete.

4.2 Excavation for roadway in marshy soil with hydraulic excavator including cutting and loading in tippers and disposal with in all lifts and lead upto 1000 meters, trimming of bottom and side slopes in accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross sections and as per relevant clauses of section-300.

Cu.m. 41,768.95 ₹36.00 ₹15,03,682.30 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 3.6

4.3 Excavation in dumped stones or malba including stacking of serviceable and unserviceable material separately and disposal of unserviceable material lead up to 50m and lift up to 1.5m disposed material to be neatly dressed.

Cu.m. 4,827.76 ₹127.80 ₹6,16,987.93 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 19.21

4.4 Excavation in hard rock of all toughness (blasting prohibited), placing the excavated rock neatly in specified dump area or disposing off the same as directed, including wet excavation, cost of site clearance, all materials, machinery, labour etc. Complete.

Cu.m. 602.70 ₹552.00 ₹3,32,690.40 UCSR 2017 Item No.

2.05

4.5 Earthwork for embankment (hearting/ casing) using selected soil from approved borrow areas in layers of 250 to 300 mm (before compaction) including cost of all materials, machinery, labour and dressing, all other operations such as collection of soil, spreading soil in layer of specified thickness, sorting out, breaking clods, levelling, sectioning edges / sides, watering, compacting to achieve maximum dry density using sheep foot roller/vibratory compactors etc. Complete.

Cu.m. 34,738.74 ₹68.00 ₹23,62,234.19 UCSR 2017 Item No. 2.70.1

4.6 Construction of Embankment/Sub grade/ earth shoulders, as per clause 305 & its sub-clauses,

Cu.m. 9,519.43 ₹244.80 ₹23,30,357.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 3.11




91

Where required but with approved materials/soil like moorum CBR value not less then 7% i/c all lead & lifts i/c excavation, cost of watering, compaction and maintenance of surface during construction to ensure shedding & preventing ponding of water (clause 305.3.6) shaping & dressing (clause 305.3.7), finishing etc. complete but excluding scarifying existing granular/bituminous road surface vide clause 305.6.

4.7 Providing and laying of bentonite mixed good clay including mixing watering and kneading by tamping, ramming and laying etc. complete.

Cu.m. 2,310.21 ₹1,107.00 ₹25,57,405.30 Refer R.A. Item No. 7

4.8 Compaction of earthwork at optimum moisture content to achieve maximum dry density by mechanical sheep foot roller/vibratory compactors etc. (excluding watering)

Cu.m. 37,918.84 ₹9.00 ₹3,41,269.56 UCSR 2017 Item No. 2.09.2

4.9 Watering earthwork for compaction at optimum moisture content.

Cu.m. 37,918.84 ₹8.00 ₹3,03,350.72 UCSR 2017 Item No.

2.10

4.10 Stripping the seat of embankment of all foreign materials, vegetation and other growth like grass roots etc. and removing the rubbish up to a suitable distance including dressing but excluding jungle clearance etc. complete.

Cu.m. 10,000.89 ₹42.00 ₹4,20,037.58 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.48

4.11 Preparing surface for turfing, including laying 15 cm of good soil on top in 7.5 cm layers, surface watering and light ramming etc. Completes.

Sq.m 9,880.07 ₹31.00 ₹3,06,282.19 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.50

4.12 Construction of Subgrade and Earthen Shoulders. KSRRB M300-55. Construction of sub-grade and earthen shoulders with approved material Gravel/Moorum with all lifts & leads, transporting to site, spreading, grading to required slope and compacted to meet requirement of Table No. 300-2 complete as per specifications (including cost of earth, watering charges & compaction by vibratory roller compaction by vibratory roller

Cu.m. 2,752.85 ₹331.00 ₹9,11,191.73 KPWD SOR 2017 Item No. 19.62




92

to 97% of proctors density) MORTH Specification No. 305

5.1 Construction of rock toe in earthen embankments Including laying and hand packing, dressing, wedging and finishing over surface etc. complete Quarried stone Black trap, basalt or granite

Cu.m. 676.92 ₹796.00 ₹5,38,826.16 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.37.2.2

5.2 30 cm thick dry stone pitching without quarry spall with individual stone of 30 cm depth and minimum size 0.021 cum complete.

Cu.m. 5,056.45 ₹939.00 ₹47,48,007.55 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.40

5.3 22 cm thick dry stone pitching without quarry spall with individual stone of 22 cm depth and minimum size 0.014 cum complete.

Cu.m. 281.97 ₹858.00 ₹2,41,931.98 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.39

5.4 Laying and spreading available soil in the subgrade on a prepared surface, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in place with rotavator with 3 % slaked lime having minimum content of 70% of CaO, grading with motor grader and compacting with the road roller at OMC to the desired density to form a layer of improved sub grade complete and as per relevant clauses of section-400. (Lime stabilisation for improving sub-grade) By Mechanical Means

Cu.m. 3,066.25 ₹332.10 ₹10,18,302.93 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item No. 4.2(a)

5.5 Providing and laying Geocells ultrasonically welded 1.30mm thick, HDPE strips, expandable to form GEOCELLS of honeycomb structure, anchoring to metal pegs at each and cell to be laid on prepared surface. 100mm height

Sq.m. 15,241.09 ₹370.00 ₹56,39,202.08 KWSS SOR 2016 Item

No. 38.42.1

6.1 Providing and laying of brickbats coba

Cu.m. 3,860.02 ₹859.50 ₹33,17,690.21 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 22.8

6.2 Supplying and filling in plinth under floors including, watering, ramming consolidating and dressing complete. Local Sand

Cu.m. 1,816.71 ₹1,080.90 ₹19,63,679.96 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 2.27.2

6.3 Providing filter blanket horizontally, Including laying, spreading, packing etc. Complete in layers of required thickness but excluding excavation of foundation. Aggregate 10 mm nominal size

Cu.m. 530.80 ₹1,267.00 ₹6,72,529.48 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.35.5




93

6.4 Providing filter blanket horizontally, Including laying, spreading, packing etc. Complete in layers of required thickness but excluding excavation of foundation. Sand passing through 4.75mm screen

Cu.m. 1,628.53 ₹941.00 ₹15,32,448.68 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.35.10

6.5 Providing cement mortar of mix 1:2(1 cement :2 sand) including cost of all materials, labour charges, HOM of machinery complete as per specifications. Specification No. KBS 0.5-1.2

Cu.m. 2.07 ₹8,232.00 ₹17,024.87 KPWD SOR 2017 Item

No. 1.2

7.1 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam specification including spreading in uniform thickness, hand packing, rolling with vibratory roller 8-10 tonnes in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and brooming requisite type of screening/ binding materials to fill up the interstices of coarse aggregate, watering and compacting to the required density and as per relevant clauses of section-400. Grading- I Using Screening Type-A (13.2mm Agg.)

Cu.m. 215.21 ₹931.50 ₹2,00,463.46 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item No. 4.3 (i) b

7.2 Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded stone aggregate to wet mix macadam specification including premixing the Material with water at OMC in mechanical mix plant carriage of mixed Material by tipper to site, laying in uniform layers with paver in sub- base / base course on well prepared surface and compacting with vibratory roller to achieve the desired density and as per relevant clauses of section-400.

Cu.m. 907.27 ₹855.90 ₹7,76,528.82 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 45

7.3 Painting lines, dashes, arrows etc on roads in two coats on new work with ready mixed road marking paint conforming to IS:164 on bituminous surface, including cleaning the surface of all dirt, dust and other foreign matter, demarcation at site and traffic control as per relevant clauses of section-

Sq.m 73.97 ₹63.00 ₹4,660.29 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No.8.8 i




94

800 & I.R.C.-67 including cost of paint etc. complete.

8.1 Providing and laying in-situ pumped concrete Design Mix, using graded aggregates clean, hard for piers and abutments deploying batching plant, transit mixer and concrete pump including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, scaffolding, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing etc. M-25 Concrete

Cu.m. 294.23 ₹5,017.00 ₹14,76,158.58 UCSR 2017 Item No. 5.23.2

8.2 Providing and laying M-10 grade Plain Cement Concrete design mix using 40 mm graded aggregate, clean, hard for foundation filling including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. Complete.

Cu.m. 2,700.01 ₹2,615.00 ₹70,60,524.98 UCSR 2017 Item No.

5.02

8.3 Providing and laying M-20 grade Mass Concrete design mix using graded aggregate, clean, hard including cost of all materials, machinery, formwork, centring, scaffolding, batching, mixing, placing in position, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. Complete. Using aggregate of maximum size.

Cu.m. 950.35 ₹3,305.00 ₹31,40,922.40 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.16.3

8.4 Providing and laying M-20 grade Reinforced Cement Concrete Design Mix using graded aggregate clean, hard for foundation filling and sub structure including cost of all materials (excluding cost of providing and placing reinforcement steel/bars ),machinery, labour, formwork, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing ,packing joints of shuttering etc. complete. Using graded aggregates of maximum size:- 20 mm

Cu.m. 81.84 ₹4,473.00 ₹3,66,086.74 UCSR 2017 Item No. 5.05.2

8.5 Providing and laying M-25 grade Mass Concrete design mix using graded aggregate, clean, hard including cost of all materials, machinery, formwork,

Cu.m. 3,058.73 ₹3,627.00 ₹1,10,94,018.66 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.57.2




95

centring, scaffolding, labour, cleaning, levelling, batching, mixing, placing in position, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. Complete. Using aggregate of maximum size. 40mm

8.6 Providing and laying M-25 grade Reinforced Cement Concrete design mix using graded aggregate, clean, hard including cost of all materials(excluding cost of providing and placing reinforcement steel/bars ), machinery, labour, formwork, centring, scaffolding, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. Complete. Using aggregate of maximum size:- 20mm

Cu.m. 1,669.77 ₹4,893.00 ₹81,70,169.44 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.58.2

8.7 Providing and laying M 50 grade design mix concrete with Silica fumes or any other suitable additive using 20 mm graded aggregates clean, hard for RCC works of spillway crest, spillway d/s face, energy dissipating structures, and training walls. piers, abutments and such other locations including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, centring, scaffolding, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, T&P, cost of other incidental charges and testing as per relevant specifications etc. complete.

Cu.m. 14.39 ₹6,112.00 ₹87,947.82 UCSR 2017 Item No.

11.15

8.8 Providing and laying M 70 grade design mix concrete with Silica fumes or any other suitable additive using 20 mm graded aggregate clean , hard for RCC works of spillway crest, spillway d/s face, energy dissipating structures, training walls. piers, abutments and such other locations including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, cantering, scaffolding, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, T&P, cost of other incidental charges and

Cu.m. 2,072.78 ₹6,596.00 ₹1,36,72,074.24 UCSR 2017 Item No.

11.16




96

testing as per relevant specifications etc. complete.

8.9 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding including cost of binding wire upto floor two level including all wastage etc. complete. Mild steel and Medium Tensile steel bars.

Kg 7,53,805.13 ₹54.00 ₹4,07,05,476.79 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 5.20.1

8.10 Reinforced cement concrete work in walls (any thickness), including attached pilasters, buttresses, plinth and string courses, fillets, columns, pillars, piers, abutments, posts and struts etc. up to floor two level excluding cost of centring, shuttering, finishing and reinforcement Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate.

Cu.m 403.15 ₹4,545.00 ₹18,32,338.71 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 5.2.1

8.11 Providing and fixing up to floor Two level precast cement concrete solid block including hoisting and setting in position with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand), cost of required centring, shuttering and finishing smooth with 6mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) on exposed surfaces complete : Cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix) with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate

Cu.m 72.78 ₹6,461.10 ₹4,70,233.77 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 4.6.1

8.12 Providing and laying at or near ground level factory made kerb stone of M- 25 grade cement in position to the required line, level and curvature jointed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement: 3 coarse sand) including making joints with or without grooves (thickness of joints except at sharp curve shall not to more than 5mm) including making drainage opening wherever required complete etc. as per direction of Engineer-in-charge (length of finished kerb edging shall be measured for payment). (Precast C.C. kerb stone shall be approved by Engineer-in-charge).

Cu.m 1,154.10 ₹4,588.20 ₹52,95,249.65 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.49




97

8.13 Providing, hoisting and fixing up to floor two level precast reinforced cement concrete work in string courses, bands, copings, bed plates, anchor blocks, plain window sills and the like including the cost of required centring, shuttering, finishing smooth with 6 mm thick cement plaster 1:3 (1 cement : 3 fine sand) on exposed surfaces complete but excluding cost of reinforcement with Cement concrete grade M-20 (Nominal Mix with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate)

Cu.m 1,010.16 ₹5,061.60 ₹51,13,045.86 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 5.10

8.14 Providing and forming porous (without sand) concrete precast body drain of size 400 x 400 x 200 mm with 200 mm diameter central hole using cement and 20 mm down approved, clean, hard, graded coarse aggregates in 1 : 5 proportion by weight including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, batching, mixing, placing in position, tamping, curing etc. Complete.

Cu.m 7.94 ₹4,430.00 ₹35,181.16 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.23

8.15 Precasting and placing in position 125 mm dia Bollards 600 mm high of required shape including providing M.S. Pipe Sleeve 50 mm dia 300 mm long in the Bollard and M.S. Pipes 40 mm dia and 450 mm long with 150x150x6mm M.S. plate welded at bottom and embedded 150mm in cement concrete grade M-10 (Nominal Mix with 20 mm maximum size of stone aggregate) including necessary excavation of size 250x 250x 450mm deep for the same in bitumen/ concrete pavement at specified spacing.

Each 132.00 ₹374.40 ₹49,420.80 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 4.8

9.1 Providing, laying, Jointing & field testing of High Density Polyethylene pipes, (HDPE) confirming to IS 4984/ 14151/ 12786/ 13488 with necessary jointing material like mechanical connector or jointing pipes by heating to the ends of pipes with the help of Teflon coated electric mirror/ heater to the required temperature and then

Metre 3,907.50 ₹2,832.30 ₹1,10,67,213.95 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.1.19




98

pressing the ends together against each other, to form a monolithic & leak proof joint by thermosetting process. It may be required to be done with Jacks/Hydraulic Jacks/ But fusion machine. (50mm & above fusion jointed & below 50mm mechanical jointed) PE-100; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 355 mm dia

9.2 Providing and laying Bend 90 confirming to IS specifications. 6 Kg/sq.cm; 355 mm dia

Each 12.00 ₹5,862.60 ₹70,351.20 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.1.19

9.3 Providing and laying Bend 45 confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 355 mm dia

Each 123.00 ₹7,597.80 ₹9,34,529.40 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.3.19

9.4 Providing and laying Equal Tee confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 355 mm dia

Each 80.00 ₹7,796.70 ₹6,23,736.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.4.19

9.5 Providing and laying Pipe end confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 355 mm dia


9.6 Making connection of drain or sewer line with existing service lines manhole including breaking into and making good the walls, floors etc. with cement concrete grade M-15 (Nominal Mix) with stone aggregate 20mm nominal size plastered with Cement Mortar 1:3 (1 Cement : 3 coarse sand) finished with a floating coat of neat cement and making necessary channels etc. complete. For 100 to 150 mm dia pipes

Each 80.00 ₹235.80 ₹18,864.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 14.7

9.7 Providing, laying, Jointing & field testing of High Density Polyethylene pipes, (HDPE) confirming to IS 4984/ 14151/ 12786/ 13488 with necessary jointing material like mechanical connector or jointing pipes by heating to the ends of pipes with the help of Teflon coated electric mirror/ heater to the required temperature and then pressing the ends together against each other, to form a monolithic & leak proof joint by thermosetting process. It may be required to be done with Jacks/Hydraulic Jacks/ But fusion machine. (50mm & above fusion jointed & below

Metre 2,133.44 ₹909.90 ₹19,41,212.60 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.1.14




99

50mm mechanical jointed) PE-100; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 200 mm dia

9.8 Providing and laying Bend 90 confirming to IS specifications. 6 Kg/sq.cm; 200 mm dia


9.9 Providing and laying Bend 45 confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 200 mm dia


9.10 Providing and laying Equal Tee confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 200 mm dia


9.11 Providing and laying Pipe end confirming to IS specifications.; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 200 mm dia

Each 8.00 ₹426.60 ₹3,412.80 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.5.14

9.12 Providing, laying, Jointing & field testing of High Density Polyethylene pipes, (HDPE) confirming to IS 4984/ 14151/ 12786/ 13488 with necessary jointing material like mechanical connector or jointing pipes by heating to the ends of pipes with the help of Teflon coated electric mirror/ heater to the required temperature and then pressing the ends together against each other, to form a monolithic & leak proof joint by thermosetting process. It may be required to be done with Jacks/Hydraulic Jacks/ But fusion machine. (50mm & above fusion jointed & below 50mm mechanical jointed) PE-100; 6 Kg/sq.cm; 150 mm dia

Metre 300.00 ₹588.60 ₹1,76,580.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 8.1.14

9.13 Providing, laying and jointing socket & spigot centrifugally cast (Spun) Ductile Iron pressure pipes with inside cement mortar lining (class K-7) conforming to IS 8329/2000 with suitable Rubber Gasket (Push on) joints as per IS:5382/85 including testing of joint (laying conforming to IS 12288 : 1987) 300mm diameter

Metre 500.00 ₹2,777.40 ₹13,88,700.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 4.1

9.14 Providing weep holes in brick/ stone masonry/ Plain/ Reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall/ return wall with following dia AC pipe, extending through the full width of the structure with

Metre 3,127.70 ₹99.00 ₹3,09,642.30 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 14.8.1




100

slope of 1V : 20H towards drawing face complete as per drawing, technical specifications and clause 2205 of MoRT&H Specification including all scaffolding, material, labour, machinery etc. 100 mm dia

9.15 Providing, Laying and jointing non-pressure (NP2) RCC socket & spigot pipes with rubber gasket joint including testing of joints. [Conforming to IS ; 458-1988, ISI marked laying as per IS 783:1985) 1200mm

Metre 27.50 ₹2,978.10 ₹81,897.75 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 13.1


Metre 342.00 ₹2,155.50 ₹7,37,181.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 13.1


Metre 53.00 ₹1,259.10 ₹66,732.30 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item

No. 13.1

9.18 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes medium class complete with G.I. fittings as per IS : 1239 (Part-2) including trenching and refilling etc. 80 mm dia. nominal bore


9.19 Making connection of G.I. distribution branch with G.I. main of following sizes by providing and fixing tee, including cutting and threading the pipe etc. complete : 50 to 80 mm nominal bore

Unit 40.00 ₹543.60 ₹21,744.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 23.13.2

9.20 Providing and fixing G.I. Union (ISI mark) in G.I. pipe line including cutting and threading the pipe and making long screws etc complete (new work) : 80 mm nominal bore.

Unit 40.00 ₹526.50 ₹21,060.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I) Item No. 23.26.8

9.21 Painting G.I. pipes and fittings with two coats of anticorrosive bitumastic paint of approved quality : 80 mm diameter pipe


9.22 Providing and applying two coats of anticorrosive bituminous black paint of approved quality 40 micron

Sq.m. 1,631.22 ₹77.00 ₹1,25,604.16 UCSR 2017 Item No.

9.29




101

dry film thickness each coat to gate components such as horizontal girders/sector and all bracings/ trunion assembly/ yoke girders/ stiffeners/ foot bridge etc. including cost of all materials, labour, removing rust, cleaning surface, scaffolding etc. complete.

9.23 Modular STP/DEWATS SITC of Compact, Modular and Decentralized Sewage Treatment Plant complete with all civil, mechanical, electrical, electro-mechanical, plumbing, drainage works approved by the Engineer-in-charge of following minimum specifications including operation, management and on-site/off site servicing: (i) Allowable Treatment Systems: Prefabricated STP with Membrane Bio Reactor System (MBR); (ii) Inlet Capacity Flow Rate Range: 1000 Cu.m/hour; (iii)Treated Water Quality: allowable discharge norms as per CPCB or Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board; (iv) Maximum Siting Dimension per module: 3 x 6 x 3 (LxBxH) metres (excluding the working yards); (v) Installation Type: Complete Civil work with Installation, Containerized Plug & Play, Prefabricated tanks; (vi) Water Source Treatment Capacity: Municipal Sewage, Commercial Waste Water, etc.; (vii) Minimum Treatment Capacity Range: 1 to 2.00 MLD; (viii) Impurities to be removed: Oil and Grease, Color, COD, BOD, TSS; (ix) Treatment Stage: Secondary or Tertiary as applicable for each locations; (x) Approximate Power Consumption Range: 1 to 2 KW; and (xi) Automation Grade: Fully automatic, sensor based control module, use rationalization software based operation

Each Set 6.00 ₹90,00,000.00 ₹5,40,00,000.00 Non Schedule

Item (market rate)

9.24 Providing and laying M-10 grade Plain Cement Concrete design mix using 40 mm graded aggregate,

Cu.m 225.00 ₹2,615.00 ₹5,88,375.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

5.02




102

clean, hard for foundation filling including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. Complete.

9.25 Providing and laying M-20 grade Plain Cement Concrete Design Mix using graded aggregate clean, hard for super structure including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, scaffolding, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position, levelling, vibrating, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. complete. Using graded aggregates of maximum size. 20 mm

Cu.m 104.00 ₹4,382.00 ₹4,55,728.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 5.09.3

9.26 Providing and laying Reinforced Cement Concrete Design Mix, using clean, hard, and graded aggregates for super structure including cost of all materials (excluding cost of providing and placing reinforcement steel/bars ), machinery, labour, formwork, cleaning, batching, mixing, placing in position in alternate panels as directed, levelling, compacting, finishing, curing, packing joints of shuttering etc. complete. Using graded aggregate of maximum size 20 mm. M-30 Concrete M-30 Concrete

Cu.m 310.00 ₹6,143.00 ₹19,04,330.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 5.15.1

9.27 Providing and constructing coursed rubble (size stone) face stone masonry in CM 1 : 4 proportion by volume with stones from approved source including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, formwork, scaffolding, ramps, cleaning, batching, mixing, mortar, packing mortar and wedging stone chips into joints, finishing, curing etc., complete.

Cu.m 1,044.00 ₹2,469.00 ₹25,77,636.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

5.31

9.28 Reinforcement for R.C.C. work including straightening, cutting, bending, placing in position and binding including cost of binding wire upto floor two level including all wastage etc. complete.

Kg 37,200.00 ₹54.00 ₹20,08,800.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol I), Item No. 5.20.6




103

Thermo-Mechanically Treated bars.

9.29 Silt clearance of drains, channels and canals with lift 1.5 Mtr and lead up to 50 Mtr.

Cu.m 13.00 ₹237.00 ₹3,081.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 4.23

9.30 Sludge clearance of drains, channels and canals with lift 1.5 Mtr and lead up to 50 Mtr.

Cu.m 13.00 ₹254.00 ₹3,302.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 4.24

10.1 Supply of approved High Tension XLPE cable 11kVgrade as per ISI standard 3 core Armoured with Alu. Solid/stranded conductor ISI MARKED as required; XLPE CABLE 11 KV GRADE; 70 Sq.mm

Meter 15,252.35 ₹1,419.30 ₹2,16,47,662.20 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 14.2.1.2

10.2 Supply of XLPE Insulated power cable (conforming IS- 7098 ) 1100 Volt grade/Heavy duty power cable conforming to IS 1554-1100 Volts grade , 2 core /31⁄2 core/4 core ISI MARKED with Alu. Stranded /solid conductor ARMOURED 4 CORE 50 Sq.mm(XLPE)

Meter 15,252.35 ₹416.70 ₹63,55,654.79 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 14.2.1.2

10.2 Laying of underground cable armoured./ unarmoured as per specification in air with approved type of iron clamps complete.; 3 / 3½ / 4 Core cable 25 Sq.mm to 120 Sq.mm

Metre 30,504.70 ₹25.20 ₹7,68,718.51 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 14.12.2

10.3 Supplying & installing G.I. Pipe for protection of underground cable fixed on wall/support/in trench/fixed between two rigid existing support of wall/beam for erection of ceiling Fan/down rod for stiff pendent for light luminaries /fan/protective for earthing, lightening conductor down strip/overhead service line/for submersible cable or centrifugal pump for water supply with necessary iron clamp coupler, bend, te, elbow, nuts and bolts etc. complete in an approved manner as required to complete the job excluding cost of excavation/dismantling & other finished masonry Item complete. A' Class G.I. Pipe ISI Marked (IS-1161-69) 80.00mm

Metre 30,504.70 ₹400.50 ₹1,22,17,133.39 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 17.2.5




104

10.4 Supplying & installing G.I. Pipe for protection of underground cable fixed on wall/support/in trench/fixed between two rigid existing support of wall/beam for erection of ceiling Fan/down rod for stiff pendent for light luminaries /fan/protective for earthing, lightening conductor down strip/overhead service line/for submersible cable or centrifugal pump for water supply with necessary iron clamp coupler, bend, te, elbow, nuts and bolts etc. complete in an approved manner as required to complete the job excluding cost of excavation/dismantling & other finished masonry Item complete. A' Class G.I. Pipe ISI Marked (IS-1161-69) 65.00mm

Metre 30,504.70 ₹337.50 ₹1,02,95,337.13 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 17.2.4

10.5 Providing & Erecting M-Seal Push - on Kit for 11 kV/33 kV XLPE-Cable with kit content, stress cone, H.L. pad, Top Cap, rain shed, self bounding insulating tape, sliding cone leakage current collector, P.V.C. boot earth continuity connection mould adhesive cum solvent, P.V.C. (N.A.) tape, silicon grease Aluminium lugs, Aluminium Oxide cloth, nylon string, copper binding wire, Adopter etc. duty erected on pole/support & connected to D.O. fuse unit as required as per accepted standard, as required complete.; M-seal push on kit 11 kV XLPE cable O.D. termination; 3x25,3x35

Each 15.00 ₹18,665.10 ₹2,79,976.50 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item

No. 14.3.2.1(a)

10.6 Providing & Erecting M-Seal Push - on Kit for 11 kV/33 kV XLPE-Cable with kit content, stress cone, H.L. pad, Top Cap, rain shed, self-bounding insulating tape, sliding cone leakage current collector, P.V.C. boot earth continuity connection mould adhesive cum solvent, P.V.C. (N.A.) tape, silicon grease Aluminium lugs, Aluminium Oxide cloth, nylon string, copper binding wire, Adopter etc. duty erected on pole/support & connected to D.O. fuse unit as required as


No. 14.3.2.2(a)




105

per accepted standard, as required complete.; M-seal push on kit 11 kV XLPE cable I.D. termination; 3x25,3x35

10.7 End Termination OD: Supply and making cable end termination with all necessary materials including lugs etc. Heat shr.jointg. kit 1.1 kV XLPE/HD cable O.D. termination; 70-150 sq.mm 2 / 3 / 3½ / 4core


No. 14.5(A).2.(b)

10.8 End Termination ID: Supply and making cable end termination with all necessary materials including lugs etc. Heat shr.jointg. kit 1.1 kV XLPE/HD cable I.D. termination; 70-150 sq.mm 2 / 3 / 3½ / 4core

Each 15.00 ₹4,252.50 ₹63,787.50 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item

No. 14.5(A).2.(b)

10.9 Cable Jointing: Supply and making Heat shr.jointg. kit 1.1 kV XLPE/HD cable straight through jointing kit complete with all accessories including lugs etc. (I.D../O.D.); 50-95 sq.mm 2 / 3 / 3½ / 4core


No. 14.5(B).2.(

c)

10.10 Supplying and fixing ferrules. (Aluminium in Line connector) As per IS - specification suitable for following size of cable with Aluminium stranded/solid conductor evenly cramped with high pressure tool including connection as required complete. For Conductor Size- 70.00 Sq.mm

Each 140.00 ₹12.60 ₹1,764.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 14.7.1.7

10.11 Providing and installation of IP65 protected Top/Bottom mounted LED Post top Light system. Fixture made of powder coated die cast aluminium housing with UV stabilized PC diffuser. The System level Luminous efficacy >90 Lumen/W.SMD LEDs , System CRI>70, CCT: 3000/4000/6500 K. The integral SMPS based electronic driver must be constant current and surge protection of min. 4KV(L-N) and efficiency > 85%, PF>0.9, THD<20% and input Voltage range of 90-270V AC at 50Hz. System life of 50000 burning hours with 70% of Initial Lumens maintained. Light output in Cool white or

Each 680.00 ₹7,623.00 ₹51,83,640.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 58.35.2




106

Warm White Colour as per engineers choice. Fixture must be in compliance with IS/CE Standards. External Surge Protection Device(SPD) to be connected separately 65W LED Post Top Fixture Bottom Mounted

10.12 Supplying, fixing & testing of approved make of integral type compact flood light fitting consisting of cast aluminium housing complete with all accessories ALGLAS coated aluminium reflector, lamp holder heat resisting toughened clear glass cover and mounting bracket with aiming disc, including fixing & connections as required in position with all necessary materials required, suitable for single ended tubular lamp (without lamp) 150 Watt metal halide Lamp

Each 160.00 ₹5,706.90 ₹9,13,104.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 9.49.2

10.13 Metal halide lamp double ended 150 Watt

Each 160.00 ₹327.00 ₹52,320.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 59.9.4.2

10.14 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of 11/0.4 K.V. 3 Phase 50 Cycle oil immersed, naturally cooled, out door type transformer connected delta on H.T. side and star on L.T. side hand operated off load, Tap changer switch, above 100 kVA rating and diagram plate, two earthing terminal, lifting lugs, oil level guage, drain valve with plug, temperature not exceeding 50oC on load, oil conservator with drain plug, oil filling hole with plug dehydrating silica gel breather, four unidirectional roller, arcing horns, explosion vent, terminal arrangement bushing on H.V. side and cable box on LV side, first filling of oil upto desired level and transformer installing on existing structure with all Required materials arrangements as required as per IS specification. Copper wound 315 kVA

Each 3.00 ₹4,29,763.50 ₹12,89,290.50 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.2.2

10.15 Supplying installing and testing ofAB isolating switch assembly set gang operated

Set 3.00 ₹6,389.10 ₹19,167.30 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.3.1




107

suitable for 11/0.4 KV, DP structure with brass part contacts, operating rod with required GI pipe, handle locking arrangement on On-Off position conforming to IS complete with required material and installing on existing structure to complete the job as required as per specification. 11kV

10.16 Supplying, installing ,testing of 11 KV D.O. fuse assembly with brass part contact for 11/0.4 KV DP Structure set of 3 with fuse with barrel with required fuse element & other materials as per specification on existing D.P. structure as required.(set of 3nos.) 11kV

Set 3.00 ₹4,230.00 ₹12,690.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.4.1

10.17 Supplying & fixing of Fire Extinguisher/Refills as per IS specification Co2 type dully refiled and ready to used

Each 11.00 ₹7,209.00 ₹79,299.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.5.3

10.18 Supplying & fixing of Fire Extinguisher/Refills as per IS specification4 bucket set with stand and sand dully painted red

Each 11.00 ₹1,886.40 ₹20,750.40 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.5.7

10.19 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of 11/root3/ KV 250V (Aluminium) core wound type distribution transformers : 63 kVA

Each 8.00 ₹90,598.50 ₹7,24,788.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.6 (iv)

10.20 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of LT Distribution Box with TPN isolator 200 amper on incoming, bus bar and 66 S.P.M.C.C.B.of 60 A" .on outgoing side for 63 KVA transformer

Each 8.00 ₹14,054.40 ₹1,12,435.20 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.7 (i)

10.21 Supplying, installing, or stay wires 7/4.00 mm (7/8 SWG)

Kg 385.00 ₹68.40 ₹26,334.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.8 (i)

10.22 Supplying, installing, or stay wires M.S. Nuts and Bolts

Kg 165.00 ₹49.50 ₹8,167.50 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.8 (ii)

10.23 Supplying, installing, testing 1100 Volts Grade Aluminium conductor XLPE, LT Cable Single core Armoured 50 Sq.mm.

Kms 16.00 ₹39,492.00 ₹6,31,872.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.9 (ii)

10.24 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of 11 KV C.Ts. (Outdoor oil filled type) : with accuracy class 0.5 500-250/5 Amps

Each 3.00 ₹10,685.70 ₹32,057.10 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item

No. 15.10 (iii)




108

10.25 Supplying, installing, testing and commissioning of Lightning Arrestor 11 KV Gapless, line type

Each 3.00 ₹478.80 ₹1,436.40 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item No. 15.12 (i)

10.26 Supplying, installing, testing of earth Coil (coil of 115 turns of 50mm dia, and 2.5 Mtrs. Lead of 4 mm G.I wire.

Each 11.00 ₹197.10 ₹2,168.10 ISSR 2012 (Vol IV) Item

No. 15.13

11.1 Providing 1.20 metre high fencing with angle iron posts 50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm at 3 metre center to center with 0.40 metre embedded in M15 grade cement concrete, corner, end and every 10th post to be strutted, provided with welded steel wire fabric of 75 mm x 50 mm mesh or 75 mm x 25 mm mesh and fixed to iron posts by flat iron 50 x 5 mm and bolts etc. complete in all respects including all material, labour.

Meter 806.45 ₹559.80 ₹4,51,452.28 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 10.19

11.2 Providing and fixing G.I. chain link fabric fencing of required width in mesh size 25x25 mm made of G.I. wire of dia. 3mm including strengthening with 3mm dia. wire or nuts, bolts and washers as required complete as per the direction of Engineer-in- charge.

Sq.m 360.00 ₹497.70 ₹1,79,172.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 22.8

11.3 Supplying, fabricating, erecting structural steel members fabricated from rolled steel sections like channels, angles, beams, rails, plates etc., as per specifications and drawings including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, scaffolding, cutting, welding, grinding, cleaning, applying two coats of approved synthetic enamel paint over a coat of zinc chromate red oxide primer paint etc., complete with all lead and all lift.

Tonne 65.98 ₹78,249.00 ₹51,62,656.04 UCSR 2017 Item No.

6.03

11.4 Design, Drawing, fabrication, supply, erection and commissioning of Trestle assy/ Railing decking/Trash rack/Structural steel hoist bridge/ structural steel hoist supporting structure for monorail /Catwalk bridge for connecting spillway piers for all type of sluice with embedded parts consisting of columns, beams, bracings, stiffeners, ties, chequered


8.11




109

plate covering, hand railing, ladder etc., with all other accessories for operating gates, other structure including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, tools and tackles, cutting, aligning, anchoring, welding, finishing, cleaning, applying two coats of zinc chromate red oxide primer and three coats of approved synthetic enamel paint etc., complete as per specifications and approved drawings , including packing & forwarding, transportation charges for structural steel components and other materials.

11.5 Steel work welded in built up sections/ framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer using structural steel etc. as required. In gratings, frames, guard bar, ladder, railings, brackets, gates and similar works.

Kg. 22,525.95 ₹60.30 ₹13,58,314.57 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 10.25.2

11.6 Providing and fixing Tubular Steel Railing on Precast RCC posts, 1.2 m high above ground level Providing, fencing and erecting 50 mm dia G.I pipe railing in 3 rows on precast M20 grade RCC vertical posts1.8 metres high (1.2 m above GL) with 3 holes 50 mm dia for pipe, fixed 2 metres centre to, complete as per approved drawing including all material, labour.

Meter 573.45 ₹1,510.00 ₹8,65,903.91 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 10.21

11.7 Steel work in built up tubular trusses including cutting, hoisting fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer, welded and bolted including special shaped washers etc. complete. Electric resistance or induction butt welded tubes.

Kg 17,254.57 ₹86.40 ₹14,90,794.85 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 10.16.3

11.8 Structural steel work riveted, bolted or welded in built up sections, trusses and framed work, including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete:

Kg. 583.41 ₹55.80 ₹32,554.37 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 10.2




110

11.9 Providing corrugated Galvanised sheet roofing including vertical/curved surface fixed with polymer coated J or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8mm diameter with bitumen and G.I. limpet washers or with G.I. limpet washers filled with white lead and including a coat of approved steel primer and two coats of approved paint on overlapping of sheets complete (up to any pitch in horizontal/vertical or curved surfaces) excluding the cost of purlins, rafters and trusses and including cutting to size and shape wherever required. 0.63 mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/ m²


11.10 Providing ridges or hips of width 60 cm over all width plain G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J. or L hooks, bolts and nuts 8 mm dia. G.I. limpet and bitumen washers complete. 0.63mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m²

Meter 8.40 ₹332.10 ₹2,789.64 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 12.4.2

11.11 Providing flashing of 40 cm over all width in plain, G.S. sheet fixed with polymer coated J, or L hooks, bolts and nuts, G.I. limpet and bitumen washer complete, bent to shape and fixed in wall with cement mortar 1:3 (1cement : 3 coarse sand). 1.00mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m²

Meter 16.80 ₹269.10 ₹4,520.88 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 12.6.1

11.12 Providing and fixing 15 cm wide 45 cm over all semi-circular plain G.S. sheet gutter with iron brackets 40x3mm size, bolts, nuts and washers etc. including making necessary connections with rain water pipes complete. 0.63mm thick with zinc coating not less than 275gm/m²

Meter 16.80 ₹304.20 ₹5,110.56 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 12.7.1.2

11.13 Providing and fixing M.S. Grill over existing compound wall as per Chief Architect drawing No. 12686, using 16mm x 16mm M.S. Square rod at 150mm c/c spacing and 6mm x 40mm M.S. flats at horizontal and 6mm x12mm M.S. flat for

Sq.m. 2,618.84 ₹5,224.00 ₹1,36,80,801.98 KPWD SOR 2017 Item No. 7.36




111

ornamental design and providing shop edge design at the vertex of every vertical rods, including welding, grinding wherever necessary. All the steel surface should be thoroughly cleaned free of rust and painted with anti-corrosive paint (shop paint) etc., complete. The work includes cost of all materials, labour charges for all items of work, hire charges for welding, cutting and grinding equipment, and electricity charges, etc., complete as per specification.

11.14 Providing and fixing M.S. Gate as per Chief Architect Drawing, using 50mm x 50mm 14 guage M.S. hollow pipe frame work bent to ornamental shape as shown in the drawing and 35mm x 6mm and 16 x 16mm Square rods for verticals alternatively spaced at 4cms c/c in two halves and 40mmx6mm M.S. flats for horizontal member and at the top cast iron spikes are provided at alternate vertical members as shown in the drawing etc., complete. All the steel surface should be thoroughly cleaned free of rust and painted with anti-corrosive paint (shop paint) etc., complete. The work includes cost of all materials, labour charges for all items of work, hire charges for welding, cutting and grinding equipment, and electricity charges, with lead and lift, loading and unloading charges, etc., complete as per specification. (P. No. 43 / I. No. 7.37 of CSR 2015-16)

Sq.m. 209.88 ₹2,934.00 ₹6,15,789.42 KPWD SOR 2017 Item No. 7.37

11.15 Providing and fixing hard drawn steel wire fabric 75x25 mm mesh of weight not less than 7.75 Kg per sqm welded to post and rails in prestressed nets

Sq.m. 240.00 ₹1,020.00 ₹2,44,800.00 Non Scheduled Item (refer

market rate)

11.16 Providing and fixing hand rail of approved size by welding etc. to steel ladder railing, balcony railing and staircase railing including applying a priming coat of approved steel primer. G.I. pipes.

Kg 4,050.00 ₹1,020.00 ₹41,31,000.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 10.26.3




112

12.1 Providing and constructing un-coursed rubble stone masonry using approved stones in cement mortar including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, scaffolding, cleaning, packing mortar and wedging stone chips into joints, curing etc. Complete. (Strength 14 N/sqmm)

Cu.m. 34,575.31 ₹2,622.00 ₹9,06,56,462.77 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.24.1

12.2 Providing and constructing coursed rubble face stone masonry using approved stones in cement mortar including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, scaffolding, cleaning, packing mortar and wedging stone chips into joints, curing etc. complete. (Strength 14 N/sqmm)

Cu.m. 3,722.14 ₹2,866.00 ₹1,06,67,656.43 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.25.1

12.3 Brick work with modular bricks of class designation 40 in exposed brick work including making horizontal and vertical grooves 10mm wide 12mm deep complete from ground level up to plinth level in cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand).

Cu.m. 14.19 ₹3,656.70 ₹51,881.85 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 6.23

12.4 Providing Brick masonry work in 1:3 in sub-structure complete excluding pointing and plastering, as per drawing and technical specifications and as per relevant clauses of sections 1300.

Cu.m. 291.67 ₹3,483.90 ₹10,16,142.41 ISSR 2012 (Vol III) Item

No. 14.1

12.5 Providing cement flush mortar pointing to coursed rubble (size stone) face stone masonry in CM 1 : 2 proportion by volume including cost of all materials, labour, scaffolding, raking and cleaning, joints for 50 mm depth, batching and mixing mortar pressing cement mortar into joints finishing, curing etc. complete.

Sq.m. 17,603.57 ₹80.00 ₹14,08,285.32 UCSR 2017 Item No.

5.32

12.6 Extra for coursed rubble masonry with hard stone (first or second sort) in : Square or rectangular pillars


12.7 Stone work plain ashlar in arches in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including centring, shuttering and pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with

Cu.m. 91.45 ₹17,751.60 ₹16,23,315.65 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 7.13.1




113

an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade. Red sand stone

12.8 Providing and fixing stainless steel cramps of required size and shape for anchoring stone wall lining to the backing or securing adjacent stones in stone wall lining in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 coarse sand) including making the necessary chases in stone and holes in walls wherever required.

Kg. 40.00 ₹493.20 ₹19,728.00 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item

No. 7.25

12.9 Stone work, plain in copings, cornices, string courses and plinth courses, upto 75 mm thick in Cement mortar 1:6 (1 cement : 6 coarse sand) including pointing with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade. White sand stone:

Sq.m. 1,820.19 ₹21,628.80 ₹3,93,68,517.15 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 7.32.2

12.10 Stone work (machine cut edges) for wall lining etc. (veneer work) backing filled with a grout of 12mm thick cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment matching the stone shade : (To be secured to the backing by means of cramps which shall be paid for separately) : Red sand stone - exposed face fine dressed with rough backing. 40 mm thick

Sq.m. 321.47 ₹1,186.20 ₹3,81,323.78 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 7.23.1.4

12.11 Providing and fixing of 150mmx150mm dressed granite railing posts as per design and drawing complete with ground anchoring in cement grout.

Each 557.00 ₹3,000.00 ₹16,71,000.00 Refer Market Rate

12.12 Providing and fixing stone jali 40mm thick throughout in cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing in white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment, matching the stone shade, jali slab without any chamfers etc. White sand stone

Sq.m. 18.00 ₹11,800.00 ₹2,12,400.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 26.11.2

13.1 75 mm thick fine dressed stone flooring over 40 mm (average) thick base of

Sq.m. 15,959.65 ₹1,053.00 ₹1,68,05,515.27 Refer R.A. Item No. 1




114

cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone.

13.2 40 mm thick rubbed local Flag stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement :5 coarse sand) with joints 3mm thick, side buttered with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 stone dust) admixed with pigment to match the shade of stone and pointing with same mortar (minimum size of stone 0.25 sqm) White sand stone

Sq.m. 13,242.55 ₹478.80 ₹63,40,532.03 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.30.2

13.3 Extra for pre finished nosing in treads of steps of Kota stone/ sand stone slab.

Metre 15,842.21 ₹28.80 ₹4,56,255.51 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.31

13.4 40 mm thick fine dressed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone. (minimum size of stone 0.25 sqm); White sand stone


13.5 Providing and laying 100 mm thick factory made cement concrete interlocking paver block of M -30 grade made by block making machine with strong vibratory compaction and of approved size and design/ shape laid in required colour and pattern over and including 50mm thick compacted bed of course sand, filling the joints with coarse sand etc. all complete as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.


13.6 Providing and laying flooring and steps fine dressed granite stone slabs 40 mm thick on cement mortar bed 1:6, 25 mm thick, and pointed with cement mortar 1:3 over existing cement concrete bed , including cost of materials, labour, curing complete as per specifications. Specification No. KBS 14.26

Sq.m. 35.00 ₹3,161.00 ₹1,10,635.00 KPWD SOR 2017 Item No. 19.62

13.7 Kota/cuddapah stone slab 30 mm thick flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base laid over and jointed with grey cement

Sq.m. 249.41 ₹809.10 ₹2,01,793.91 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.26.1




115

slurry mixed with pigment to match the shade of the slab including rubbing and polishing complete with base of cement mortar (1 cement : 4 course sand) 1 : 4 (minimum size of kota stone 0.25 sqm)

13.8 40 mm thick fine dressed stone flooring over 20 mm (average) thick base of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) including pointing with cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 stone dust) with an admixture of pigment to match the shade of stone. (minimum size of stone 0.25 sqm); red sand stone

Sq.m. 770.41 ₹380.70 ₹2,93,293.91 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.28.1

13.9 Making bajri path including preparation of subgrade, supplying and laying brick aggregate of 50mm nominal size 7.5 cm deep with blinding material consisting of 12 mm moorum and 12 mm red bajri consolidated with road roller.

Sq.m. 1,167.33 ₹201.60 ₹2,35,334.29 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 11.42

14.1 Uprooting rank vegetation and weeds by digging the area to a depth of 60cm removing all weeds and other growth with roots by forking repeatedly, breaking clods, rough dressing, flooding with water, uprooting fresh growths after 10 to 15 days and then fine dressing for planting new grass, including disposal of all rubbish with all leads and lifts.

100 Sq.m. 130.53 ₹1,531.80 ₹1,99,949.47 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 19.12

14.2 Supplying and stacking of good earth at site including royalty and carriage upto 5 km complete (earth measured in stacks will be reduced by 20% for payment).

Cu.m 1496.00 ₹149.04 ₹2,22,963.84 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no.

19.2

14.3 Supplying and stacking sludge at site including royalty and carriage upto 5 km complete (sludge measured in stacks will be reduced by 8% for payment)

Cu.m 191.00 ₹131.22 ₹25,063.02 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no.

19.3

14.4 Supplying and stacking at site dump manure from approved source, including carriage upto 5 km complete (manure measured in stacks will be reduced by 8% for payment) : Screened through sieve of I.S. designation 4.75 m

Cu.m 191.00 ₹99.63 ₹19,029.33 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no. 19.4.3




116

14.5 Spreading of sludge, dump manure and/or good earth in required thickness as per direction of officer-in-charge (cost of sludge, dump manure and/ or good earth to be paid separately)

Cu.m 191.00 ₹12.15 ₹2,320.65 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no.

19.8

14.6 Mixing earth and sludge or manure in the required proportion specified or directed by the Officer-in-charge

Cu.m 573.00 ₹82.62 ₹47,341.26 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no.

19.8

14.7 Grassing with selection No. 1 grass including watering and maintenance of the lawn for 60 days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn, free from weeds and fit for mowing including supplying good earth, if needed (the grass and earth shall be paid for separately). With grass Turf

100 Sq.m 5.00 ₹401.76 ₹2,008.80 UADD ISSR 2012


14.8 Preparation of beds for hedging and shrubbery by excavating 60 cm deep and trenching the excavated base to a further depth of 30 cm, refilling the excavated earth after breaking clods and mixing with sludge or manure in the ratio of 8:1 (8 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20% : one part of stacked volume of sludge or manure after reduction by 8%), flooding with water, filling with earth if necessary, watering and finally fine dressing, leveling etc. including stacking and disposal of materials declared unserviceable and surplus earth by spreading and leveling as directed, within a lead of 50 m, lift up to 1.5 m complete (cost of sludge, manure or extra earth to be paid for separately)

Cu.m 1145.00 ₹105.58 ₹1,20,893.11 UADD ISSR 2012

Volume II item no. 19.13

14.9 Digging holes in ordinary soil and refilling the same with the excavated earth mixed with manure or sludge in the ratio of 2:1 by volume (2 parts of stacked volume of earth after reduction by 20% : 1 part of stacked volume of manure after reduction by 8%) flooding with water, dressing including removal of rubbish and surplus earth, if any, with all leads and lifts (cost of manure, sludge or extra good earth if needed to

Each 2000.00 ₹19.44 ₹38,880.00 UADD ISSR 2012





117

be paid for separately) Holes 60 cm dia, and 60 cm deep:

14.10 Plantation of Trees, Shrubs, and Hedge at site i/c watering and removal of unserviceable material’s as per direction of officer in charge (excluding cast of plant & water) Tree Plant

Each 86.00 ₹4.25 ₹365.50 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no. 2.57.1

14.11 Plantation of Trees, Shrubs, and Hedge at site i/c watering and removal of unserviceable material’s as per direction of officer in charge (excluding cast of plant & water) Shrub Plant

Each 870.00 ₹2.15 ₹1,870.50 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no. 2.57.2

14.12 Plantation of Trees, Shrubs, and Hedge at site i/c watering and removal of unserviceable material’s as per direction of officer in charge (excluding cast of plant & water) Hedge/ Ground Cover


2016-17 item no. 2.57.3

14.13 Providing of Aglaonema Ernesto Plant (three in one), having ht. 45 cm & above with 12 to 15 leaves, well developed, fresh and healthy in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10016

14.14 Providing of Araucaria cookii plant, having ht.1.80 m to 1.95 m, straight, well developed, fresh and healthy with lush green leaves from bottom to top in 30 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10023

14.15 Providing of Areca Palm plant, having ht. 2.40 m to 2.70 m with 12 to 14 suckers, well developed, fresh and healthy with lush green foliage in 35 cm size of Bucket type cement pots.


2016-17 item no. 10028

14.16 Providing of Brassia Varigated plant, having ht. 30 cm to 45 cm, well developed with fresh and healthy foliage in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10030

14.17 Providing of Chamaedorea elegans palm plant, having ht. 60 cm to 75 cm, well developed with fresh and healthy leaves in 25 cm size of Earthen pot/ Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10031

14.18 Providing of Croton petra Bangalore variety plant, having ht. 60 cm to 75 cm with 4 to 6 branches, well developed, fresh and healthy


2016-17 item no. 10044




118

colourfull leaves in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.

14.19 Providing of Dracaena song of India specimen plant (three in one), having ht. 60 cm & above, well developed, fresh and healthy with good foliage in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10049

14.20 Providing of Livistona palm plant, having ht. 60 cm to 75 cm, well developed with 8 to 10 leaves, fresh & healthy foliage in 30 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10060

14.21 Providing of Monestaria plant mounted on moss stick 90 cm ht., 2 to 3 plant in one pot well developed with fresh & healthy foliage in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10061

14.22 Providing of Money Plant Broad Leaves mounted on moss stick 1.20 m ht., 5 to 6 plants in each pot, well developed with full of fresh & healthy leaves in size of 25 cm Top dia x 18 cm Bottom dia x 25 cm Perpendicular height Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10063

14.23 Providing of Philodendron Envy plant, mounted on moss stick 90 cm ht., well developed with full of fresh & healthy leaves in 30 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot. Each


2016-17 item no. 10067

14.24 Providing of Philodendron Oxicodium plant, mounted on moss stick 1.20 m ht., having 3 plants placed at equal distance, well developed with full of fresh & healthy leaves in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10071

14.25 Providing of Phoenix palm plant, having ht. 75 cm to 90 cm with 10 to 15 or more leaves, well developed, fresh and healthy in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10077

14.26 Providing of Raphis palm plant, having ht. 75 cm to 90 cm with 12 to 15 equal suckers, well developed, full of fresh & healthy leaves from bottom to top in 25 cm size Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10079

14.27 Providing of Ceporthia Palm plant, having ht. 1.50 m to





119

1.80 m with 12-15 suckers, well developed, fresh and healthy lush green leaves from bottom to top in 30 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.

2016-17 item no. 10084

14.28 Providing of Sanchezia nobilis plant, having ht. 30 cm & above, well developed with fresh & healthy foliage in 20 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10085

14.29 Providing of Schieflera Verigated plant, mounted on moss stick 90 cm ht., 3 to 4 plants placed in each pot at equal distance, well developed with full of fresh & healthy bright leaves from bottom to top in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10089

14.30 Providing of Syngonium Verigated plant, mounted on moss stick 90 cm ht., 3 to 4 plants placed in each pot at equal distance, well developed with full of fresh & healthy leaves from bottom to top in 25 cm size of Earthen pot / Plastic pot.


2016-17 item no. 10091

14.31 Providing Plant Celosia well developed fresh & healthy 20 to 25 cm ht. (attractive) multi branching at blooming stage in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10162

14.32 Providing Plant Cladium Hybrid variety 3 to 4 plants well developed with fresh & healthy foliage 30 to 45 cm ht. in different colour 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10163

14.33 Providing Plant Cockscomb well developed fresh & healthy 20 to 25 cm ht. attractive colours fully bloomed in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10164

14.34 Providing Plant Cosmos well developed fresh & healthy 20 to 25 cm ht. attractive colours multi branching at blooming stage in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10165

14.35 Providing Plant Gaillardia double hybrid variety well developed 30 to 45 cm ht 20 to 30 fresh & healthy flower with green painted bamboo stick in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10166




120

14.36 Providing Plant Gamphrina well developed fresh & healthy 30 to 45 cm ht. bushy plant 15 & above flower in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10167

14.37 Providing Plant Kochia well developed fresh & healthy 20 to 25 cm ht. lush green well shaped in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10169

14.38 Providing Plant Portulaka hybrid in different colour with bloom well developed fresh & healthy in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10170

14.39 Providing Plant Sunflower single well developed 8 to 10 half bloom buds multi branched in fresh & healthy full stacked with green painted bamboo stick stacking in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10172

14.40 Providing Plant Tapioca variegated (Manihot esculenta) well developed fresh & healthy 30 to 45 cm ht. in bright colour foliage in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10173

14.41 Providing Plant Vinca different colour 6 to 8 well developed branch in full bloom stacked with green painted Bamboo stick in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot


2016-17 item no. 10174

14.42 Providing Plant Zinnia hybrid double in different colour well developed fresh & healthy 30 to 45 cm ht. (3 to 4 plants in each pot) full bloom in 25 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10177

14.43 Providing Plant Budded Rose (H.T. variety) 3 to 4 healthy branch 30 cm and above ht. well developed with one and above flower plant in 20 cm Earthen Pot,


2016-17 item no. 10178

14.44 Providing Plant Creeper Rose variety 3 to 4 healthy branch 60 cm and above ht. well developed with one and above flowers in 25 cm Earthen Pot,


2016-17 item no. 10179

14.45 Providing Plant Standard Rose (H.T. variety) 3 to 4 healthy branch 90 cm and above ht. well developed with one and above flowers in 25 cm Earthen Pot,


2016-17 item no. 10180

14.46 Acalypha red well developed with fresh & healthy 30 to 45





121

cm ht. plant in 20 cm size Earthen Pot/ Plastic Pot

2016-17 item no. 10183

14.47 Adenium Obesum well developed with fresh & healthy 4 to 5 branch 60 to 75 cm ht. plant in 40 cm size Earthen Pot/ Plastic Pot


2016-17 item no. 10186

14.48 Bamboo Buddha Valley with fresh & healthy 5 to 6 suckers 1.80 m to 2.10m ht umbrella type plant well developed in 50 cm Cement Pot

Each 10.00 ₹1,400.00 ₹14,000.00 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no. 10189

14.49 Bougainvillea named variety, Sobhra, Thima, Marry palmar, Cherry Blossom etc. well developed with fresh & healthy bushy plant in full bloom 75 to 90 cm ht. plant in 40 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10192

14.50 Cycus circinallis well developed with fresh & healthy 35 to 40 lush green leaves in 40 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10193

14.51 Cyprus Golden Conical Shape 150 to 165 cm ht. plant, with fresh and healthy Golden colour foliage in 35cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10198

14.52 Euphorbia milli hybrid variety with multi branch, full bloom, with fresh and healthy well developed having 30 to 45 cm ht. plant in 35 cm Cement Pots


2016-17 item no. 10199

14.53 Ficus resnold piller type Topairy well developed with fresh & healthy 210 to 240 cm ht in 40 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10206

14.54 Fishtail palm well developed with fresh & healthy foliage leaves of ht 210 to 240cm Specimen plant in 35 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10209

14.55 Foxtail palm well developed with fresh & healthy foliage of ht. plant 210 to 240 cm in big 40 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10210

14.56 Furcaria Variegated hybrid well developed with fresh & healthy foliage 20 and above attractive leaves in 35 cm Cement Pot


2016-17 item no. 10212

14.57 Golden Bottle brush Topairy well developed with fresh & healthy foliage 5 to 6 bigball


2016-17




122

115 to 180 cm ht in 40cm Cement Pot

item no. 10213

14.58 Alpinia Variegated (three in one) plant having ht. 30 cm and above, with fresh and healthy variegated foliage in 25 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10225

14.59 Alternanthera species plant of height 15 cm to 20 cm, full of branches and foliage in 15 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10226

14.60 Asparagus marrie plant, well developed 15 to 20 leaves, full of branches and foliage in 25 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10227

14.61 Aspidistra plant, having 10 to 15 leaves well developed with fresh & healthy in 25 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10229

14.62 Clerodendron inerme plant of ht. 30 cm to 40 cm multi branched in 25 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10231

14.63 Chlorophytum (Green) plant, full of leafy suckers in 20 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10232

14.64 Duranta Golden plant, having ht.15 to 20 cm bushty shape plant with fresh and healthy leaves in 20 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10236

14.65 Euphorbia milli hybrid variety plant, having ht. 30 cm to 45 cm with multi branch, full bloom, fresh and healthy leaves in 30 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10238

14.66 Juniperus prostrata plant with 5 to 6 latral branches and green foliage in 20 cm size of Earthen Pot / Plastic Pot.


2016-17 item no. 10242

14.67 Ophiopogon jaburan ( variegated ) plant,full of variegated leaves in 20 cm Earthen Pot/Plastic Pot


2016-17 item no. 10245

14.68 Wadelia trilobata plant,full of leaves in 15 cm size of Poly bags.


2016-17 item no. 10254




123

14.69 Adansonia digitata (kalp vricksh) of plants ht 150-165 cm in bag size of plants 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10257

14.70 Azadirachta indica ( Neem ) of plants height 120-130cm in big polybag of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10260

14.71 Bassia latifolia (Mahua) of plants height 90-105 cm. in big polybag of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10261

14.72 Bauhinia blakeana (Kachnar) of plants height 120-150 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10262

14.73 Butea frondosa (Flame of plants Forest) of plants height 60-75 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10268

14.74 Cassia fistula (Amaltash) of plants height 120-135 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10271

14.75 Delonix regia (Gulmohar) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10279

14.76 Ficus bengalensis krishna of plants height 75-90 cm., multibranched in earthen pots of plants size 30 cm


2016-17 item no. 10285

14.77 Ficus elastica Decora (Rubber plant) of plants height 45-60 cm. in earthen pots of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10286

14.78 Ficus infectoria (Pilkhan) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big polybag of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10287

14.79 Ingla dulcis (Jungle Jalebi) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10302

14.80 Michelia champa (Golden Champa) of plants height 90-105 cm. in earthen pots of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10310




124

14.81 Mimusops elengi (Maulsri) of plants height 180-195 cm., well developed with thick stem in big in big size HDPE bag


2016-17 item no. 10314

14.82 Nauclea cadamba (Kadam) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bag of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10315

14.83 Phyllanthus emblica (Amla) of plants height 150-165 cm. in Big HDPE Bag


2016-17 item no. 10319

14.84 Pongamia glabra (Papri) of plants height 120-135 cm. in big poly bag of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10328

14.85 Pterospermum acerifolium (Kanak Champa) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10333

14.86 Schleichera trijuga (Kusum) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10336

14.87 Eugenia jambolana (Jamun) of plants height 150-165 cm. in big poly bags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10338

14.88 Tamarindus indica (Imli) of plants height 120-150 cm. in big polybags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10340

14.89 Terminalia arjuna of plants height 150-165 cm. in big polybags of plants size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10343

14.90 Supply and stacking of plant Bauhinia tomentosa (yellow) of height 60-75 cm. in earthen pots of size 20 cm


2016-17 item no. 10347

14.91 Supply and stacking of plant Cestrum nocturnum (Raat ki Rani) of height 60-75 cm. with 4-5 branches in bag of size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10358

14.92 Supply and stacking of plant Hibiscus variegated of height 60-75 cm. with 8-10 branches and healthy variegated foliage in cement pots of size 35 cm


2016-17 item no. 10382




125

14.93 Supply and stacking of plant Jatropha multifida (red colour) of height 60-75 cm. multibranched in p.bag of size 25 cm


2016-17 item no. 10385

14.94 Supply and stacking of plant Nerium oleander (kaner) dwarf of height 30-40 cm. in earthen pot of size 20 cm


2016-17 item no. 10394

14.95 Supply and stacking of plant Nyctanthes arbor-tristis (Hasingar) of ht. 90-105 cm in Earthen pots of size 20 cm


2016-17 item no. 10397

14.96 Supply and stacking of plant Tabernaemontana coronaria (Chandni single) veriegated of height 105-120 cm., multibranched, bushy in big size HDPE bag


2016-17 item no. 10406

14.97 Supply and stacking of plant Thuja compacta of height 75-90 cm., conical shaped, well formed with healthy foliage in earthen pots of size 30 cm


2016-17 item no. 10419

14.98 Bignonia venusta (Golden shower) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots


2016-17 item no. 10422

14.99 Ipomea purpurea (Morning glory) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots


2016-17 item no. 10426

14.100 Jasminum grandiflorum (chameli) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots.


2016-17 item no. 10427

14.101 Jasminum humile (Yellow) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots


2016-17 item no. 10428

14.102 Passiflora caerulea (Rakhi bel) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots


2016-17 item no. 10429

14.103 Vernonia elaegnifolia (curtain creeper) plant of height 30 cm to 45 cm. in 20 cm size of Earthen pots / Plastic pots


2016-17 item no. 10433

14.104 Providing & laying Selection no. 1 grass turf with earth 50mm to 60mm thickness on existing ground prepared with proper level and ramming

Sq.m 250.00 ₹77.00 ₹19,250.00 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no.

2.34




126

with required tools wooden and then rolling the surface with light roller make the surface smoothen and light watering the same, as per direction of officer in charge

14.105 Supplying & Stacking of Selection No.1 Grass at site fresh & free from weeds having proper roots in green including loading, unloading, carriage and all taxes paid etc. and as per direction of officer in charge.

Sq.m 250.00 ₹50.80 ₹12,700.00 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no.

2.35

14.106 Providing and fixing of Tuflex Garden fencing Hexagonal net/or equivalent of green colour having contents ( Weight grams/sqm. 510 (+/- 8%)) in width of 60 cm. with bamboo of 90 cm. length. The bamboo should be painted with green colour paint of approved brand and manufacture (two or more coats) and fixed 30 cm. below ground level and 60 cm. above ground level at a distance of 1.50 mtrs. The net and bamboo should be binded with 2 mm. G.I. Wire at three places properly as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Sq.m 450.00 ₹187.75 ₹84,487.50 CPWD HORT. DSR

2016-17 item no.

2.58

14.107 Providing, assembly, fixing and installation of Vertical Garden of following specifications: PU coated MS hollow rectangular section frame and support structure of freestanding type grouted to the floor or fixed to the wall; uPVC/HDPE drip irrigation pipes at the top with water supply controls; 75mm exterior grade ply backing / siding; vertical vapour barrier EPDM pond liner over 2 layers of building paper wrapped at corner and edges; brass/ stainless steel decking nails/ screws; GI gutter for runoff collection connected to rain/ storm water system or drip irrigation harvesting chamber; 100% recycled PET plastic felt pockets mounted to rigid plastic panel, the PET pockets of 0.68 kg/Sq.m lightweight material; high tensile, high strength and high resiliency, hypo allergic, moth-proof, mildew and

Sq.m 371.00 ₹9,750.00 ₹36,17,250.00 Non SOR Item refer

market rate




127

odour resistant formable felt pockets; complete with supply of manure earth, good earth, seasonal flowers, shrubs, creepers, etc. including installation of irrigation system that includes backflow preventor, digital hose timer with battery, 30psi pressure regulator, particle filter stainless mesh, plant food injector, plant food tank. Complete with all fixtures and fittings.

15.1 Curtain grouting with neat cement grout mix of suitable consistency under specified grout pressure as directed in drilled holes by stage grouting method including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, re- drilling if necessary, required admixtures etc. Complete.

Tonne 584.70 ₹9,058.00 ₹52,96,212.60 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.24.1

15.2 Providing, constructing coffer dam in river basin / dam storages as per type design including excavation, filling the middle portion with B.C. soil (in gunny bags if required). Providing impervious / semi pervious materials on both sides of B.C. soil (in gunny bags if required) including ramming, compacting to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge till the completion of work including dismantling coffer dam after completion of works and disposing off the material as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Note: Maximum top width payable shall be 2 Mtr. and maximum payable side slopes shall be 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical, if the constructed top width of the side slopes are less, then the measurements at actual are payable. Extra top width or flat slopes are not payable. Contractor is free to use ballies, plastic sheets, piles, pipes, CGI sheets for supporting hearting materials instead of impervious/ semi-pervious hearting materials for which no extra payments shall be payable. 30% payment shall be withheld for dismantling of coffer dam.

Cu.m 1,657.50 ₹353.00 ₹5,85,097.50 RUIDP-ISOR 2017

Item No. 15.7




128

15.3 Providing and placing approved cohesive non- swelling soils, below lining in canal bed and side slopes including serration in soil, breaking of clods, laying in layers of 15 cm. thickness, cutting and finishing in required bed grade & side slopes including dressing, watering, compaction (at optimum moisture content to obtained dry density not below 90%) etc. Complete.

Cu.m 1,650.69 ₹125.00 ₹2,06,336.55 UCSR 2017 Item No.

4.03

15.4 Providing, placing and construction of gabion structure for retaining earth with segments of wire crates of size 7m x 3m x 0.6m each divided into 1.5 m compartments by cross netting, made from 4 mm galvanised steel wire @ 32 kg per 10 sqm having minimum tensile strength of 300 Mpa conforming to IS: 280 and galvanising coating conforming to IS : 4826, woven into mesh with double twist, mesh size not exceeding 100 x 100 mm , filled with boulders with least dimension of 200 mm, all loose ends tied, including cost of all material, machinery, labour, T&P, cost of other incidental charges and testing as per relevant specifications etc. complete.

Cu.m 1,463.20 ₹1,845.00 ₹26,99,599.82 UCSR 2017 Item No.

11.3

15.5 Providing and laying free draining sand below lining in canal bed and sides slopes including compaction cost of all materials, labour, spreading to specified thickness etc. complete as per specification.

Cu.m 239.11 ₹1,058.00 ₹2,52,975.84 UCSR 2017 Item No.

4.05

15.6 Providing and laying filter material as given below in recharge pit/ percolation pit or soak pit/ waste water treatment system. Gravel/Pebbles (5 to 25 mm)

Cu.m 385.95 ₹1,024.20 ₹3,95,289.28 ISSR 2012 (Vol II) Item No. 22.7.2

15.7 Providing and fixing in position LDPE film of 150 micron (0.15 mm) IS mark of grade 231 for bed and sides of canal including cost of all materials, labour, laying, joining as per specifications etc. Complete.

Sq.m 3,321.55 ₹20.00 ₹66,430.95 UCSR 2017 Item No.

4.06




129

15.8 Providing, fabricating and placing in position steel reinforcement bars for Reinforced cement concrete / Plain Cement Concrete structures including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, cleaning, cutting, bending, hooking, lapping / wherever required, tying with 1.25 soft annealed steel wire etc. Complete. straightening, welding joints mm diameter


3.13

15.9 Providing and constructing rock fill embankment using 300 mm downgraded stones and quarry spalls from approved source including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, spreading stones and spalls in layers, hand packing, wedging, compaction by pneumatic/temper/vibratory earth rammer, finishing the surface to required slopes as per approved drawings etc. Complete.

Cu.m 1,858.28 ₹451.00 ₹8,38,085.75 UCSR 2017 Item No.

3.33

15.10 Providing filter blanket horizontally, Including laying, spreading, packing etc. Complete in layers of required thickness but excluding excavation of foundation. Shingle 20mm nominal size

Cu.m 1,532.27 ₹755.00 ₹11,56,862.49 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.35.8

15.11 Providing filter blanket horizontally, Including laying, spreading, packing etc. Complete in layers of required thickness but excluding excavation of foundation. Shingle 80- 60mm nominal size

Cu.m 379.61 ₹444.00 ₹1,68,547.43 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.35.6

15.12 Design, Drawing, fabrication, supply, erection, testing and commissioning of Vertical lift fix wheel type sliding gate/inter changeable Stop log gates consisting of skin plate, stiffeners, horizontal girders, pulley, pulley supports, bracings, lifting lug, bracket, rubber seals, clamps plates etc., with all accessories as per relevant for Canal , sluice Vertical gates and spillway gates including cost of all materials, machinery, labour, cutting, bending, aligning, anchoring, welding, seal fixing, tools and tackles etc., finishing,

Tonne 48.75 ₹1,03,614.00 ₹50,51,078.89 UCSR 2017 Item No. 3.35.6




130

cleaning, applying two coat of zinc rich epoxy primer to give dry film thickness of 70± 5 microns and finish coat(two coats)of solvent less coal tar epoxy paint using airless spray to provide dry film thickness of 150± 5 microns per coat thus total dry film thickness of all coats, including primer coating, should not be less than 350 microns., complete as per specifications and approved drawings complete, including packing & forwarding, transportation charges for structural steel components and other materials.

15.13 Providing, fixing and installation of bank operated cable way system with cradle of capacity 1000 kg weight to take the discharge observation by using current meter sensor with sinker weight max up to 125 kg including double drum hydro-metric winch machine with manual operation suitable for horizontal and vertical movements of current meter and with the arrangement to operate silt sampler complete with automatic load break system, slip ring system including all civil works, prefabricated pole size 2.25 m long for machine side fitted with triple pulley block, prefabricated pole size 2.25 m long on the other side fitted with single pulley block, instruments carriage, foundation bolts with nut and washers, master plate and other fixing bolts nuts, D shackles, U -clamps etc. anchor bolt, track cable, towing cable, conduction cable (co-axial) with snap hooks thimble etc. complete. Up to 100 m span

Each 1.00 ₹13,54,125.00 ₹13,54,125.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.32.1

15.14 Providing and fixing of 25 mm diameter steel guide ropes across the river for discharge observation

Mts 100.00 ₹942.00 ₹94,200.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

1.33

15.15 Painting of gauge post 1.8 m long with synthetic enamel of approved brand & manufacture to give an even shade by two or more coats and marking the gauge with Japan paint Red, Black and

Each 8.00 ₹750.00 ₹6,000.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

1.34




131

White with standard metric gradation marking of 5 mm thickness in black & white alternately & red synthetic enamel of width 5 mm at every 50 mm etc. complete.

15.16 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of automatic Telemetry Rainfall station with GSM/GPRS communication system: Supply of automatic rainfall station (tipping bucket type) complete with all accessories including supply of real time (GSM/GPRS Telemetry data communication system with data logger, display unit with all equipment and accessories such as solar power supply system including solar panel, charge regulator, battery and station grounding modem, gasketing rechargeable batteries as per technical specification etc. complete. system, GSM/GPRS System enclosure with and maintenance free

Each 2.00 ₹1,58,432.00 ₹3,16,864.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.35.1

15.17 Cost of related services for installation and commissioning of entire RTDAS, training for operation and maintenance, site preparation and civil works, integration of RTDAS and backup acquisition system with SMS, provision of manuals, documents and reports, inspection and testing and initial maintenance upto final acceptance of the entire system as per technical specifications etc. complete.

Each 2.00 ₹1,02,860.00 ₹2,05,720.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.35.2

15.18 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of automatic water level Radar sensor with GSM/GPRS telemetry communication system.: Supply of Automatic Water level radar sensor complete with all accessories including supply of real time (GSM/GPRS) Telemetry data communication system with data logger, display unit with all equipment and accessories such as, solar power supply system including solar panel, charge regulator, battery and station grounding system,

Each 2.00 ₹2,25,875.00 ₹4,51,750.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.36.1




132

GSM/GPRS modem, system enclosure with gasketing and maintenance free rechargeable batteries as per technical specification etc. complete.


Each 2.00 ₹1,02,165.00 ₹2,04,330.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.36.2

15.20 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of automatic weather station with telemetry GSM/GPRS communication system.: Supply of automatic Weather station complete with all accessories including supply of real time (GSM/GPRS) Telemetry data communication system with data logger, display unit with all equipment and accessories such as solar power supply system including solar panel, charge regulator, battery and station grounding system, GSM/GPRS modem, system enclosure with gasketing and maintenance free rechargeable batteries as per technical specification etc. complete.

Each 1.00 ₹3,85,030.00 ₹3,85,030.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.37.1


Each 1.00 ₹1,92,000.00 ₹1,92,000.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.37.2




133

15.22 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of automated Gate Sensor with GSM/GPRS telemetry communication system. : Supply of automated Gate sensor complete with all accessories including supply of real time (GSM/GPRS) Telemetry data communication system with data logger, display unit with all equipment and accessories such as solar power supply system including solar panel, charge regulator, battery and station grounding system, GSM/GPRS modem, System enclosure with gasketing and maintenance free rechargeable batteries as per technical specification etc. complete.

Each 14.00 ₹4,15,610.00 ₹58,18,540.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.38.1

15.23 Cost of related services for installation and commissioning of entire RTDAS, training for operation and maintenance site preparation and civil works, integration of RTDAS and backup acquisition system with SMS, provision of manuals, documents and reports, inspection and testing and initial maintenance upto final acceptance of the entire system as per technical specifications etc. complete.

Each 14.00 ₹1,39,000.00 ₹19,46,000.00 UCSR 2017 Item No. 1.38.2

15.24 Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Spectometer probe based Real Time Water Quality Monitoring System capable of measuring TSS, COD, BOD, TOC, Nitrate, Colour and Turbidity, dissolved oxygen & temperature, pH, Conductivity, Salinity and Temperature free chlorine (Cl2 + HOCl + OCl-) or total chlorine (free chlorine + combined chlorine). Spectrometer probe operating using the principle of UV-VIS Spectrometry, suitable for measuring optical spectra from 190 to 750nm directly in liquid media complete with Optical sensors, multi parameter electrode, Amperometric membrane, GSM/GPRS,

Set 6.00 ₹1,62,000.00 ₹9,72,000.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate




134

Data Logger with touch screen, modem, 12v operating voltage, SCADA system, air compression system, etc.

16.1 Clearance of Jalkumbhi /water Lily from water bodies including removing and rental cost of boat, labour etc. complete and disposal of material by burning including all other charges for materials and machinery etc. complete.

Sq.m 4,17,824.00 ₹5.00 ₹20,89,120.00 UCSR 2017 Item No.

9.05

16.2 Providing, laying and fixing of Non Seeded Bio-Degradable Organic Jute/Coir Soil Erosion/Embankment Protection Draping Mat of minimum 20 gsm weight and apperture size of 15mm x 22mm for slope stabilization of embankments/ shores of lakes, wetlands, water bodies, ponds, freshly cut slopes etc. complete with HDPE pin pinning @ 1 pin /Sq.m, preparation of the 30cm base soil, suitable organic fertilizer, manure, etc.

Sq.m 2,733.00 ₹110.00 ₹3,00,630.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate

16.3 Providing, laying and fixing of Pre Seeded Bio-Degradable Organic Jute/Coir Soil Erosion/Embankment Protection Draping Mat of minimum 20 gsm weight and apperture size of 15mm x 22mm for slope stabilization of embankments/ shores of lakes, wetlands, water bodies, ponds, freshly cut slopes etc. complete with HDPE pin pinning @ 1 pin /Sq.m, preparation of the 30cm base soil, suitable organic fertilizer, manure, etc.

Sq.m 3,280.00 ₹155.00 ₹5,08,400.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate

16.4 Wetland Plantation by Perennial Food & Cover Wetland Mix, composition mix of (@ 0.01 Kg/Sq.m :20.0% Carex vulpinoidea, PA Ecotype (Fox Sedge, PA Ecotype) 20.0% Elymus virginicus, PA Ecotype (Virginia Wildrye, PA Ecotype) 10.0% Carex lupulina, PA Ecotype (Hop Sedge, PA Ecotype) 10.0% Carex lurida, PA Ecotype

Kg 627.00 ₹7,770.00 ₹48,71,790.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate




135

(Lurid (Shallow) Sedge, PA Ecotype) 10.0% Carex scoparia, PA Ecotype (Blunt Broom Sedge, PA Ecotype) 8.5% Poa palustris (Fowl Bluegrass) 6.5% Panicum clandestinum, 'Tioga' (Deertongue, ‘Tioga’) 4.5% Sparganium americanum (Eastern Bur Reed) 4.0% Sparganium eurycarpum, PA Ecotype (Giant Bur Reed, PA Ecotype) 3.0% Juncus effusus (Soft Rush) 2.0% Leersia oryzoides, PA Ecotype (Rice Cutgrass, PA Ecotype) 0.5% Carex crinita, PA Ecotype (Fringed (Nodding) Sedge, PA Ecotype) 0.5% Scirpus atrovirens, PA Ecotype (Green Bulrush, PA Ecotype) 0.5% Scirpus cyperinus, PA Ecotype (Woolgrass, PA Ecotype)

16.5 Wetland Plantation by Waterfowl Buffet Mix for Wetland Enhancement, composition mix of (@ 0.01 Kg/Sq.m) :30.0% Carex vulpinoidea, PA Ecotype (Fox Sedge, PA Ecotype) 15.0% Elymus virginicus, PA Ecotype (Virginia Wildrye, PA Ecotype) 12.0% Carex intumescens, PA Ecotype (Star Sedge, PA Ecotype) 12.0% Carex lupulina, PA Ecotype (Hop Sedge, PA Ecotype) 12.0% Carex lurida, PA Ecotype (Lurid (Shallow) Sedge, PA Ecotype) 6.0% Carex granularis var. haleana, PA Ecotype (Limestone Meadow Sedge, PA Ecotype) 5.5% Sparganium americanum (Eastern Bur Reed) 3.0% Juncus effusus (Soft Rush) 2.0% Alisma subcordatum, PA Ecotype (Mud Plantain (Water Plantain), PA Ecotype) 1.0% Sagittaria latifolia, PA Ecotype (Duck Potato (Arrowhead), PA Ecotype) 1.0% Scirpus validus, PA Ecotype (Softstem Bulrush, PA Ecotype) 0.5% Carex stricta, PA Ecotype (Tussock Sedge, PA Ecotype)

Kg 627.00 ₹11,792.00 ₹73,93,584.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate

16.6 Wetland Mixed Fish Seed of the following fishes: Black bullhead, Black crappie,

Each Bag 900.00 ₹90.00 ₹81,000.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate




136

Bluegill, Channel catfish, Common carp, Largemouth bass, Minnows, Muskellunge, Northern Pike, Pumpkinseed, Smallmouth bass, Walleye, White crappie, Yellow bullhead, Yellow perch, Freshwater drum, Paddlefish, Shovelnose sturgeon, etc.

16.7 Soil/water bio-remediation using Hydra Bio Accelerator or any other equivalent make by mixing it with soil in 1:3 ratio (1 bio accelerator) and spreading evenly over the surface or directly mixing it with water. The minimum specification for use are: high active oxygen, typically 15% or higher; complies with the Food Chemicals and 1 kilo treatment up to 350g Hydrocarbon. @ 1 kg/ 50000 litres. Strictly done in supervision of Engineer-in-charge

Kg 1,500.00 ₹3,800.00 ₹57,00,000.00 Non SOR Item as per Market Rate

17.1 Providing and fixing two stainless steel dustbins 50 ltr. each mounted on SS stand made with half perforated SS sheet; Steel finish with Green & blue graphics for segregation of waste; durable to withstand rough usage as per design approved by the Engineer-in-charge

Unit 120.00 ₹5,089.00 ₹6,10,680.00 Refer R.A. Item No. 2

17.2 Supplying, installing and testing floating pontoon and dock system using High-density polyethylene resin floating modules of 500mmx500mm; 350mm high with anti-skid surface; floating capacity of 68kg per cube; complete with edge HDPE piers, edge line, service channel, connecting pins, spacer, bracket, handrail etc. all complete with lifts and leads.

Sq.m. 427.20 ₹11,587.00 ₹49,49,966.40 Refer R.A. Item No. 3

17.3 Supply and installation of cylindrical polyethylene floating drums 600mm dia and 1200mm long on wooden saddle;Virgin High Impact PE 100 ; Light weight, Weathering & UV resistant; fixed to the metal framework for walkway.

Each 192.00 ₹5,798.00 ₹11,13,216.00 Refer R.A. Item No. 4

17.4 Supplying, erecting and fixing in position specified

Each 120.00 ₹7,600.00 ₹9,12,000.00 RUIDP-ISOR 2017




137

precast RCC bench made of RCC grade M-30 consisting of 2 Nos. “L” shaped base support of thickness 100 mm back height 1000mm, front height 450 mm, base width 420mm and 5 Nos. RCC planks of size of 1500x100 x 50 mm and 1 Nos RCC planks of 150x200x50mm including joining all parts with galvanised nuts and bolts of suitable size. All bolts to be sealed after assembly with nice finish and appearance and level complete in all respect as per direction of engineer in charge. Every bench should have a manufacture‘s logo of appropriate size Engraved at suitable place.

Item No. 39.48

17.5 Supplying and installing hardwood deck flooring planks on existing metal structure. Wood planks should be air dried to approximately 12% for use on exterior surfaces; resistant to decay, cupping, bending, fungi, termites, mould and wood rot; Hardness Rating of 3,680 lbs with air-dried decking and 12% moisture content; with all screws, nuts, bolts necessary for installation complete with deck oil finish before and after installation.

Sq.m. 548.40 ₹8,952.00 ₹49,09,276.80 Refer R.A. Item No. 5

17.6 Providing, installing and testing prefabricated public toilet made of stainless steel; SS platform and (Indian/western) closet; toilet status display; manual exit; incorporated with wash basin, health faucet and cloth hanger; Self-cleaning and self washing mechanism; power backup; low water indication; automated light and exhaust fan; remote monitoring and control facility through web/mobile app complete with installation accessories.

Unit 28.00 ₹2,94,757.00 ₹82,53,196.00 Refer R.A. Item No. 6

18.1 SITC of musical/synchronized fountain linear grid made up of aluminium and supported on aluminium channel frame (underwater) rigidly fixed to the bottom of the lake with U clamps and bolts. HDPE 80

Complete Installation

1.00 ₹4,18,00,000.00 ₹4,18,00,000.00 Non Scheduled Rate (refer

market rates)




138

schedule pipes used for connecting the grid at appropriate locations with pumps. The static and dynamic fountain nozzles of brass. Each grid to be driven by separate pumps and all electro-mechanical driver systems shall be independently driven to improve reliability and to avoid breakdown due to single point failures. Complete connection of the nozzles by 240 V/1100 V electricity to the relay banks and lights by using appropriate make of highly insulated and sheathed cable for underwater operations. Total number of dynamic formation nozzles shall be 50 small size with a throw height of minimum 6 mts and 2 aeration nozzle of throw height of minimum 20 mts. The minimum formations of the nozzles shall be: organ, cross stream, vase jet, clapping hand, rotating peacock, waltzing, big flower, straight jet, spinner, ping pong, mist, vibgyor, sun burst, water curtain, water cannon, inside drop ring, outside drop ring, etc. The entire assembly shall have complete fixtures and fittings as approved by the engineer in charge. The overall assembly shall have minimum of following components: Pumps, valve Halogen controllers, LED controllers, Water Jets, Fountain Director, Nozzles, Relays, Microcontroller/PLCs, Drivers, Manifolds, Suction Pipes, Wall Inlet, Shut Down/Regulating panels/switches, Pressure Pipes, Water Distributors, Water Inlet pipes, Solenoid Valve, Under water cable terminal connector, Under water LED Lights, Music A/V System, Audio Amplifier, Underground Cables, Above water cables, All Fixtures & Accessories (Anti- Corrosion), Assistive Multilingual listening systems (Wireless/Bluetooth operated), Power




139

requirement for musical fountain, Power requirement for Ambience Lighting, Design Temperature for equipment, Floating Structure/Deck, water filtration plant, etc. Other details as per specification mentioned in the bidding document and as approved by the client. The item shall include all civil, electrical, electro-mechanical, plumbing, drainage, illumination, safety works

18.2 SITC and interfacing of multimedia laser and video projection on aqua screen -laser projection system consisting of solid state DPSS RGB laser with total power of 5 W, with appropriately balanced power outputs for 3 laser sources to obtain white laser with wide range of colour hues capable of beam shows and graphical animation with ILDA interface with suitable connectors to connect the same to USB based controller with appropriate show control application and playback package suitability configured and designed to a redundant configuration for the laser show. Other details as per specification mentioned in the bidding document and as approved by the client The item shall include all civil, electrical, electro-mechanical, plumbing, drainage, illumination, safety works


1.00 ₹46,50,500.00 ₹46,50,500.00 Non Scheduled Rate (refer

market rates)

18.3 SITC and interfacing of energy efficient aqua screen of approximately 9mts height and 27 mts wide capable of projecting video and laser images with suitable high pressure plate nozzles suitably configured and designed to provide a redundant source of water Other details as per specification mentioned in the bidding document and as approved by the client The item shall include all civil, electrical, electro-mechanical, plumbing, drainage, illumination, safety works


1.00 ₹28,75,500.00 ₹28,75,500.00 Non Scheduled Rate (refer

market rates)




140

18.4 Artistic production and content development as per the script approved by the client for minimum 20 minutes duration for musical fountain/water ballet show and laser multimedia show. Scope of work shall include voice overring by prominent person, studio programming, digital rights, etc. Other details as per specification mentioned in the bidding document and as approved by the client

Complete Job 1.00 ₹20,00,000.00 ₹20,00,000.00 Non Scheduled Rate (refer

market rates)

19.1 Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5) years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance; Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration; Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental Monitoring Management and Mitigation; Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion and outreach. Including providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Year 1

Complete Job Wok

1.00 ₹1,86,44,206.00 ₹1,86,44,206.00 Derived from CPWD

Manual for Maintenance

2012

19.2 Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5) years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance; Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration; Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental

Complete Job Wok



2012




141

Monitoring Management and Mitigation; Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion and outreach. Including providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Year 2 @8% escalation from Year 1

19.3 Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5) years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance; Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration; Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental Monitoring Management and Mitigation; Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion and outreach. Including providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Year 3 @8% escalation from Year 2

Complete Job Wok



2012

19.4 Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5) years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance; Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration; Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental

Complete Job Wok



2012




142

Monitoring Management and Mitigation; Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion and outreach. Including providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Year 4 @8% escalation from Year 3

19.5 Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5) years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance; Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration; Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental Monitoring Management and Mitigation; Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion and outreach. Including providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Year 5 @8% escalation from Year 4

Complete Job Wok



2012

GRAND TOTAL (exclusive of GST)

₹106,04,92,688.95




143

SECTION V: EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS

SECTION V: EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



144

5. SECTION V: EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS

5.1. SCOPE OF WORK

5.1.1. Project Background

The Smart Cities Mission (SCM) is a flagship urban development programme launched in June 2015 by

Ministry of Urban Development (MoUD), Government of India (GoI) for urban renewal and retrofitting of existing

100 cities in India. Presently, all 100 smart cities have been selected for mission implementation for funding of

INR 2,03,172 Crores impacting approx. 99.63 million urban population.

Sagar (formerly known as Saugor) was selected as candidate smart city in June 2017 in 3rd round along with

other 30 cities pan India and amongst 7 cities from the state of Madhya Pradesh. The SPV for the city mission

was legally incorporated as Sagar Smart City Ltd. under the Companies Act 2013 on 20th October 2017.

The Sagar SCP delineates approx. 1480 Acres across 22 Urban Local Bodies (ULB) wards in the Central

Business District (CBD) as Area Based Development (ABD) area which also includes 403 Acres of a Lakha

Banjara lake. The ABD’s area coverage is approx. 17.71% of the total city’s area and directly impacts 26.00%

of the total population of the city.

The Smart City Proposal (SCP) outlines 4 thematically focused areas for ABD such as: Revitalization of Old

CBD; Development of Regional Economic Centre; Development of Transit Terminal & Corridor; and Urban

Infrastructure Development & Regeneration. The Pan-city proposal focusses on: Development of an Integrated

Command and Control Centre (ICCC); Integrated OFC Network Coverage; Traffic and Transit Infrastructure &

Management; Safety and Security Infrastructure & Management; and Information Dissemination & Payment

Gateway. The total capital costs of Central and State Government share were estimated INR 1385.27 Crores

for ABD proposals and INR 222.27 Crores for Pan-city proposals, totalling to INR 1607.54 Crores. The SCP

covers 23 components for ABD and 6 components for Pan-city proposals along with their preliminary budget

allocations.

The three most visible and impactful subprojects delineated within the ABD are: Katra Area Redevelopment &

Makeover; Lakha Banjara Lake Front Development & Revitalization; Redevelopment of Existing Bus Stand

Area; and Development of Transit Corridor (Smart Road) . This can be attributed to the size of these public

open spaces which constitute almost 30-35% of the ABD area. Apart from being the public spaces, these

edifices are of ecological, educational, cultural and social significance and have been the ordering elements

in the urban morphology of Sagar.

The key strategic commitment made in the SCP towards Lakha Banjara lake are: Conservation of the existing

natural feature within the ABD area; Restoration and stabilization of the lake edge; Development of a green

contiguous promenade around the lake; Trapping and treatment of sewage & other pollutants; Development

of lakeline transport infrastructure; Development of complimentary leisure and entertainment facilities around

the lake; and Adaptive reuse of the built cultural heritage around the lake. Also, the SCP highlights strategic

tools for achieving the Smart Urban Form, of which the significant one is The ‘Blue-Green-Brown Ecological

Hub’ that involves revival of the naturally- oriented water cycle of the region, using existing water bodies and

the creation of a robust green infrastructure, envisaged to lead to better water management and futureproofing

against the growing demand and support biodiversity in the comparatively small scale that a city provides.

5.1.2. Objectives

The objectives of this subproject, in compliance to Statement of Objects & Reasons, Madhya Pradesh Lake

Conservation Authority, 2004, are:




145

To protect and reclaim the lake extant thus arresting encroachments, appropriation and detrimental

obtrusions;

To protect and remove all obtrusions, accretions and intrusions into the upstream feeder systems and

watersheds that are detrimental to natural revival of the lake;

To revive, conserve and restore the macro bio-diversity of the lake and integrate it to the urban

environment;

In a way, treat the lake as a large recharge basin for the recharging groundwater of Sagar for future

demands;

To evolve the perception of a historic man made natural asset to a premier natural heritage destination

of the city;

To evolve a natural resource that coherently appreciates its natural, cultural and tourism potentials;

To induce sustainable and responsible planning practices that would have potential to be emulated in

other urban natural assets of Madhya Pradesh;

To evolve Lakha Banjara from an urban natural asset to a Blue-Green-Brown Ecological Hub that

coherently addresses the water needs, complements bio-diversity, establishes core of city’s green

network, acts as an urban carbon sink and provides for the recreational, leisure, socio-cultural and

economical needs for the urban population. Activities that disseminates awareness and scientific

education about nature, ecosystems, carbon substitution, renewable resources, sustainable

development, energy efficiency, etc. shall be integrated to the facilities;

To act as a stimulus of Smart Water Management initiative by reviving downstream interconnections

to other water bodies in the city and in the region, providing alternative treatment technologies of

recharging, promoting retrofitting of ground water recharging and rainwater harvesting techniques into

urban management practices and harnessing sustainable energy conservation; and

To develop Lakha Banjara as the Environmental Observatory where activities like environmental

management, climate change effects, pollution, hydrological and climatic/weather patterns etc. can be

effectively monitored at a city level.

5.1.3. Area Delineation

The delineation of the specific boundaries for the subproject was arrived based on three considerations: Client

Brief; Ecological and Hydrological Conditions; and Time and Resource Consideration. The study area sizing

was based on six aspects: (i) Direct impact area of the Lake that includes 437 Acres (334 Acres of the Lakebed

i.e. the water spread area and 104 Acres of littoral and reclaimed areas of the lake); (ii) Influence Area of the

Lake that includes the 16.70 Sq.Kms of Kanera Deo watershed and the urban catchment areas that impact

the water quality of the lake such as localized sewage generation areas, localized rainwater drains, outfalls,

etc.; (iii) 2.10 Kms of Kanera Deo Feeder Canal; (iv) 3.26 Kms of Mogha Drain (outflow) from the existing

waste weir to the Bawan Kheri village; (v) 36 Inlet Drains/Nallah (29 Minor and 7 Major inlets) combined both

at upper and lower lake; and (vi) 100 mts influence area around the total lake periphery of approx. 8.5 Kms

(approx. 5.8 Kms on the upper lake and approx. 2.7 Kms on the lower lake) including the adjoining vehicular

roads, 18 existing ghats and 4 existing jetties.

SSCL’s top priority included conservation and improvement of water quality of Lakha Banjara Lake for which

it was imperative to comprehensively delineate an area that included feeder channel systems, localized

rainwater inlets, outlets and outfalls and Kanera Deo Watershed. The goals and objectives of this subproject

centre on protecting ecosystem and hydrologic integrity. For this reason, it was advantageous for the project

study area to at least include, if not be based on, a relatively discreet ecological and/or hydrologic unit.

Availability of data and maps and limiting the study area within the municipal and urban development area of

Sagar were also the significant factors in delineating the site for the subproject.

5.1.4. Scope of Work & Services




146

The predictive scope of works and services required by the Employer subject to changes, omissions,

inclusions, and variations are, but not limited to the following:

Setting up of a prefabricated containerized site office around the lake at an approved designated

location

Setting up of prefabricated containerized labour shelter/camp around the lake at three approved

designated location

Setting up of 6 prefabricated bio-toilets around the lake at three approved designated location

Setting up of prefabricated containerized material testing laboratory at an approved designated

location

Setting up of fabrication and material storage yard at approved designated location

Setting up of weigh bridge(s) at approved designated location(s)

Mobilizing construction plant(s), equipment, vehicles, and other infrastructure

Securing working areas and construction yard, diversion of traffic and installation of physical barriers

Topographical & cadastral/total station survey of the command area including the lake edge

Survey of physical infrastructure in and around the lake

Data interpretation of satellite remote sensing data / imageries for the lake’s command area

Geophysical & hydrological investigation in and around the lake

Environment impact survey and management

Socio-economic survey and management

Pre-excavation Bathymetry survey of the lake’s water spread area

Siting and fabrication of temporary cover pump station at 2 designated locations around the lake,

complete with electrical connections, connection panels and fuel storage

Providing temporary pipe connections and pumps for temporary tapping from all inlets/drains/nallahs

disposing the waste water into the lake and diverting the pumped waste water to Mogha Outflow

Supply, installation, and operation of 2 vertical turbine pump dewatering pumps of designated horse

power along with desired length of flushing pipes for dewatering the lake bed to Mogha Outflow

including pumping of underwater mud/sludge

Construction of cofferdam/sheet pile barriers near the Mogha Baandh Crest Weir, Sanjay Drive

Aqueduct and at Kanera Deo Feeder Canal with all necessary bye-pass systems

Complete demolition and dismantling of the Mogha Baandh Crest Weir

Siting and sizing of Modular STP/DEWATS facility location at Mogha Baandh Crest Weir or any other

designated and approved location(s)

Construction of Modular STP/DEWATS facility station(s) at Mogha Baandh Crest Weir or any other

designated and approved location(s) including channelization of localized nallahs/drains, silt traps,

settling tanks, collection tanks, waste scum, etc.

Construction and laying of pipes, utility access holes, storm water drains/ducts, head-collection

chambers around the lake periphery (as a part of construction of combined utility burial & ducting)

SITC of Modular STP/DEWATS of appropriate capacity at Mogha Baandh Crest Weir or any other

designated and approved location(s) and making good connections and operation of facility and

draining waste water in to Mogha Outflow

Siting and sizing of dry silt disposal and stack-piling site(s) near the lake bed at 2 designated and

approved locations

Siting and sizing of dry silt stacking and distribution site(s) near the lake bed at 1 designated and

approved locations

Siting and sizing of dry silt disposal and stack-piling site(s) at an approved and designated location or

any other site approved by the government

Mechanical excavation/desilting of the upper lake bed, Kanera Deo feeder canal & Mogha Baandh

outflow with approved equipment and machineries including all ramp works, shoring, and strutting

works




147

Disposal/transportation of the excavated silt/boulder/moorum to the above-mentioned site including

tipping, stacking, levelling etc.

Complete re-construction and redevelopment of Mogha Baandh crest weir and its outflow area

including tiered crests, sluice gate chamber, cut-off trench, crest bridge, percolation tank, spillway,

trickle flow chambers, apron walls, gabion walls, retaining walls, automated hydraulic sluice gate, etc.

Development of watershed silt trap at Kanera Deo feeder canal complete with hauling road, protection

walls, retaining wall, lined trap, boulder trap, settling tank, spillway mouth, cross-over pedestrian

bridges, etc.

Reconstruction and retrofitting of existing Sanjay Drive Aqueduct including belly spillway, 13

automated hydraulic slide gates, prefabricated pedestrian bridge, bridge piers, decking etc.

Re-construction and construction of protection, guard and retaining wall complete with toe protection,

weep holes, crated gabion, etc.

Complete reconstruction and redevelopment of 6 inlet culverts at locations near the DEWATS facilities

along with spillway, apron, culvert slab, etc.

Development of protection embankment at appropriate location including toe protection, flashing berm,

stone pitching, geo cell strengthening, profile correction, etc.

Redevelopment and expansion of existing 19 ghats and construction and development of 2 new ghats

including provision for upper level walkways, paved steps, raised seating, railings, provisions for e-bio

toilets, vending kiosk, illumination, cattle traps, ablation/offering tanks, etc.

Development of pedestrian link walkways between ghats and other significant structure including sub-

structural works, paved pathways, combined utility service ducting, railings, seating, etc.

Development of decks for angling, yoga, water sports, observation etc. including paving, access steps,

railings, etc.

Re/-development of 6 boating and transport jetties (1 relocation, 2 re-development, 1 restored and

reused & 2 new jetties)

Development and provision of jetty decks

Development of pisciculture tanks with hatching & incubation tanks, median pathways, railings, etc.

Construction and development of iconic statue pedestal at an appropriate location

Plumbing, hydraulic and electrical works for musical fountain/water ballet show

Removal of wetland infestation and overgrowth like clearance of Jalkumbhi (hyacinth/water lily), trapa

culture, etc.

Erosion protection measures with degradable organic unseeded/pre-seeded vegetative mats including

pinning, fixing, stretching, laying etc.

Wetland Plantation by perennial food & cover mix including enhancement of wetlands

Fish seeding of wetland

Soil and water bio-remediation and bio-manipulation

Dismantling of all cofferdam and sheet piles from locations

Dismantling and removal of temporary waste water tapping facilities

Installation of the interconnection tapping pipes and discharge pipes from Modular STP/DEWATS to

the lake bed

Testing, commissioning, and operation of the Kanera Deo feeder canal, Mogha Baandh crest weir and

Sanjay Drive aqueduct

SITC of synchronized musical fountain/water ballet show including content development, show lights,

fountain grid, relay banks, controllers, water jets, fountain director, nozzles, relays,

microcontroller/plcs, drivers, manifolds, suction pipes, wall inlet, shut down/regulating panels/switches,

pressure pipes, water distributors, water inlet pipes, solenoid valve, under water cable terminal

connector, under water led lights, music a/v system, audio amplifier, underground cables, above water

cables, all fixtures & accessories (anti- corrosion), assistive multilingual listening systems

(wireless/Bluetooth operated), aqua screen, multimedia video projector, etc.

SITC of pontoon jetties and gantry bridge at 6 locations




148

SITC of 1 discharge observation station at Mogha Baandh crest weir

SITC of 8 gauge post at appropriate locations

SITC of 2 telemetry rainfall station at appropriate locations including cost of RTDAS

SITC of 2 telemetry water level radar station at appropriate locations including cost of RTDAS

SITC of 1 telemetry automatic weather station at appropriate location including cost of RTDAS

SITC of 14 telemetry automated gate sensor at appropriate location including cost of RTDAS

SITC of 6 telemetry spectrometer probes at appropriate location including cost of RTDAS

Demolition and dismantling of obsolete structure or masonry in CC, RCC, stone, brick, etc.

Dismantling and removal of signboards, telephone poles, electric poles, light poles, barbed wire, chain

link fencing and other allied structures

Dismantling and removal of water supply pipes, Hume pipes, man-holes, sewer pipes, electrical

cables, etc.

Cutting/transplantation of existing trees/plant below the girth of 60cm

Stripping of top surface of the road side at the lake edge and earthworks in cutting, filling, and profiling

Construction of underground/ground burial combined utility services duct along the lake edge including

SITC of water supply pipes, irrigation pipes, medium voltage cabling, high voltage cabling, waste water

pipes, OFC ducting, storm water ducts, etc.

Providing and laying of rain water swale along the lake edge including geotextile wrapped perforated

swale pipes, overflow/pressure release pipes, filter media gravel, sand bed, etc.

Preparation of bed in footings of toe wall, guard wall, boundary wall, etc.

Laying of sub-base in brick bat, gravel, sand bed, CC bed, CC grout, soling, pitching etc.

Construction of foundations of retaining walls, boundary walls, toe walls, guard walls, breast walls, etc.

Constructing of edging and near ground protection work in precast or cast-in-situ CC or RCC

Laying of WMM or WBM road sub-base or shoulder

Construction of stone/brick toe wall, guard wall, protection wall, etc.

Construction of stone/brick masonry boundary wall including coping, grillage, and gate

Construction of protection fencing including fencing mesh, support members, buttress, etc.

Construction of 2 jetty sheds in metal roofing, tubular structural members, rain water gutter, etc.

Construction of 2 pumping stations,1 electric substation, 1 synchronized musical fountain control room

and 1 observation station room

Construction of culvert walls, spillway wall, apron wall, etc. in brick or stone masonry or in RCC

Construction of platforms, decks, etc.

SITC of 28 e-bio toilets at appropriate locations including prefabricated structure, sanitary and

plumbing fittings and fixtures, water tanks, bio digestor, clarifier, electronic flushing systems, etc.

Construction of plain and ornamental ashlar stone work including jaali works

Paving works for promenade, pause point bastion, pathway, walkway, ghats, ramps, steps, etc. in fine

dressed stone, flag stone, slab stone, dressed stone, cobble stone, etc.

Soft paving in bajri paths, dirt trails, etc.

CC interlocking paving in parking stalls, vending areas, and ramps

Ground covers in form of tended areas with shrubs, ground covers and bushes, manicured area such

as lawns, turfing etc., and untended area for wild growth

Plantation of approx. 205 trees of 21 varieties, 160 shrubs of 8 varieties, 550 plants of 11 varieties

Development of green open spaces around the lake edge like yoga park, jogging park, open gym,

deck park, etc.

SITC of street furniture like lamppost, bollards, dustbins, tree guard, benches, signage, etc.

Complete management, operation, and maintenance of the above-mentioned capital works for five (5)

years from the date of completion of capital works including Day to Day Repairs & Maintenance;

Annual Repairs; Annual Repairs; Additions & Alterations; Preventive Maintenance; Emergency

Maintenance; Preventive Maintenance; Operations; Engineering Support; Training and Administration;




149

Pricing and Revenue Collection; Periodical Environmental Monitoring Management and Mitigation;

Payment of all utility bills generated out of the assets/facilities; and Promotion outreach and event

management.

Complete management, operation, and maintenance services in a prudent, reasonable, and efficient

manner and in accordance with (i) Operating Manuals, the Administrative Procedures Manual and

applicable vendor warranties, (ii) the applicable Annual Facility Operating Plan and Annual Budget,

(iii) all applicable Laws, (iv) Prudent Utility Practices, (v) the requirements of any System Operator,

and (vi) all insurance policies specified. Reasonable efforts to optimize the useful life of the Facility/

and to minimize Reimbursable Costs and Facility outages or other unavailability.

Providing as reasonably necessary all labor and professional, supervisory, and managerial personnel

as are required to perform the management, operation, and maintenance services. Such personnel

shall be qualified to perform the duties to which they are assigned and shall meet any requirements

for Facility personnel under the Agreements.

Complying with all Laws applicable to the operation, maintenance and management of the Facilities

and the performance of the Services. Applying for and obtaining, all necessary permits, licenses, and

approvals (and renewals of the same) required to do business or perform the Services in the

jurisdictions where the Services are to be performed.

Maintaining, at a location acceptable to Employer, the Facility operating logs, records, and reports that

document the operation and maintenance of the Facilities, all in form and substance enough to meet

Employer's reporting requirements under the Agreements. Maintaining current revisions of drawings,

specifications, lists, clarifications, and other materials related to operation and maintenance of the

Facilities provided by Employer and vendors. Providing Employer reasonably necessary assistance

in connection with Employer's compliance with reporting requirements, applicable Laws or any other

agreement to which Employer is a party relating to the Facilities. Assistance shall include providing

reports, records, logs and other information that Employer may reasonably request as to the Facility

or its operation.

Promptly undertake all necessary action to attempt to prevent or mitigate threatened damage, injury

or loss during an emergency endangering the safety or protection of persons, facilities or properties

located in proximity.

Undertake all necessary action to prevent or to outage

Note - On acceptance of tender, the contractor at his own cost will construct a suitably equipped office at

site with basic facilities such as telephone(s), fax, internet, photocopier, computer(s) and printer(s) along

with operator(s), regular electric & drinking water supply and arrangement of site visit for SSCL‟s staff /

Engineer in Charge (EIC)/PMC is responsibility of the contractor. The contractor shall also make sufficient

arrangement for photography/video-graphy so that photographs video can be taken of any specific activity

at any point of time. The contractor shall also make arrangement of software like MS Project etc. for the

purpose of preparing progress report etc. The contractor shall make all arrangements for ground breaking

ceremony/inaugural function etc. for the project as required and the cost towards it deemed to be included

in his rates/offer. Any expenditure already incurred/to be incurred by SSCL, shall be recovered from the

contractor.

5.1.5. Nature of Work & Services

The nature of works and services involved in this project are, but not limited to the following:

Pre-construction works including setting up of site

Survey and investigation works including establishing of base line data for environmental and social

monitoring

Water resources management work like dewatering and desilting including transportation and hauling

Dismantling, demolition and site clearance works including rehabilitation of utility services




150

Excavation and earthworks including mechanical and manual excavations, construction of

embankments, profile correction, trenching, cutting, filling, benching, compacting, stripping, etc.

Water resources management works like embankment protection works like protection toe, stone

pitching, strengthening of slopes by geocells, etc.

Sub-base works like profiling by coba, sand bed, filter media blanket, etc.

Road works like WBM, WMM, surface painting, etc.

Cement concreting works like cast-in-situ concreting, precast concreting, PCC, mass concreting, RCC,

etc.

Drainage and plumbing works including laying of sewer/waste water pipes, services ducting,

channelization of drains, setting up and operation of modular STP/DEWATS, etc.

Electrical works like medium and high voltage cabling, services ducting, jointing and sleeving of cables,

promenade lighting with lamp posts, high mast lighting, flood lighting, transformers, paneling and other

associated works along with fire fight provisions, etc.

Steel works including fencing, structural steel, prefabricated structural steel in sluice gates,

prefabricated structural steel in bridges, in built-up sections, tubular sections, tubular trussing, railings,

grillage, gate, etc.

Masonry works including stone masonry, brick masonry, ashlar stone masonry, coping, veneering,

railing, jaali work etc.

Paving and flooring works including flagstone paving, cobble paving, interlocked paving, dressed stone

paving, slab paving, fine dressed stone flooring, granite flooring, bajri pathway, etc.

Horticulture works including site clearance, earthwork, manuring, sludging, grassing, turfing, plantation

of tree/shrubs/hedges/ground covers/creepers, fencing, vertical garden, etc.

Water resources management works like curtain grouting, soil sub-bases, crated gabions, filter media

sub-bases, specialized RCC works, sluice gates, SITC of water quality monitoring equipment(s), etc.

Bio-restoration and bio-manipulation works like water surface clearance, erosion protection, wetland

regeneration, soil and water bio-remediation, etc.

Specialized works involving SITC of waste bins, floating pontoon and dock systems, benches, deck

flooring, prefabricated e-bio toilets, etc.

Specialized works for synchronized musical fountain/water ballet show including SITC of all civil,

electrical, plumbing, mechanical, electronic, electro-mechanical, hydraulic works

Management operation and maintenance of all capital works mentioned above for a period of 5 years.

5.1.6. Sequence of Works and Milestones

The total time period allocated for the works are 18 months and 5 years for MOM services. Below tabulated is

the predicted sequencing of works in chronological order with their respective completion time from award of

contract. However the bidders are allowed to propose their own work plan within the given time-frame.

Sl. No. Desired Sequencing of Work (in chronological order) Time of

Completion in

months (from

time of award)

Milestone

w.r.t

Completion

of Total Work

or Services

1 Site Setting up including setting up of site office, labour camps, laboratory, material storage, mobilization of equipment, setting up of construction yard, securing working area, etc.

0.5 5%

2 Survey, Investigation and Mandated Assessments including Topo /TSS survey, hydrological investigations, environment and social appraisal, bathymetric survey, etc.

0.5

3 Dewatering of the Lake including setting up of temporary pumping stations, temporary tapping of existing waste

1.5 40%




151

water, complete pumping of water and sludge, building cofferdams, demolition of crest weir, etc.

4 Construction & development of waste water tapping network & Modular STP/DEWATS facilities including siting, sizing and construction of Modular STP/DEWATS, channelization, laying of waste water/storm water pipes, ducts and connections, and SITC of Modular STP/DEWATS

0.5

5 Demolition, dismantling and site clearance at the road level 3.0

6 Dry Desilting of the lake, feeder canal & outflow including siting and sizing of dump sites, all means of silt excavation, hauling, ramp works, transportation, etc.

6.0

7 Shore stabilization, protection embankment and construction of all submerged/semi-submerged sub-structures including reconstruction of the waste weir, construction of watershed silt trap, reconstruction and retrofitting of aqueducts, installation of sluice gates, construction of retaining/guard walls, reconstruction of culverts, embankment protection, redevelopment of ghats, pedestrian walkways, decks, bastions, boating and ferry jetties, pisciculture tanks, water fountain, iconic statue, etc.

5.0 75%

8 Wetland Bio Restoration including removal of surface infestation, soil erosion protection measures, wetland plantation, fish seeding, bio-remediation, bio-manipulation, etc.

1.5

9 Removal of all barrier structure(s), temporary arrangements and refilling of upper lake including removal of cofferdams, sheet piles, temporary waste water disposal pipes, interconnection of tapping pipes, testing/commissioning/operating of watershed silt trap/aqueduct/crest weir, etc.

1.0

10 Provision for all floating structure and water quality monitoring systems including SITC of synchronized musical fountain, pontoon jetties, all monitoring equipment, etc.

1.0

11 Substructure and ground burial services utilities at road level including ducting and burial of utility services (electrical cables, water supply pipes, storm water/waste water pipes, rain water swale), footings and foundation works, sub-base works, CC & RCC works, WBM, WMM, etc.

5.0 100%

12 Construction of all superstructures at the road level including toe/protection walls, stone/brick masonry works, protection fencing/railing, shelters/sheds/buildings, SITC of e-bio toilets, platforms, decks, etc.

3.0

13 Ground Cover, flooring, and paving including all paving works, pathways, preparation of ground cover surfaces, etc.

5.0

14 Landscaping, plantation, and street furniture 4.0

15 Management, Operation and Maintenance of the above mentioned capital works for 5 years

C+60 100%

A= date of award of work or agreement

C= completion or commissioning of all capital works




152

The illustrative work plan assuming that the dewatering, desilting and all water submerged works have to be

finished within before the rainy season is as follows:


Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development,

Sagar, Madhya Pradesh, India Sagar Smart City Limited

153

Sl. No.

Work Description Months Oct-2019

Nov- 2019

Dec- 2019

Jan-2020

Feb-2020

Mar-2020

Apr-2020

May-2020

Jun-2020

Jul-2020

Aug-2020

Sep-2020

Oct-2020

Nov-2020

Dec-2020

Jan-2021

Feb-2021

Mar-2021

Activity Time

1. Site Setting-up

0.5

2. Survey & Investigation

0.5

3. Dewatering of the Lake

1.5

4. Site Clearance Demolition & Dismantling at road level

0.5

5. Construction of Waste Water Tapping Network & Modular STP/DEWATS

3.0

6. Dry Desilting & Transportation to Dump Site(s)

6.0

7. Construction of embankment & construction of all submerged/semi-submerged structures

5.0

8. Wetland Bio Restoration

1.5

9. Dismantling of Temporary Arrangements & Refilling of Lake

1.0

10. Procurement and SITC of all floating structure

1.0

11. Construction of substructure and ground burial services utilities at road level

5.0

12. Construction of all superstructures at the road level

3.0

13. Construction of ground cover, flooring, and paving

5.0

14. Landscaping, plantation, and street furniture

4.0

15. Management, Operation and Maintenance of the above mentioned capital works

60.0




154

5.1.7. Material and Workmanship

All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds described in the contract and in accordance

with the Architect's/Engineer instructions and shall be subjected from time to time to such tests as the Engineer

may direct at the place of manufacture or fabrication or on the site or at such other place or places as may be

specified in the Contract or at all or any of such places. The contractor shall install quality control laboratory

and provide such assistance, instruments, machines, labour and materials as are normally required for

examining, measuring and test in any work and the quality, weight or quantity of any material used and shall

supply samples of materials before incorporation in the works for testing as may be selected and required by

the Engineer-in-charge.

5.1.8. Period of MOM and Defect Liability

The Defect Liability Period for the project is twelve (12) months after the completion, commissioning and

handing over of the capital works. Defect Liability Period includes products and goods under warranty and

guarantee. The Management Operation and Maintenance Services of the capital works including the DLP shall

be 60 months after the completion, commissioning and handing over of the capital works.

The Contractor shall be responsible to make good within such period as maybe stipulated by the Engineer in-

charge any defect which may develop or may be noticed during period of management, operation and

maintenance of 60 months from the certified date of completion and which is attributable to the contractor. All

notice of such defect shall be given to the Contractor promptly. In case the contractor fails to make good the

defects, the Engineer in-charge may employ other persons to make good such defects and all expenses

consequent thereof and incidental thereto shall be recoverable from the Contractor. In the event the employer

takes over portions of work as they are completed the liability of the contractor for these portions shall extend

to a period of 60 months from the actual dates on which portions of the works are taken over.

The successful bidder/contractor is required to undertake detailed photo recording documentation by still

photography, videography of the entire work prior to commencement and the same has to be deposited with

the Engineer in charge in two copies immediately. Before dismantling any old work to redo this still photography

with specifically putting some identity mark number of the portion by any specified means has to be done and

this to be got checked and certified by Engineer In charge and recorded specifically in the measurement book

(M.B.). A written permission from the Engineer in charge before commencement of executing such work is

essential for execution as well as for payments.

During the work in progress and after its completion also photo documentation is necessary and the photos

before & after completion of portion of work are essentially to be enclosed with the bill for payment.




155

5.2. SPECIFICATIONS

The works in general shall be carried out as per latest MP-WRD, MP-UADD and CPWD Specifications,

(updated with corrections slips issued upto last date of submission of tender) unless otherwise specified in the

nomenclature of the individual item or in the particular specifications of concerned items of works.

For items not covered under MP-WRD, MP-UADD and CPWD specifications with correction slips or those

specifications are not given in the technical specifications appended or not incorporated in the nomenclature

of the individual item, the work shall be done as per latest relevant BIS Codes of Practice or as per approval

of Engineer-in-charge.

All the works shall be executed as per the approved drawings / designs. The patterns shown in the tender

drawings can be modified as per the site requirements by the Engineer- in-charge and nothing extra

whatsoever shall be payable over and above the quoted rates.

Material should be of the best approved quality obtainable and they shall comply to the respective Indian

Standard Specifications. Samples of all materials shall be got approved before placing order and the approved

sample shall be deposited with the Client/Engineer In-Charge.

Only ISI mark 43/53 grade Ordinary Portland Cement of relevant I.S. specifications shall be used for the work.

Any lot of cement brought to site by the Contractor would be permitted to be used in the work only after the

satisfactory results are received, of the requisite tests under the supervision of the Engineer-In-Charge or his

authorized representative.

Crushing Unit and Batching plant- The crushing unit should be capable of producing particles which are equi-

dimensional or cubicle in shape conforming to the grading requirement. For this purpose, typical two stage

crusher configuration of jaw primary crusher and a cone secondary crusher will be obligatory. In the batching

plant, as per the applicable specifications, the aggregates shall pass through screening unit to separate them

into different sized fractions and deposit them on bins as per specifications.

The Contractor shall submit test certificate in the Performa prescribed / approved by B.I.S. from the

manufacturer for every batch of steel brought to the work site.

The surface regularity of the completed sub-grade, sub-base, base course and widening of surfaces in

longitudinal and transverse direction shall be within the tolerance limit.




156

5.2.1. General

5.2.1.1. All materials to be used on work shall conform to relevant specifications of Bureau of Indian

Standards and specifications, circulars issued by MP-WRD or MP-UADD or CPWD from time to time,

unless otherwise specifically intended by the Department for specific purpose.

5.2.1.2. The rates in all items are inclusive of all lead, lift and transportation of material except otherwise

specified in the item. No extra on this account is payable unless otherwise specifically mentioned in

any item.

5.2.1.3. The rates for completed items also include the cost of material, labour, workmanship, quality

assurance measures, field/ laboratory test, mix design, finishing, wastage, enabling work, loss on

stocks, machinery, templates, tools and plants and other appliances etc. required for proper

execution of work. It also covers provision for erection and removal of shuttering, scaffolding and

ladders, protection of work during construction such as erosion and falling materials and other

causes.

5.2.1.4. Measurements: Unless otherwise stated, hereafter all works shall be measured net in decimal

system, as fixed in position as given below:

a) Each dimension shall be generally measured to the nearest 0.01 m, or any other lesser units if

specified.

b) Area shall be generally worked out to the nearest 0.01 sqm or any other lesser units if specified.

c) Cubical contents shall be generally worked out to the nearest 0.01 cum or any other lesser units

if specified.

5.2.1.5. The rates for completed items unless and otherwise mentioned are:

a) Inclusive of royalty charges of materials as per notification of Govt. of MP, Mining Department,

and Excluding GST on commodities.

b) Exclusive of applicable GST on total amount of civil contract shall be added on the base amount

worked.

c) Inclusive of Contractor’s profit & overheads, Sundries, Labour cess, etc.

d) Inclusive of site clearance, haul roads, working under watery situation, de-silting but exclude

dewatering and diversion arrangement, wherever applicable.

5.2.1.6. In general, the use of Muster Rolls is prohibited. In special conditions the Government orders for use

of N.M.R. be followed strictly. For execution of works on NMR the rates will be reduced by the element

of contractor's profit (10%). Hence works executed on NMR should be 10x100/112= 8.9 say 9%

below schedule of rates. For awarding contracts on piecework, the deduction will be only 7% because

there will be element of profit restricted to 3%. Hence work executed on piecework shall be

7x100/112= 6.25% say 6% below schedule of rates. Prior sanction of competent authority as

assigned by the Government shall be necessary for execution of works on NMR or piecework. The

NMR/ piecework rates arrived in accordance with (a) above shall be rounded off to next Rupee.

5.2.1.7. Useful rubble, boulder and stone chips obtained from excavation shall be issued to the contractor for

use on works (including enabling works and aggregate crushing) at the issue rates specified for those

materials.

5.2.1.8. The rates as provided in the schedule of rates of PWD/MPRRDA/PHED/UADD/ MP State Electricity

Companies be adopted, after ensuring deduction of taxes, for the items not found in this Schedule

of Rates & the general instructions of respective SOR with specifications shall be followed.

5.2.1.9. The sequence of preference for SOR will be:

a) MP WRD CSR 2017

b) MP UADD ISSR 2012 All Volumes (multiplier of 0.9 applied to all rates as per UADD circular)




157

c) CPWD 2017 All Volumes

d) SORs or Tender of Other Madhya Pradesh Government Departments

e) SORs or Tender of Other Madhya Pradesh Public Sector Organizations

f) SORs or Tender of Other Central Government Departments

g) SORs or Tender of Other Central Government Public Sector Organizations

h) SORs or Tender of PWDs of nearby States (Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan, Gujarat

and Maharashtra)

i) SORs or Tender of Public Sector Organizations of nearby States (Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh,

Rajasthan, Gujarat and Maharashtra)

j) For Item Rates not available from the above a detailed Rate Analysis to be provided

5.2.1.10. The sequence of preference for Specifications apart from IS Code(s), IRC and MORTH, which shall

anyway prevail over the others, will be:

a) MP WRD Specifications (All 4 Volumes)

b) MP UADD Specifications (All 4 Volumes)

c) CPWD Specifications (All 4 Volumes)

d) Technical Specifications of other Madhya Pradesh Government Departments

e) Technical Specifications of Other Central Government Departments

f) Technical Specifications of PWDs of nearby States (Uttar Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Rajasthan,

Gujarat and Maharashtra)

g) Technical Specifications from Approved Tenders by any State or Central Government/PSU

h) Technical Specifications from International Standards

i) Technical Specifications (non-monopolized) from Vendors/Suppliers

5.2.1.11. All steel shall be procured from an authorized dealer or original producers who manufacture billets

directly from iron ores and roll the billets to produce steel conforming to IS: 1786. No re- rolled steel

shall be used on the works.

5.2.1.12. The nomenclature of items given in the schedule of rates shall not be deviated and shall be followed

as they are. It is important that the deviation can be done only for items, which do not find place in

the schedule of rates with due permission from Engineer in Charge, SSCL.

5.2.1.13. Work shall be executed strictly in accordance with relevant IS Codes, IRC, MORTH, Technical

circulars & specifications issued by MP-WRD or MP-UADD or CPWD from time to time or

specifications of relevant departments whose SOR items are used. Wherever any reference is made

to any specified code in the schedule, it shall be taken as reference to the latest edition with all

amendments issued.

5.2.1.14. In the interpretation of description of items or rates of the schedule and specifications, the decision

of the Engineer in Chief, UADD shall be final, unless otherwise specified.

5.2.1.15. The estimates for works shall be prepared based on MP-WRD CSR 2017, MP UADD ISSR for

comparison of tendered rates with common datum throughout the department, without adding or

subtracting anticipated tender rates.

5.2.1.16. The labour rates adopted for preparation of SORs are inclusive of provision for weekend holiday.

5.2.1.17. Any ancient carvings, relics of antiquity, coins or other curiosities which may be discovered or

excavated are the property of Government and are to be delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge.

5.2.1.18. Any vegetation, earth, moorum, sand, gravel, stone, debris, bricks, brickwork, concrete, masonry etc.

obtained from excavation shall form the property of the government.

5.2.1.19. The horizontal (depth-wise or height-wise) splitting of work shall not be done. The sanction for

longitudinal (length wise) splitting of work shall be accorded when considered desirable with due

regard to junction with other group(s).




158

5.2.1.20. The items of work to be adopted for execution of works shall be based on designed requirements

and type of works, however for small works.

5.2.1.21. During execution of work all regulations, notifications, bye laws of Central, State Government and

Local bodies shall be followed.

5.2.2. Survey and Investigation

5.2.2.1. Exploration by pits/ Trenches/ Drifts / and Shafts

Open test pits, trenches, drifts and are features accessible for visual examination in subsurface

exploration and afford the most complete information on the ground penetrated. Location of pits,

trenches, drifts and shafts shall preferably be decided in consultation with an engineering geologist;

invariably to be followed for the medium and major irrigation projects.

Exploration by Test pits:

Pits are dug manually but mechanical equipment may also be used for the purpose up to shallow

depths. In dry ground, pits are economical in comparison to bore holes up to a depth of about 5m

depending upon the location. As the depth increases, the cost of excavating a pit increases very

rapidly and it is seldom that unsupported pits are dug to a depth exceeding 6 m except in the case

of hard soils. The top of a pit shall be kept large enough so that dimension of the pit at the bottom

may be at least 1.2 m X 1.2 m which are sufficient to provide necessary working space. Additional

space for sheeting and timber support, hoisting arrangements and ladder, etc. shall be provided. A

recommended Performa for the recording of information obtained from trial pits is given in Appendix

(A) in MPWRD Specification Volume 1.

For deep pits in soil, the walls shall be supported by timber. Typical sheeting and bracing to be

adopted in such cases is shown in plate 2-p/3 Instead of sheeting and bracing, cribbing with 75x150

mm may be used and the arrangement is shown in plate 2-p/4. In loose materials, it is advisable to

keep the space between the pit walls and the cribbing at a minimum and also to pack the space with

hay or wood shavings, and to keep the bottom of cribbing close to the bottom of the pit. The material

from such pits is removed by buckets operated from a hoist or windlass which should be equipped

with a ratchet device for safety. During excavation, the pit should be kept fairly level and of full section

so that each lift may represent the corresponding portion of the deposit in quality and quantity. The

excavated material should be placed round the pits as stockpiles, separated when significantly

different materials are encountered; and marked stakes should be driven in to the stockpiles to

indicate the depth from which the materials were excavated in order to facilitate logging and sampling

latter on. The excavated material should be placed round the pits in the manner it is received from

the excavation, preferably in a clockwise direction. The deposits of excavated material from the pit

at every change in strata should be dumped separately in the manner described above. Samples

from these deposits should be taken as soon as material comes out of the pots and the natural water

content of the excavation material determined.

Test pits left open for inspection shall be provided with covers or barricades for safety. Pits and

trenches shall be suitably fenced. Trenches and pits should be filled back properly when exploration

and physical inspections are completed and the relevant records have been obtained.

When water is encountered in a pit, suitable dewatering system may be required for further progress.

Where suction pumps are used it is desirable that the suction hose be10 mm larger in diameter than

the discharge opening on the pump and the suction head not more than 4.5 m. This requires resetting

the pump in the pit (on a frame attached to the cribbing) at intervals of about 3.5 m. When an internal

combustion engine is used in the pit, it would be necessary to lead the exhaust gases well away from

the pit.




159

Undisturbed samples may be obtained from open pits from each stratum if the nature of the deposit

permits. For this purpose, a pillar of suitable dimensions, say, 40 x 40 cm should be left undisturbed

at the center of the pit to collect undisturbed samples of required size from each layer showing a

change of formation. If the thickness of each layer exceeds 2m, a second sample may be taken.

These undisturbed samples will be useful for the determination of several characteristics of the in

situ material. Special care shall be taken to preserve the natural moisture content of the samples.

Open pits on dam axis shall be dug at every chain up to at least 1 m inside the rock level unless the

rock level is very deep say more than 6 m in which case these shall be taken to a depth equal to

(M.W.L. - G.L.)/2 or H/3 (H is the height of dam from the lowest nalla level to the T.B.L. of the dam)

whichever is more. It is desirable to locate some pits on the probable cut off line.

For waste weir, pits at 2 chains apart, shall be dug to rock level or to hard strata. These shall be

taken at every 2nd or 3rd chain of the spill channel, The maximum depth shall be restricted to 6 m

and if rock or suitable hard strata is not met with within 6 m depth, pits on other alternative site shall

be dug. For canals, pits shall be dug at every 150 m to a depth equal to full supply depth of the canal

or 2 metre below the designed bed level (whichever is less). Separate pits at the location of structures

shall be taken to a depth up to 1 m inside the rock or hard strata level (maximum depth 6 m).

Exploration by Trenches:

Test trenches are useful when a continuous exposure along a given line or section is desired. In

general they serve the same purpose as the pit but have the added advantage of disclosing the

continuity or limits of the formations or deposits in question and any vertical faults in the rock

structured.

The field work consists of excavating an open trench from the top to the bottom of the slope to reach

representative undisturbed material. Either a single slot trench down the face of the slope or a series

of short trenches spaced at appropriate intervals along the slope may be excavated. Depending on

the extent of the investigation required, use may be made of picks and shovels; bulldozers, ditching

machines, back hoes or dragline.

Exploration by Borings and Drilling:

Power Auger Borings - The most suitable type of power-auger for soil investigations is the one that

will drill a hole at least 60 cm. in diameter (preferably 70 cm to 90 cm), which is large enough for a

man to enter and make accurate inspection or sampling of the soil in place. These large-size augers

will drill into slightly cohesive soils containing appreciable quantities of gravel up to 7.5 or 10 cm in

size. Power-augers ate not satisfactory for use in boulder materials.

Most augers permit boring of holes of about 2.5 m to 3.65 m depth. However, more recent equipment

allow boring up to 6 m or even 12 m depths.

This type of exploration has to be resorted where the required strata or deposit in case of

investigation of materials, cannot be reached by the methods mentioned above or where the

compaction or the soil strata or presence of boulders and rock make it necessary. The various

methods described under relevant para of chapter 22 - "Drilling and Grouting " shall be followed.

Use and Extent of Use-The Use and its extent for the various types of drilling is given below:

a) Rotary Drilling- Rotary drilling may be used in firm clays, compact sands and silts to estimate the

extent of overburden. Such drilling can be accomplished without casing the bore hole A drilling

fluid is farced in to the sides of the hole through the rotating drill bit. This provides sufficient

strength for the hole to be drilled without casing. The rotary drills employ some form of hardened

steel core bits with a cutting edge. After rock is reached the rotary drilling should be replaced by

diamond core drilling. The borehole in the overburden should be cased before commencing

diamond drilling.




160

b) Core Drilling-The two types of allowable drills in are:

i. Small Diameter Shot Drill-Use is similar as for diamond drill. But it shall be difficult to drill angle

holed by this method and also cores are rough and not easy to examine. It shall not core small

holes and softer materials. However, holes are large enough to be explored with instruments

and method is cheaper than diamond drilling in loose rocks and boulders.

ii. Large Diameter Shot Drill-This is not used for the same purpose as the diamond or small shot

drill. It takes the place of hard-excavated shafts, drilling large holes to make visual inspection

easy and reliable and also leaves the rock undisturbed. But this method is not suited for

inclined holed and is expensive for small jobs.

Rates for Drilling Works:

Rate for drilling work include:

a) All lead and lifts of materials, machines and labourers.

b) Cost of taking out cores, logging labeling and preservation of cores, maintaining in serial order

and painting depths on cores & core box and protection of drill holes till final

measurements.

c) Water and air charges.

5.2.2.2. Levelling for Headworks

Levelling Instrument:

For first /second order levelling operations, primary/ secondary levels or leveling instruments are

respectively used. The primary levels and secondary levels conforming to specifications of IS:9613-

1980 and IS:4590-1980respectively shall be used. Primary level is a high precision level used for

height measurements for topographical maps, engineering works such as tunneling, installation of

heavy machinery, hydroelectric projects etc.; height determination for geophysical purposes; quantity

reductions and to record changes or height. Secondary level is a medium accuracy level used for

second order levelling operations. These operations are undertaken for height determination for

topographical works installation of machinery construction of roads, railways, building works etc.

Leveling staff:

These confirming to specifications of IS:1779-1961 shall be used

Survey party for Double Levelling:

The survey party for double levelling should invariably be headed by the sub- division officer

concerned or an officer not below the rank of an Assistant Engineer.

The general instructions for carrying out systematic levelling work and making entries in the field/

level book as appended at Appendix - VII shall be followed.

5.2.2.3. Fixing Benchmarks

Ordinary or Temporary Bench Marks:

In the case of spread out works, several bench marks duly connected to standard bench marks or

permanent bench marks by double leveling shall be constructed and fixed as per the type design

No.6 of M.P Water Resources Department given at plate 2-p/2 The procedure for double leveling,

selection of their locations and other specifications shall be the same as for the standard or

permanent bench marks.

5.2.2.4. Reconnaissance and study of maps

Before reconnaissance it is necessary to thoroughly the need, extent and limitations of the project.

And before field reconnaissance is started, all available data and maps detailed below shall be

thoroughly studied to avoid waste and repetition of effort.




161

a) Previous history of the area,

b) Projects considered, investigated or constructed in the area.

c) Topographical maps published by survey of India,

d) Forest maps, from G.S.I and Maps and Data from Meteorological department, and

e) Recent aerial photographs/ satellite imageries so as to furnish up-to date information on cultivated

area, natural vegetation and growth, geological reconnaissance information and sources of

construction materials. Aerial photographs may be obtained from survey of India Dehradun and

satellite imageries from Indian Institute of Remote sensing, Balanagar, Hyderabad.

The reconnaissance for minor irrigation projects shall be carried out and its report prepared as

specified at Appendix-I Appendix-II, MPWRD Specification, Volume 1 given the guide lines for filling

the check statement for medium and major projects shall be prepared on the basis of the check list

appended at Appendix- III, MPWRD Specification, Volume 1

For execution of item labour only survey, one Sub Engineer unit may engage a maximum of one

Amin (Qualified) or Survey Attendant (ITI certificate holder), one field Assistant, Abhiyana (Matric) or

Time-keeper (Matric). This item shall be executed on prior written sanction of the Superintending

Engineer/ Chief Engineer, specifying the number of Sub-Engineer units in each Sub Division and the

period for which they are to be engaged.

5.2.2.5. Topographic Survey

Topographical surveys including preparation of survey plans to cater to the requirements of

Appendix-IV, MPWRD Specification, Volume 1.

For topographical and cadastral survey by total station the area will be measured in hectares.

The rates are based on the following average daily progress that can be normally achieved under

average conditions by one survey party:

a) For total station survey party includes 9 persons (2 diploma holder surveyor, 2 prism holder

(unskilled), 1data composer, 2 instrument carrier/helper (unskilled), 1 umbrella & water man, 1

axe-man for clearing obstacles)

For total station, it shall be mandatory to obtain a soft copy of field work raw data from the survey

agency so that the results can be checked at any time.

5.2.2.6. Geological Investigations

Geological and Foundation Investigations- C.W.C guide lined for foundation investigation of major

projects are appended at Appendix-V, MPWRD Specification, Volume 1.

5.2.2.7. Hydrographic survey/ Bathymetry survey

Hydrographic survey/ Bathymetry survey shall confirm to the following:

a) Works include Hydrographic survey work at the site or in the command area of the water body

and Submission of survey drawings and reports

b) The survey scale and spacing shall be as specified by the Engineer.

c) For the area where localised protrusions are observed or expected, the spacing shall be closer to

pick up all peculiar features in the area. The same shall be applied to pick up the toe line and the

crest line of any sloping ground.

d) All survey levels are in Admiralty Chart Datum (ACD) for echo sounding survey and Land Survey

Datum (LSD) based on relevant local survey grid system. The conversion between ACD and LSD

shall be indicated in the survey drawing.

e) A minimum of five (5) control stations of a reasonably permanent nature should be left at site, and

should be clearly shown in the survey drawings.




162

f) The echo sounding equipment shall be checked and calibrated at the beginning and end of each

day’s work. This shall be carried out within the area of the survey. The equipment shall be

calibrated by approved method. Check soundings shall be made by lead line at reasonable

spacing (30m) over the echo sounding survey emphasizing on coverage as directed by the

Engineer.

g) A continuous record of tide levels during the period of sounding shall be submitted along with the

echo sounding survey report. The error in the survey shall not exceed the following:

iii. Echo Sounding In horizontal position = ± 3.0 m

iv. In vertical position = ± 0.2 m

h) Metric units shall be used throughout the survey.

i) The following shall be surveyed and plotted on survey plan:

i. Lot boundaries

ii. Vegetation edge

iii. Existing structures

iv. Drainage outlets with invert level

v. Pipeline/cable crossing/other utilities or services under and on ground surface

vi. Existing navigation marks

vii. Existing shore-protection works

viii. Sunken barges/vessels

ix. Rocky outcrops

x. Contours (to include also these contours: +2.1m ACD, +1.2m ACD)

xi. Ground levels

j) The drawings to be submitted shall follow the format of the hydrographic survey drawings issued

during tender.

k) All the above drawings are to be in AutoCAD Format in 3D mode. The Contractor is to supply 5

sets of CD-ROM containing the survey data.

l) The drawings shall be submitted as follows:

i. One (1) set of tracing.

ii. Five (5) sets of prints.

iii. Five (5) sets (A3) of all drawings mentioned above.

iv. Five (5) sets of Report describing the survey details including description of all equipment

used, tide observation, bench marks, positioning control, track plots, weather, personnel,

photographs of all above-mentioned and all drain outlets, etc.

v. Original set of all record, site notes, echo record, tide observation, daily site report, etc.

m) The surveyor is expected to be a licensed land and hydrographic surveyor (registered in India),

who shall check and endorse all drawings and reports submitted. He is expected to carry out the

works in his normal professional capacity, including allowance for liaison with relevant authorities,

hire of boats, and the likes to enable survey to proceed as specified.

n) Cost of survey works includes: hiring of boat/barges or floating structure/platform, buoys,

transport of equipment and workforce, etc.

5.2.2.8. Initial Environmental Examination or Environmental Impact Assessment

Initial Environmental Examination or Environmental Impact Assessment shall confirm to the

following:

a) Waterfront development may create a wide range of impacts on the environment by desilting,

dredging, construction work, landfills, discharges, transport operations, and other lake related

activities. The potential adverse effects of waterfront development encompass water pollution,

contamination of bottom sediments, loss of bottom habitat, damage to marine ecology and

fisheries, beach erosion, current pattern changes, waste disposal, spillage, hazardous material




163

emissions, air pollution, noise, vibration, visual pollution, and other unhealthy socio-cultural

impacts.

b) EIA procedures are designed to identify environmental problems which may be caused by a

development project and determine the magnitude of change in the environment. Through this

process design, location and operational changes can be introduced to minimize the adverse

impacts of the development. EIA usually has preliminary and detailed phases. The first phase is

called an Initial Environmental Examination (lEE) and the second is Environmental Impact Studies

(EIS) or simply detailed EIA. The lEE is a study on potential impacts which a proposed project

might have on the environment.

c) The lEE contains a brief statement of key environmental issues, based on readily available

information, and is used in the early (pre-feasibility) phase of project planning. The lEE also

suggests whether in-depth studies are needed. An EIA is a more detailed study of the probable

significant effects both beneficial and adverse which a proposed project will have on the

environment.

d) A typical EIA report includes the following major elements:

i. description of the project,

ii. description of the environment,

iii. anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures,

iv. alternatives,

v. economic assessment,

vi. an environmental management plan that includes institutional requirements and

environmental monitoring program,

vii. public consultation and disclosure, and

viii. conclusion.

e) A typical IEE includes the following major elements:

i. description of the project,

ii. description of the environment,

iii. potential environmental impacts and mitigation measures,

iv. institutional requirements and environmental monitoring program,

v. public consultation and disclosure

vi. findings and recommendations, and

vii. conclusion.

f) Cost of IEE or EIA includes all surveys, monitoring, manpower, production of report and periodical

public consultations

5.2.2.9. Socio-economic Survey or Social Impact Assessment

Socio-economic Survey for preparing Social Impact Assessment shall confirm to the following:

a) The data collection methods and analytical tools used (e.g., qualitative versus quantitative data,

mix of data from different units of analysis for triangulation of results);

b) The units of analysis used for the social assessment (e.g., household level, community level or

other relevant social aggregations);

c) If sampling is used, rationale and criteria for sampling sites and respondents; please note that

representative sampling (rather than subjective sampling) should be employed wherever

possible;

d) A typical SIA report includes the following major elements:

i. Non-technical summary

ii. Project description (up to 2 pages)

iii. Analysis of policy, legal, and administrative framework

iv. Stakeholder identification and analysis

v. Socio-cultural, economic, historical, institutional, and political context

vi. Methodology of data collection and impact analysis




164

vii. Identification, prediction, and assessment of impacts

viii. Analysis of alternatives

ix. Social Management Plan

x. Stakeholder consultation

e) Cost of SIA includes all surveys, monitoring, manpower, production of report and periodical public

consultations

5.2.3. Dewatering

5.2.3.1. The work to be completed by the Contractor includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

a) Implementation of the Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan.

b) Dewater excavations, including seepage and precipitation.

5.2.3.2. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all materials, equipment, labor, and services

necessary for care of water and erosion control. Excavation work shall not begin before the Erosion

and Sedimentation Control Plan is in place.

5.2.3.3. Following minimum requirements are desired for the dewatering works:

a) Dewatering system shall be of sufficient size and capacity necessary to lower and maintain

ground water table to an elevation at least 300 mm (1 foot) below lowest foundation subgrade or

bottom of pipe trench and to allow material to be excavated, piles to be driven, and concrete

placed, in a reasonably dry condition. Materials to be removed shall be sufficiently dry to permit

excavation to grades shown and to stabilize excavation slopes where sheeting is not required.

Operate dewatering system continuously until backfill work has been completed.

b) Reduce hydrostatic head below any excavation to the extent that water level in the construction

area is a minimum of 300 mm (1 foot) below prevailing excavation surface.

c) Prevent loss of fines, seepage, boils, quick conditions or softening of foundation strata.

d) Maintain stability of sides and bottom of excavation.

e) Construction operations are performed in the dry.

f) Control of surface and subsurface water is part of dewatering requirements. Maintain adequate

control so that:

i. The stability of excavated and constructed slopes are not adversely affected by saturated

soil, including water entering prepared subbase and subgrades where underlying

materials are not free draining or are subject to swelling or freeze-thaw action.

ii. Erosion is controlled.

iii. Flooding of excavations or damage to structures does not occur.

iv. Surface water drains away from excavations.

v. Excavations are protected from becoming wet from surface water, or insure excavations

are dry before additional work is undertaken.

g) The contractor shall comply with and obtain the required permissions from State Government or

any other regulatory bodies for where the work is performed

5.2.3.4. Following minimum compliances for installation of the dewatering systems are required from the

contractor:

a) Install a dewatering system to lower and control ground surface water in order to permit

excavation, construction of structure, and placement of backfill materials to be performed under

dry conditions. Make the dewatering system adequate to pre-drain the water-bearing strata above

and below the bottom of structure foundations, utilities, and other excavations.

b) In addition, reduce hydrostatic pressure head in water-bearing strata below structure foundations,

utility lines, and other excavations, to extent that water levels in construction area are always a

minimum of 300 mm (1 foot) below prevailing excavation surface.




165

5.2.3.5. Following minimum compliances for operation of the dewatering systems are required from the

contractor:

a) Prior to any excavation below the ground water table, place system into operation to lower water

table as required and operate it continuously 24 hours a day, 7 days a week until utilities and

structures have been satisfactorily constructed, which includes the placement of backfill materials

and dewatering is no longer required.

b) Place an adequate weight of backfill material to prevent buoyancy prior to discontinuing operation

of the system.

5.2.3.6. Following minimum compliances for water disposal of the dewatering systems are required from the

contractor:

a) Dispose of water removed from the excavations in such a manner as:

i. Will not endanger portions of work under construction or completed.

ii. Will cause no inconvenience to Government or to others working near site.

iii. Will comply with the stipulations of required permits for disposal of water.

iv. Will Control Runoff: The Contractor shall be responsible for control of runoff in all work

areas including but not limited to: excavations, access roads, parking areas, laydown,

and staging areas. The Contractor shall provide, operate, and maintain all ditches,

basins, sumps, culverts, site grading, and pumping facilities to divert, collect, and remove

all water from the work areas. All water shall be removed from the immediate work areas

and shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable permits.

b) Excavation Dewatering:

i. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all facilities required to divert, collect,

control, and remove water from all construction work areas and excavations.

ii. Drainage features shall have sufficient capacity to avoid flooding of work areas.

iii. Drainage features shall be so arranged and altered as required to avoid degradation of

the final excavated surface(s).

v. The Contractor shall utilize all necessary erosion and sediment control measures as

described herein to avoid construction related degradation of the natural water quality.

c) Dewatering equipment shall be provided to remove and dispose of all surface and ground water

entering excavations, trenches, or other parts of the work during construction. Each excavation

shall be kept dry during subgrade preparation and continually thereafter until the structure to be

built, or the pipe to be installed therein, is completed to the extent that no damage from hydrostatic

pressure, flotation, or other cause will result.

5.2.3.7. Contractor shall provide complete standby equipment, installed and available for immediate

operation, as may be required to adequately maintain de-watering on a continuous basis and if all or

any part of the system may become inadequate or fail.

5.2.3.8. If dewatering requirements are not satisfied due to inadequacy or failure of the dewatering system

(loosening of the foundation strata, or instability of slopes, or damage to foundations or structures),

perform work necessary for reinstatement of foundation soil and damaged structure or damages to

work in place resulting from such inadequacy or failure by Contractor, at no additional cost to

Government.

5.2.3.9. Contractor shall immediately repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by dewatering operations.

5.2.3.10. Contractor shall ensure compliance with all conditions of regulatory permits and provide such

information to the Engineer-in Charge. Obtain written approval from Engineer-in Charge before

discontinuing operation of dewatering system.




166

5.2.3.11. The applicable standard for dewatering is IS.9759-1981: Guide lines for dewatering during

construction. (Reaffirmed2003)

5.2.3.12. Rates for Electric Sub Station items, Lighting inside and outside Pump House, Earthing for Pump

House installation may be adopted as per MPSEB/MP PWD Schedule of rates.

5.2.3.13. The applicable standard for installation of pumps is IS. 1710 -1989: Pumps - Vertical Turbine Mixed

and Axial Flow, for Clear Cold Water (Reaffirmed 2009)

5.2.4. Dry De-silting

5.2.4.1. General:

Sedimentation of lakes and non-storage reservoirs is the process of accumulation of silt due to

excessive erosion at the watershed or at the local level. This causes reduction in the storage capacity

of the lake bed. The progressive loss of capacity due to sediment accumulation results in reduced

benefits and may even result in operational as well as physiological problems in the lake ecology.

De-siltation of lakes helps to partially restore the original capacity of the lake and improves the

ecological condition within the lakebed area. The desilted sediment can be separated into recyclable

components such as sand, clay, moorum and stone/boulder, which can be utilized for construction

purposes, brick/tile kilns, sludge farming, grass root cover for inert waste landfills, etc.

5.2.4.2. Estimation of quantity of deposited sediment in the lakebed:

For assessing the preliminary quantity of deposited silt in lakebed, gross sedimentation studies have

been carried out by the employer. However, the contractor, as a pre-excavation activity, shall conduct

a Bathymetric Survey and Sub-bottom profiling of the lake bed before dewatering of the lake by which

the elevation and thickness of underwater sediments can be assessed respectively. Before

dewatering the process, Bathymetric Survey and Sub-bottom profiling shall be jointly conducted by

the contractor and engineer-in charge for assessing the final quantity of sediments to be extracted.

5.2.4.3. Estimation of composition of deposited sediment in the lakebed:

For assessing the composition of sediments in the lakebed, limited bore investigations have been

carried out by the employer. However, the contractor, for estimating the composition of deposited

sediments, shall conduct bore investigations and get the samples analyzed at any State/Central

Government owned Engineering College laboratory or any other laboratory approved by Bureau of

Indian Standards. For accurate estimation of the composition, samples shall be collected at closer

intervals, preferably one each from a grid of 150 x 150 mts size. In case the sediment thickness is

more than 2.00 mts, one sample from the bottom of deposition is also needed for sediment

composition analysis.

5.2.4.4. Vetting and acceptance of estimated quantity of silt and its composition by a competent

technical committee:

An Empowered Technical Committee headed by designated officials from State Government’s Water

Resources Department, Minor Irrigation Department, Ground Water Commission, Lake Development

Authority, Pollution Control Board, Mining and Metallurgical Department and ULB shall vet and

accept the estimated quantity and percentage of composition of the silt.

5.2.4.5. Technology to be used for desilting of sediment (special excavation work):

The desilting of the lakebed shall be carried out using the dry-desilting method; the sediments, after

complete dewatering of the lakebed, shall be excavated by means of special equipment(s) and

stacked or stack piled to the designated nearby site(s) for segregation and dumping.




167

Contractor shall study the datum levels from the bathymetric survey outputs and prepare a plan for

desilting of allowable quantity in Bill of Quantities and obtain approval from the Engineer-in-Charge

and Environmental Expert

Contractor shall, on desilting plan, clearly demarcate areas required for shallow and deep desilting

based on the composition strata of the silt verified from hydro-geological investigations

Then the silt bottom of the reservoir shall be left to dry for at least 21 days, after which hauling ramps

and roads shall be constructed for movement of extraction equipment(s) to the designated extraction

areas.

The excavation consists of stripping the lake bed, excavations for cut-off trench, excavation of grip

trenches and foundation for spillway, stilling basin, side channel spillway, embankment, etc., the

excavation shall be carried out according to the directions of the Engineer-In-Charge.

The extraction of silt involves deployment of highly specialized equipment and vehicles namely: large

bucket excavator, bucket wheel excavator with conveyor belt, amphibian excavator capable of

movement into the high muddy and sludgy conditions, floating barge for carrying amphibian

excavator, loader, tipper, dumper, etc.

All open cut excavations shall be performed in accordance with the following specification. Assumed

excavation lines for the lake bed and other appurtenant works are shown on the drawings but the

final excavation may vary from the lines shown.

Slopes of all excavation to remain permanently exposed shall be dressed and finished to the

prescribed lines in a careful and workmen like manner.

The excavation for the foundation of cut-off trench at the elevations shall be shaped as determined

by the Engineer-in-Charge so as to produce the desired surface or contact between the fill material

and foundation rock.

At all stages of excavation work, all necessary precautions shall be taken to preserve the rock below

and beyond the lines of excavations in the soundest possible conditions. All blasting operation and

depth and size of holes and size and characteristics of the charge shall be subject to the approval of

the Engineer-In-Charge. The explosives used in the excavation shall be of such quality and power

as will neither damage, nor crack, the rock outside the prescribed limits of excavation and shall be

subject to the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge. Further blasting may disturb the rock upon which

earth fill is to be dumped, the use of explosives shall be discontinued and the excavation shall be

completed by wedging, chiseling, line dressing and breaking or other suitable methods, all at the

expense of the contractor as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. All loose shattered or disintegrated

materials shall be removed.

An damage done to the work due to the contractor’s operations including shunting the materials

beyond the excavation line shall be repaired by the contractor at his expense. All excess excavation

if any performed for the convenience of the contractor or over excavation performed by the contractor

for any purpose or reason except as may be ordered in writing by the Engineer-In-Charge and

whether or not due to fault of the contractor shall be at the expense of the contractor. When required

to complete the work all such excess excavation and over excavation shall be refilled with suitable

material as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge by the contractor at his expense. Grading near the

structure shall be controlled to prevent surface water running into excavated areas.

After the excavation work is completed, the final foundation surface shall present a rough outline and

all smooth surface shall be roughened. The surface shall be free from steep angles and top edges

of benches and line chambers approximately to 45%. Sharp projections and knobs shall be flattened

out. Neither along the length nor across the foundation shall have a slope exceeding the angle of

friction of rock masonry / concrete. Where slopes are steep, the rock shall be benched to give




168

necessary horizontal seating, the benches themselves sloping down towards upstream at about 1 in

10. All lose stones which give dull sound when stuck with hammer should be removed.

The final preparation of foundation surfaces shall be done immediately prior to the placing of concrete

/ masonry. The foundation shall be thoroughly cleaned off all loose particles including the finest of

chips, sand, dirt and slightest film of oil or grease. The whole surface including the corners, crevices

and joints shall be thoroughly cleaned by means of air and water jet under pressure. The foundation

shall be kept free from any stagnation of water prior to placing concrete and till the concrete sets.

Removal of slush by pan or bucket under watery situation including depositing the stuff as directed

in the specified dump area including all leads and lifts and including river diversion and bailing out

water, etc.,

The area where slush under watery situation is to be removed shall be cordoned off with a diversion

leak proof bund. Thereafter the water level in the area is depleted by putting a sump at a lowest point.

As the dewatering progresses, slush has to be removed by pan or bucket excavating hard strata

wherever necessary. All small boulders of less than 0.30 Cu.m in volume, shall be removed by pan

or bucket and conveyed by head loads or any type of conveyance and shall be deposited in the

specified dump area. The rate for this item will include all items of river diversion and bailing out

water.

Measurement of the excavated silt shall be done on a weigh bridge installed at the exit points of the

site. The weight of the excavated silt shall be determined as per the IS Codes. In case of the wet or

sludgy silt 20% shrinkage volume shall be deducted from the weighed materials.

5.2.4.6. Subsequent transportation and segregation of the silt:

The excavated materials shall be disposed of to the segregation plant or yard located outside the

site area or at a dump site or in the manner as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. All the useful

materials (in the opinion of the Engineer-In- Charge) obtained from excavation shall be stacked in

the dump area as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge and it is incumbent on the part of the contractor

to make use of the same as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Contractor shall, on desilting plan, clearly earmark entry and exit points for equipment and transport

vehicles. Contractor shall prepare a extraction/excavation and transportation plan for operations

involved in the extraction of the silt clearly indicating the temporary extraction locations, hauling

areas, loading areas and weighing areas within the site. An economical route shall be chosen by the

contractor for carriage of de-silted materials from the site to the designated and approved

disposal/dump site.

The separation/segregation/processing plant or yard shall be located at the most technically feasible

distance either separately or integrated with the designated dump site. The land for the

separation/segregation/processing plant or yard and the dump site shall be provided by the district

administration on lease subject to availability or arranged by the contractor which will be decided

during the bidding process. If the land is not provided by the Government, the contractor will provide

details of land along with location maps.

The processing shall involve segregation (wet method) of usable and recyclable compositions such

as boulder, gravel, sand, clay, organic matter, etc. and inert waste debris like plastic, glass, timber,

building debris, fabric, or any other non-degradable waste material. The segregated inert waste

debris shall be transported to the designated municipal landfill site adhering to the safety conditions

stipulated by the concerned authority without polluting the environment in any manner. No harmful

chemicals/flocculation agents shall be added during separation/segregation process. The area

required for separation yard and dumping site will depend on the size of the lake and the quantity of

sediments. Separation of compositions shall be done in such a manner that the properties of the

separated materials are strictly in accordance with the market requirements for which specifications




169

will be included in the bid document. Only usable materials which are not voluntarily accepted or are

not saleable shall be disposed-off to the dumping site.

5.2.4.7. Environmental concerns addressed due to the impact of chain of activities:

Withdrawal of sediments shall only be carried out from the stipulated location of the lake bed, as per

the work plan approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

No stacking/processing of the desilted materials shall be carried out within the lake bed or the lake

basin area.

All separated/segregated desilted material shall be packed and transported, to reduce the chances

of ambient air and water pollution. Packing shall be done within the segregation plant. In case

materials are not packed, the trucks/dumpers/tippers shall be well covered during transportation to

minimize pollution problems.

After the segregation process, the inert materials (as classified under the waste segregation

standards) shall be disposed-off to the designated municipal landfill site by suitable means of

transport. The contractor shall obtain permission to dump such materials at the landfill site from the

ULB.

No forest land or land with sensitive ecological boundaries shall be allocated as a stacking/dumping

site. The land should generally be: located at the downstream of the lake; isolated from populated

areas; leeway side of the wind direction to avoid wind-blown; the site that can be reused in the future;

silt into the environment; an infertile waste land with average elevation 1.50 mts less than the nearby

approach road; average slope less than 1%; without any streams/brook/rivulet/river or wetland

flowing through it or any historical site in proximity or part of a floodplain; land without any natural

and confined aquifer; land without dense vegetation or forest cover; land that has presence of

dominant and extinct species of flora and fauna;

Extraction of silt from the lake bed as per the acts, rules, byelaws, and guidelines of the department

of Mining. Prior permission shall be sought from all statutory and regulatory bodies before extraction

and transportation of the silt from the lake bed.

5.2.4.8. Monitoring, auditing, and accounting mechanism during the desilting process:

The accumulated sediments shall be removed only from within the boundary and sectors earmarked

by the Empowered Technical Committee. Desilting adjacent to any physically sensitive structure shall

be under close monitoring of the Water Resources and Minor Irrigation Department. The contractor

shall prepare a sector-wise excavation/desilting plan for the lake bed, output assessment of which

shall be done by the employer.

All transport vehicles and equipment used for desilting and transportation purpose, shall have

installed GPS enabled tracking systems. Also, CCTV surveillance system shall be installed at all

sides of the lake, dump site, segregation/stacking site and intermittently on the transportation route

for tracking and monitoring the activities. The concerned District Administration Office shall post a

Public Works Inspector at the desilting area and stacking/dumping site for monitoring and reporting.

The general process and sequencing of activities shall be followed for the dry desilting of the lake

bed as illustrated in the following flow chart:




170

5.2.4.9. Carriage of Materials, Leads and Lifts:

According to the specification C.P.W.D carriage by animal and mechanical transport shall be

reckoned in one km. unit. Distances of 0.5 km. or more shall be taken as 1 km. and distance of less

than 0.5 km. shall be ignored. However, when the total lead is less than 0.5 km., it will not be ignored

but paid for separately in successive stages of 50 meters subject to the condition that the rate worked

on this basis does not exceed the rate for initial lead of 1 km. by mechanical/animal transport.

Carriage by manual labour shall be reckoned in units of 50 meters or part thereof.

Lead: all distances shall be measured over the shortest route. Route other than shortest practical

route may be considered in cases of unavoidable circumstances and approved by Engineer-in-

charge along With reasons in writing.

Lift: The vertical distance for removal with reference to the ground level. The excavation up to 1.5

meters depth below the ground level and depositing the excavated materials upto 1.5 meters above

the ground level are included in the rate of earth work. Lifts inherent in the lead due to ground slope

shall not be paid for.

5.2.4.10. Discovery and Finding of Antiquities:

Any finds of archaeological interest such as relics of antiquity, coins, fossils or other articles of- value

obtained in excavation shall be delivered to the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the property of local

body (Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Nagar Panchayat).




171

Any material obtained from the excavation which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge is useful

shall be stacked separately in regular stacks as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge and shall be the

property of local body (Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Nagar Panchayat).

5.2.4.11. Underwater Excavation:

All water that may accumulate in excavations during the progress of the work from springs, tidal or

river seepage, broken water mains or drains (not due to the negligence of the contractor), and

seepage from subsoil aquifer shall be bailed, pumped out or otherwise removed. The contractor shall

take adequate measures for bailing and/or pumping out water from excavations and/or pumping out

water from excavations and construct diversion channels, bunds, sumps, coffer dams etc. as may

be required. Pumping shall be done directly from the foundation trenches or from a sump out side

the excavation in such a manner as to preclude the possibility of movement of water through any

fresh concrete or masonry and washing away parts of concrete or mortar. During laying of concrete

or masonry and for a period of at least 24 hours thereafter, pumping shall be done from a suitable

sump separated from concrete or masonry by effective means.

Capacity and number of pumps, location at which the pumps are to be installed, pumping hours etc.

shall be decided from time to time in consultation with the Engineer-in-Charge.

Pumping shall be done In such a way as not to cause damage to the work or adjoining property by

subsidence etc. Disposal of water shall not cause inconvenience or nuisance in the area or cause

damage to the property and structure nearby. To prevent slipping of sides, planking and strutting

may also be done with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.

Classification:

The earth work for various classification of soil shall be categorized as under:

a) Work in or under water and/or liquid mud: Excavation, where water is met with from any of the

sources specified in para 1.24.1 shall fall in this category. Steady water level in the trial pits before

the commencement of bailing or pumping operations shall be the sub-soil water level in that area.

b) Work in or under foul position: Excavation, where sewage, sewage gases or foul conditions are

met with from any source, shall fall in this category. Decision of the. Engineer-in-Charge whether

the work is in foul position or not shall be final.

Measurement:

The unit, namely, meter depth shall be the depth measured from the level of foul position/ subsoil

water level and upto the centre of gravity of the cross-sectional area of excavation done in the

conditions classified in above. Meter depth shall be reckoned correct to 0.1 m, 0.05 m or more shall

be taken as 0.1 m and less than 0.05 m ignored. The extra percentage rate is applicable in respect

of each item but the measurements shall be limited only to the quantities of earth work executed in

the conditions classified in para above.

In case earth work in or under foul position is also in or under water and/or liquid mud, extra payment

shall be admissible only for the earth work executed in or under foul position.

Pumping or bailing out water met within excavations from the sources specified above where

envisaged and specifically ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be measured

separately and paid. Quantity of water shall be recorded in kilolitres correct to two places of decimal.

This-payment shall be in addition to the payment under respective items of earthwork and shall be

admissible only when pumping or bailing out water has been specifically ordered by the Engineer-in-

Charge in writing.




172

Planking and strutting or any other protection work done with the approval of the Engineer-in- Charge

to keep the trenches dry and/or to save the foundations against damage by corrosion of rise in water

levels shall be measured and paid for separately.

Bailing or pumping out water, accumulated in excavation, due to rains is included under respective

items of earthwork and is not to be paid separately.

Rates:

The rates for respective items described above shall include cost of all the operations as may be

applicable.

5.2.4.12. Earthwork by Mechanical Means:

Earth work by mechanical means involves careful planning keeping in view site conditions i.e. type

of soil, nature of excavation, distances through which excavated soil is to be transported and working

space available for employing these machines. The earth moving equipment should be accordingly

selected. The earth moving equipment consists of excavating and transporting equipment.

Please note that the other specialized equipment and transport vehicles required for earthwork in

desiltation process shall be referred from the minimum equipment specifications provided by the

employer.

Excavators:

The excavators generally used at site are as follows: (i) Dipper-shovel (ii) Backhoe (in) Skimmer (iv)

Dragline (v) Clamsheel

Tractor-based Equipment:

It is a self-propelled crawler or wheeled machine used to exert a push or pull force through mounted

equipment. It is designed either as attachments to normal tracked or wheeled tractors or as machines

in which the earth moving attachments and the tractor are designed as a single integrated unit. A

tractor, which is hydraulically operated, can be rigged as: (i) Loaders: (ii) Tractor Shovel: (iii) Trench

Digger (iv) Scraper (v) Bulldozer (vi) Angle-dozer

Transporting Equipment:

This implies horizontal movement primarily but it can involve some vertical movement too. (i)

Dumpers: (ii) Vibratory Roller

5.2.5. Detailed Specification of Materials

5.2.5.1. The materials shall be obtained by the contractors from the quarries specified and approved by the

Engineer-In-Charge. The department may furnish an indicative quarry plan to the contractor. For

materials collected from quarries either owned or controlled by the department or from the private

quarries are obtained from the excavations for foundations and royalty charges shall be paid by the

contractor which will be deducted from the bills. General approval of a source of material or portion

there of shall not be constructed as constitution approval of all materials taken from the source of

portion thereof and the contractor will be held responsible for the specified quality of all such materials

used in work.

5.2.5.2. If the materials are to be obtained from sources other than those indicated in plan, the same shall be

got approved from the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.5.3. In collecting the materials from the source of quarry the Engineer-In-Charge will designate the depths

of out which will result in obtaining an uniform quality and grade of the materials and cut shall be

made to such designated depths. Materials including stripping of overburden removed from deposits




173

owned or controlled by the department and not used in the work covered by these specifications shall

be disposed off as directed.

5.2.5.4. Materials for Embankments:

The Engineer-In-Charge will indicate the depth of cuts in all parts of borrow pits with the object of

obtaining the desired quality of materials and the cut should be made only to such predetermined

depths. The borrow pit materials also shall be got classified by the Engineer-In-Charge with regard

embankment. The several borrow pits shall be inter connected to prevent stagnation of water.

A plan showing the borrow areas earmarked for this work may be enclosed by contractor / tenderer

to inspect the borrow areas and quality of material by WRD. The contractor shall exploit one or more

borrow areas of any type of material at a time only after obtaining prior approval of the Engineer-In-

Charge. The sequence and manner of exploitation of the borrow areas shall be as directed by the

Engineer-In-Charge. If due to any reason it is found that materials in the earmarked borrow area are

not sufficient, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to bring suitable material from the area

other than the specified after obtaining the prior approval of the Engineer-In-Charge in writing

indicating the places from which the proposes to bring the materials, on receipt of the intimation, the

Engineer-In-Charge will arrange for exploration of the areas.

5.2.5.5. Rubble:

All stones shall be quarried from the approved quarries only. The stones shall be clean, hard, durable,

dense and tough and shall be free from decay, weathered portions of glossy surface, skin veins,

flaws, cracks, cavities, vesicles and other defects. The stones shall be as far as possible uniform in

colour and texture. Stones shall be fine or medium grained, bright in colour, breaking with a clear

fracture, making ringing sound when struck with a hammer.

They shall be roughly cubical in shape and no individual rubble piece for use in the masonry shall

weigh less than 36 Kgs. The crushing strength in unconfined compression tests on 150mm cubes

shall not be less than 2000 tons/sqm. Tested in any plane and the specific gravity should not be less

than 2.6. Porous stones, absorbing water more than 1% of dry weight after 24 hours submersion in

water shall be rejected.

5.2.5.6. Chisel dressed face stones for cut-stone work:

Stones of approved quality shall be used. The faces shall be three line dressed and all other sides

shall be one line dressed to a width of 150mm from the face and chisel dressed portions shall be at

right angle to the faces. The sides shall be sloped back slightly and no hump beyond this portion

above the chisel dressed shall be permitted. The face stone shall be 300mm minimum height 300mm

to 450mm in width and length shall vary from 636mm to 838mm. They should be suitable for being

built as headers and stretchers in alternative layers. The thickness of joint should not exceed 12.5mm

(1/2”) in chisel dressed portion and 20mm (3/4”) beyond. No portion of one line chisel dressed face

shall be more than 3mm (1/8”) from the edge of the straight edge laid along the face of the stone in

any direction. Sectional area of the stone at the tail shall not be less than half the area at its face.

5.2.5.7. Chisels dressed and hammer dressed stones:

These stones shall be of the characteristics as stated above. The bushing on the faces of the stones

shall not project more than 40mm width. These stones shall be of 300mm height and 300mm to

450mm width and varies from 686mm to 838mm. They shall be chisel dressed around for width of

75mm. the tail and if the stones shall have at-least half of the area at the face. The fineness of

hammer dressing shall be such that when a straight edge is placed across the face the depression

of elevation shall not be more than 12mm.

5.2.5.8. Bond stones:




174

Bond stones for chisel and hammer dressed face stone masonry shall satisfy specifications in the

respective paragraphs and shall not be in tail less than 2 1⁄2 times the height of the coarse in the

case of the face stone work.

5.2.5.9. The coarse aggregates:

The aggregate shall conform to the latest ISI specification No.: IS 383. The aggregate for filter media

and drains shall consist of graded metal from approved quarry and shall be hard, dense, durable,

uncoated, crushed rock fragment and shall be free from injurious amount of soft, friable, thin

elongated or laminated pieces, alkali, organic matter, etc., rounded pebbles, flaky & decayed stones

which shall not be used. Size and gradation shall be as per designs approved and as directed by

Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.5.10. Sand:

The sand shall conform to the latest ISI specifications No.: IS 383/8-1920. Sand for mortar shall be

either from approved natural course or crushed from sound quartz or granite chips or a mixture of a

natural and crushed sand, the maximum size of the particles being limited to 5mm, fine dust resulting

in crushing in excess of the specified limits shall be removed by screening or washing. Weathered

decayed, soft or otherwise unsatisfactory stones shall not be used for crushing of sand. Natural and

crushed sand shall conform to the Indian Standard specifications for fine aggregates. The sand shall

have a fineness modules ranging between 2 to 2.5 for masonry works and between 2.6 to 3 for

cement concrete work. The graduation shall be so controlled to give dense mortar.

The maximum percentage of deleterious substances in sand as delivered for the use on work shall

not exceed the following values:

Percentage of weight

Materials passing a No. 200 screen (Average screen opening 0.0029”) 4%

Shales 1%

Clay lumps 1%

Total of the other deleterious substances such as Alkali, mica coated granite and soft, slaky particles

2%

The sum of the percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. The sand

shall be free from injurious amounts of organic materials, etc., and sand producing the colour darker

than the standard in the colorimetric test for organic impurities shall be rejected. Sand shall be

washed before use. Sand shall be tested for silt content at the rate if once in a day and additional if

the source is changed. The tests for surface moisture content (hot plate method) bulking on sand

shall be conducted at the rate of one per shift per stick pile.

5.2.5.11. Stacking of materials:

the materials directed to be stacked shall be so stacked including the useful materials, of excavations

within reasonable leads as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge in different heaps so as to permit

taking of measurements conveniently. The stack shall not obstruct the transportation or in carrying

out any other operations connected with the works.

5.2.5.12. Storage of materials:

cement shall be stored off the ground in dry ventilated building as per standing instructions with at-

least minimum space between stacked heaps. All aggregates shall be stock piled in such a manner

as to prevent inclusion of undesirable foreign matter. Reinforcing steel shall be stored under cover

and protected from rusting, oil, grease or distortion.

5.2.5.13. Water:




175

Water used for consolidation of embankment masonry, concrete, mortar, washing and curing shall

be clean and free from objectional quantities of silt, organic matter, alkalies, salts, oil and other

impurities which are likely to be injurious to works.

5.2.5.14. Portland cement:

Cement shall unless otherwise, specified conform to the Indian Standard Specifications No. 259 of

1967 for ordinary Portland cement.

5.2.5.15. Reinforce cement:

All reinforcement bars shall conform to the Indian Standard specification for MS reinforcement bars

IS 432 of 1966 and IS 786 of 1966 for ribbed steel. Reinforcement shall be free from pitting due to

corrosion rust paint, oil grease or any other materials than impair the bond.

5.2.5.16. Cement mortar:

All ingredients of cement mortar shall strictly conform to the relevant specifications described in

above para. Cement mortar shall consist of an intimate mixture of sand, cement and water mixed

thoroughly in an approved type of mixer for a period of at-least 2 minutes or as may be directed by

the Engineer-In-Charge. The cement and sand shall be of proportion as specified by weight. The

proportion of sand is mixed with cement by weight in dry stage, after making necessary allowance

for bulkage due to moisture as directed by Engineer-In-Charge. The mortar shall be used within 30

minutes of its being mixed. Set mortar shall be rejected. The compressive strength of cement mortar

tested on cubes at 28 days shall not be less than 84.37Kg/cum. The entire mortar shall be of dense

variety.

5.2.5.17. Test piece:

Tests on mortar will be conducted by the department and the contractor should afford all facilities for

taking test samples of mortar and his representative should invariably be present while taking the

samples

5.2.6. Embankment items:

The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades as shown in the approved drawings

or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Before commencing the work of the embankment all lines the marking the extremities of berms,

various zones, etc., shall be marked with respect to a reference base line which shall be established

outside the lake bed site. The base line shall have pucca concrete or masonry pillars with chainages,

level, etc., marked properly. The base line shall be got checked and approved by the department.

The embankment shall be constructed to the lines and grades as shown in the drawings. The

embankment shall be constructed to the height shown on the drawing plus 2.50% towards settlement

shall be equal to designed height.

It is proposed to install various equipment for observing the structural behaviour of the embankment

etc. the contractor shall ensure that installation work is not hampered and no damage is caused to

the construction by the machinery employed by him.

Borrow pits shall be opened at the locations and to the limits indicated by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Due to lack of conformity between the nature of materials actually met with during construction and

to that indicated in borrow area plan, the contractor is expected to have his own prospecting carried

out before tendering for the works.

All areas required for borrow pits for selected materials shall be cleared of all trees and stumps and

all roots and objectionable materials, etc., All organic matter shall be excluded from the material




176

which is to be placed in the embankment. The cleared area shall be maintained free of vegetable

growth during the progress of work.

Borrow pits shall be stripped to the depth necessary to obtain material of desired quality, wherever

borrow pits are opened. Where borrow pits are opened adjacent to dam like structures the edge of

excavation shall not approach the toe of the embankment closer than 183 meters (600 feet). The

depth of borrow pits should be however so fixed that the bottom of borrow pits anywhere does not

intercept the 1 in 6H lines as drawn from the toe of the embankment. The formation of pools shall be

avoided and all borrow pits shall be drained as necessary by ditches to the nearest out falls.

Wherever it is necessary to remove over burden to get the required material suitable for

embankment, the same shall be done. Further any oversize material or material not upto the required

specification met within the borrow area even after removal of over burden shall be sorted out and

only the material satisfying the required specification should be brought to site. The contractor is not

entitled for any extra payment for any of the above operations. The above conditions applies to use

of excavated materials for embankment also. All over size materials and soft materials shall be sorted

out before utilizing the excavated materials on embankment. No extra payment is admissible for this.

The top soil from borrow pits for a depth of 20 to 25cms should be thrown and should not be used

for constructing the bund.

All pits shall be arranged with a certain amount of regularity having regard to the convenience of the

work during the execution and to its safety and appearance of finish after its completion.

Temporary quarry roads and ramps leading to and from the respective borrow areas to the site of

embankment or cut off trench where the materials are required to be deposited shall be constructed

and maintained by the contractor at his own expense.

5.2.6.1. Preparation of foundation:

The foundation except rock surfaces for the earth fill shall be prepared by ploughing, levelling, and

rolling after adding water if necessary so that the surface material in foundation will be as compact

and well bounded with the first layer of the fill as herein specified for the subsequent layer of the

earth fill. The following precautions shall be taken for benching earth embankment with bed rock.

a) Loose sand and boulders shall be removed from the entire section of the lake bed.

b) All decomposed weathered and soft rock shall be removed by hammering or very light charges

of blasting.

c) Fissures and cracks shall be opened to enough depth to take tamping.

d) Sharp projection of solid rocks shall be hammered and levelled.

e) All local leakages shall be sealed confining them to vertical pipes and finally plugging the pipe

with cement mortar.

f) The rock surface shall be soaked and impervious material with high moisture content used at the

contact zone between impervious material and rock.

g) Wherever rolling is not possible, the thickness of layer shall be reduced to 76mm to 102mm and

compaction can be done by hand and remaining by mechanical tampers.

The concrete surface at the back of retaining wall and cut off walls against which earth fill is to be

placed shall be cleaned and moisture prior to placing of the earth fill. The foundation immediately

adjacent to the concrete structures shall be thoroughly cleaned of loose material and moisture. The

surface of each portion of the foundation immediately prior to receiving any material for earth fill shall

be moist and sufficiently cleaned to obtain a suitable bond with the embankment. Pools of standing

water will not be permitted in foundation of the embankment and shall be drained prior to placing the

first layer of embankment.

5.2.6.2. Placing of materials:




177

The approved material shall be conveyed and laid in the appropriate zones of embankment as

directed in successive uniform and continuous layers, thickness of which shall be 200mm (1 dose)

150mm thick after compaction when compacted with wheeled power rollers of 8 to 10 tons capacity

as directed by Engineer- In-Charge. No lumps or stones or pebbles having maximum dimension

75mm shall be permitted to be used. The percentage of lumps or stones or pebbles so permitted to

be used shall not exceed 5%. The percentage is in respect of every 2.83cm of batch material

conveyed to the place of placement. The layers shall be spread in uniform widths and stages to

facilitate compaction by rollers. The work in various zones shall as far as possible be raised

simultaneously or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

No materials shall be placed in the section of the embankment until the foundation has been un-

watered and suitably prepared. Written permission of the Engineer shall be obtained before laying

the first layer.

The suitability or otherwise of the materials excavated from the stripping, grip trenches and cut off

trench for the embankment shall be determined by the Engineer-In-Charge. The materials from the

borrow areas which are situated further from the embankment shall be utilized last. In other words,

the borrow areas shall be worked from the farthest to the nearest, thereby involving maximum leads

for the low levels of embankment and minimum leads for higher elevations of the embankment as

may be directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.6.3. Placing of earth fill:

The finished fill shall be free from loose pockets, etc., streaks of layers of materials differing

substantially in texture of gradation from the surrounding material. The successive load of the

material shall be dumped on the earth fill so as to produce best practicable distribution of the material

subject to the approval the Engineer- In-Charge and for this purpose; he may designate the location

in the earth fill. The earth fill all over the surface should be kept approximately the same level during

the construction or kept graded slightly from the centre to the edge to avoid pools of water forming

due to rains. Before a new layer is deposited the surface of the previous layer shall be scarified and

roughened by discoing or ploughing, if so as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge so that a good bond

may be obtained with the material to be superimposed. The material shall be deposited starting from

the lowest portion of the foundation, in rows of approximately parallel to the axis of the dam and

spread into uniform layer. The placing operation shall be such that the materials when compacted

will be so blended as to secure the best practicable degree of compaction permeability and stability.

In order that proper compaction can be done upto the edge of the designed section the sections shall

be widened on either side by 600mm except in the region just above rock toe (where compacted

face shall have to be ensured by other means). After the required degree of compaction has been

attained, the extra width shall be taken for the finished widths only. No extra cost shall be claimed by

the contractor for the widths done before dressing and is deemed to be included in the rate of this

item. The rate is also inclusive of dressing the banks to the final designated shape and slopes.

5.2.6.4. Moisture content and density:

All the materials placed in the embankment shall have to be properly watered and compacted to

attain a dry density which shall not be less than 96% of the standard proctor’s density for the material

under considerations. The soil shall have to be brought to plus or minus 3% of the optimum moisture

content as determined in the departmental laboratory from time to by adding the required amount of

water or allowing moisture to evaporate either at the borrow pits or at the dam just before

commencing compaction of layers. The required amount of water to be sprinkled shall first be

calculated particularly when water is to be added at dam. This shall then be thoroughly mixed with

soil by means of discharged rows or any suitable implements before any rolling work is commenced.

Where smooth rollers are used, the surface of each compacted layers shall be harrowed before

subsequent layer is laid. Each layer is to be compacted at the specified density.




178

Density measurements will be got done by the contractor as directed by Engineer-In- Charge from

time to time on site to ascertain whether the compaction is achieved as specified above for each

layer of earth laid. Separate tests shall be done at a rate of one test per 283mm of soil laid per day.

Minimum number of tests irrespective of the quantity of earth work laid per day shall be two. However,

the department shall be free to call for additional tests to be done by contractor as felt necessary at

places or doubtful compaction near masonry contracts, near the sides of bund and such other

locations where rolling soil to proper density may be difficult. At least 95% of the tests should give

specified densities. In cases, where the tests show that specified densities are not attained suitable

measures shall have to be taken by the contractor by moisture correction, entire removal and relaying

or by additional rolling as required so as to attain the specified density which will be checked by

taking fresh tests at the same location. Embankment materials shall be placed only when the weather

condition are satisfactory to [permit accurate control of the moisture content in the embankment

material. During the part of construction period when the top surface of the embankment may be

subject to rainfall causing cessation of work, it shall be graded and rolled with a smooth wheel roller

to facilitate easy runoff.

5.2.6.5. Compaction:

Compaction of cut off fill and embankment shall be done by mechanical compactors like standard

sheep foot rollers handed by tractors, etc., or smooth wheeled power rollers (8 to 10 tones) or as

directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.6.6. Requirements:

Sheep foot rollers. The roller should be of approved quality.

5.2.6.7. Normally:

a) Each drum of roller shall have an outside diameter of not less than 1.5m (5’) and the length shall

not be less than 1.22m (4’) or more than 1.83m (6’). The space between two adjacent drums

when on a level surface shall neither be less than 30.60cm (12”) nor more than 38.10cm (15”)

each drum shall be free to pivot an axis across the direction of travel.

b) The weight of roller when fully loaded shall not be less than 5935Kgs per meters, 4000 pounds

per foot length of drum. These dimensions and weight of sheep foot rollers should be such as to

exert a ground pressure of not less than 23.20 Kg/cm2 (230psi) of tamping feet when empty and

46.403 Kg/cm2 (660psi) when ballasted. The loading used in the roller drum shall be as required

to obtain the desired compaction and shall be designated by the Engineer-In-Charge.

c) Tractors used for pulling rollers shall have sufficient power to pull the rollers satisfactorily when

the drums are fully loaded at a speed of 4Km per hour (2 1⁄2 miles per hour).

d) The plain roller should not be less than 8 to 10 ton in weight, in case vibrating type of rollers are

to be used the same should be got approved prior to putting them to work.

e) Crawler chain type tractor: These shall not be less than 16 to 18 ton in weight and shall be

employed for compacting the embankment materials. It is desirable to have the tractor operating

at the highest practicable speed during the compaction operation, since high speed is conductive

to greater vibration which aids in the compaction.

Equipment other than those indicated above (a) to (e) shall not be used without the specific approval

of the Engineer-In-Charge

5.2.6.8. Operation:

The number of passes required per layer to attain specified density will be determined by actual tests

during the initial stages as well as intermediate stages of work from consideration of maximum dry

density, moisture content and avoidance of lamination in the rolled earth fill of the work.




179

For the guidance of the contractors, it may be stated that ordinarily each layer may required 8 passes

of smooth wheeled power roller (8 to 10 tons) for clayey soils about 12 passes of the standard sheep

foot rollers may be required. The actual number of passes required to attain the specified compaction

shall be decided by the Engineer-In-Charge from time to time as the need be. No extra payment shall

be allowed for variation order in type of rolling equipment, number of passes and moisture content.

“When each layer of material has been conditioned so as to have prepared moisture content

uniformly distributed throughout the material it shall be compacted by adequate number of passes of

the roller till the required density of soil is obtained. Density test shall be made after rolling is

completed. The minimum acceptable field density for a particular test shall not be less than 98% of

the proctor’s maximum dry density of the materials, provided that the average dry density achieved

in the field for all tests as derived from the statistical analysis of field dry density tests, carried out at

intervals, are not less than the designated dry density for the respective material of embankment.

The excavated materials shall not be used in the embankment without approval of the Engineer-In-

Charge.

However, materials having a maximum standard proctor’s dry density of less than 110 lbs/cft for

borrow area solids and 110 lbs/cft for excavated spoil, shall not be used in the embankment without

the approval of the Engineer-In-Charge of the work”.

5.2.6.9. Tampering:

In these parts of the structure which are inaccessible to the specified rolling equipment such as

abutment, contact sides of masonry etc., around and in contact with the structures and in proximity

to structures where the rolling equipment will not be permitted to operate, compaction shall be

accompanied by mechanical tampers of approved type. The contractor shall take special care for

compaction at the sides of cut off trench at surfaces which are jagged and with over hangs. In the

region of hangs, he shall take special precautions considered necessary by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Rollers will not be permitted to operate within 0.92m (3’) of concrete or masonry structure and all fill

within this distance shall be tampered by mechanical tampers. All materials shall be spread in layers

not over 75mm thick when loose. The moisture content of the material and the amount of tampering

shall be such as to produce degree of compaction equal to the specified degree of compaction for

roll filled portion, special care should be exercised or masonry structure and at abutment contacts

and sides of cut off trench.

5.2.6.10. Resumption of work in embankment:

When the work is to be stopped at the end of working season etc., the top surface of the embankment

shall be stripped of all loose and cracked materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer, before

resumption of work. When the work on the embankment is resumed, the stripped surface shall be

rolled adequately and necessary bond shall be provided between the old and new surfaces by

adequate watering, etc., No extra payment shall be made for such stripping, scarifying, rolling, or

watering involved.

5.2.6.11. Reports:

Progress records of embankment placing operation shall be furnished by the contractor during

construction so that the complete description of materials in any portion of the embankment will be

available. The records shall be furnished by the contractor in the prescribed forms.

5.2.6.12. Finishing of dam embankments:

The work shall be given a neat finish as regards lines and grades and top of areas shall be left neat

and clean.

All the humps and hollows from the neat lines of the embankment shall be graded. Materials used to

fill the depressions be thoroughly compacted and bonded to the original surface. Slopes shall be




180

maintained until final completion and acceptance. Any material that is lost by weather or other cause

shall be replaced by the contractor at his own expense.

A gutter shall be provided at the inner edge of the berm and given a slight grade conduct the storm

water to the side of the valley.

5.2.6.13. Junctions:

Junctions of earth work shall be avoided as or as possible, special care shall be taken as regards

materials to be placed, moisture content, bend between different section, compaction and filling. This

shall also apply in the case of curves and kinks in the dam alignment. Junctions of earth work shall

be directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.6.14. Measurement and payment:

a) The work shall be measured based on cross sections of compacted fill. The payment for the work

of placing the earth fill will be on cross sectional area of finished embankment with our allowance

of compaction factor.

In the case of intermediate payment 5% deduction in the quantity of measurements constructed

shall be made and paid for. The final height of the embankment shall be constructed to such

height that the resultant height of the embankment after deduction of 2 1⁄2% towards settlement

shall be equal to the required height and section shown in the drawing.

For the purpose regulating the total quantity of work under embankment, the item of earth work

to bund with borrowed soils, and with available soils shall be treated as a composite item. For

application, individual quantities under the embankment item will not be considered and shall be

applied only when the total quantity under both the above embankment items put together exceed

tender quantity +30%.

b) In the final measurements an overall deduction of 2 1⁄2% shall be made towards shrinkage and

paid for. The cross section will be taken at an interval of 30mtrs or at closer intervals as may be

considered necessary by the Engineer-In-Charge. In the case of curves, the quantities will be

evaluated on the average cross section at suitable intervals mentioned above. The length shall

be evaluated along with cross sections and the quantities work out. Foundation plan with relevant

cross section of the dam showing dimension and levels shall be prepared and got signed by the

contractor in token of acceptance before commencement of work. The final measurement will be

paid on the accepted foundation plans and relevant cross sections and completed section of the

dam at the time of taking final cross sections.

c) The tender rates represent completed items. Part payment shall be made on running bills as per

the following:

i. Until 50% of work is done at 95%

ii. Until 30% of work is done at 97%

iii. Until 90% of work is done at 99%

iv. Until 100% of work is done at 100%

5.2.7. Stone revetment/pitching items:

5.2.7.1. Before commencing the revetment work, the profile of the upstream embankment shall be brought

to the specified slope as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.7.2. The profile shall be defined at 6.5mtrs or at closer intervals as directed by the Engineer-In- Charge

by means of bamboos and strings. The top surface of the revetment shall conform to the profile so

provided and the profile shall always be maintained by the contractors at his own cost. To receive

the stone revetment the slope shall first be prepared by scrapping the slope of embankment to the

required lines and grades as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge and the




181

revetment laid on a filter be of 400mm thick. The earth slopes to receive the filter shall be properly

formed. The thickness of stones for the revetment should not be less than 300mm thick measured

at right angles to the slope. Slight variation in the thickness within the following limits of tolerances

will be permitted more than specified thickness maximum allowance (+100mm). The oversize stones

shall not however be more than the 10% of the total number of stones in any Sq. Meter area. Pin

header, 450mm to 530mm long shall be provided at every 4.6 Sqm as work breakers (60 sft) of

pitched surface or as approved by the Engineer-In- Charge.

5.2.7.3. The filter should consist of (a) 300mm thick layer of 40-10mm graded coarse aggregates, (b) 250mm

thick layer of 20mm graded coarse aggregates, (c) 200mm thick layer of 10mm graded coarse

aggregates and (d) 150mm thick layer of sand and should conform to the filter criteria specified under

(filter media) and as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge the thickness of layers may vary as per

dimensions shown in the drawing.

5.2.7.4. The stones shall have as far as practicable large flat surface of not less than 0.115Sqm, so as to

obtain a fairly even surface and have minimum voids. The stones shall be placed on the edge with

broadest and in contact with the slope and face normal to the slope beginning at the bottom of the

slope. The stones shall be laid compactly and with broken joints in all the directions as matched and

interlocked that they are keyed together with a minimum of joints space. Rock fragment spells, shall

be tightly driven into interstices to wedge the revetment in place and close the direct opening to the

underlying slopes. Such filling shall be carried on simultaneously with the placing in position be of

large stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. The wedging shall in no case be

permitted to fall behind.

5.2.7.5. The wedging shall be done with large size chips, each chip being well driven with hammer so that no

chips can be picked or removed by hand. The distribution of stones of large size shall be uniform.

The smaller size stones required for filling interstices and wedging shall be supplied to the actual

requirements for such work and shall not be used in two or more layers as work and shall not be

used in two or more layers as a substitute for full thickness of stones. High irregular points shall be

knocked off. Finished revetments shall present neat, smooth and uniform surface free from loose

stones. Pin headers for very 4.6Sqm of pitched surface shall be provided and all pin headers of

pitched surface shall project beyond the slope upto a minimum length of 150mm to set as wave

breakers at locations approved by the Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.7.6. Measurements and payments:

Measurements for the items shall be cubical contents. Payment shall be paid on the superficial area

measurement at the unit price quoted by the contractor in BOQ. The rate quoted shall be inclusive

of trimming the slope for providing filter media. Measurement shall be taken along the upstream slope

in section of 100feet or at closer intervals at the discretion of the Engineer-In-Charge. The depth of

revetment shall be measured at right angles to the slope of revetment.

5.2.8. Filter media items:

The filter media shall be laid as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

The filter materials shall be clean, sound, well graded sand and screened single or screened rock

fragments. The gradation of each filter layer shall meet the following requirements with respect of

the material to be protected and also irrespective to adjacent filter layers.

a) D. 15 of filter should be less than 5 times the D. 85 of the material to be protected.

b) D. 85 of filter should be greater 5 times the D. 15 of the material to be protected.

In the above, D. 15 is the equivalent spherical diameter of the large particle of the finest 15% of the

material and D. 58 is equivalent spherical diameter of the largest particle of the finest 85% of the

material. The requirement for grading of the filter shall be established by the field laboratory on the




182

basis of mechanical analysis. The mechanical analysis shall be performed on the samples collected

from the heaps of filter materials.

The filter shall be laid in layers of thickness as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge and shall consist

of well graded coarse sand followed by graded granite metal 20mm and down size subject to

satisfaction of filters criteria.

No particles decomposed or weathered rock or soft rock shall be permitted in the filter. No debris,

wood, vegetables matter or other deleterious material shall be permitted in the filter.

5.2.8.1. Placing the filter media:

Horizontal filter: Before placing the filter layers, the foundation after being cleaned, shall be roughly

dressed by filling in any pocket or low places with selected earth fill material or filter material and

properly compacted. The bottom filter blanket (if it consists of more than one layers) shall then be

placed in 100mm layers. Each layer shall be compacted by moving the hauling and spreading

equipment over it or by other means as approved by the Engineer-In-Charge. The variation in

thickness in each layer shall not exceed 20mm above the thickness in drawing or as specified by the

Engineer-In-Charge. After the filter blanket is completed earth fill shall be laid over it in such a way

so as not to damage the filter blanket in any way.

Inclined filter and slant vertical (Chimney) filter: Filter material may be so placed that it conforms

to the position and specification as indicated in the drawing. The level of the inclined chimney filter

shall be maintained as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. The compaction of the inclined chimney

material shall be done by tamping as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Further specifications issued in this regard from time to time shall be complied with. The earth fill

over the filter shall also be done in such a way, as not to damage the filter in anyway.

5.2.8.2. Filter drains:

Longitudinal and cross drains shall be filled with graded filter material as directed by the Engineer-

In-Charge.

The filter materials shall conform to the specifications mentioned under relevant items of the general

specifications.

The filter materials required to inclined filter, slant filter by the side or rock toe, and horizontal filter

blanket shall generally consist of (i) Coarse sand conforming to filter criteria and (ii) graded granite

metal of 40mm and downsize.

a) The filter materials required for cross drains shall generally consists of (i) coarse sand conforming

to filter criteria and (ii) graded granite metal of 20mm and down size.

b) The filter materials required for (longitudinal jelly drains shall generally consists of (i) coarse sand

conforming to filter criteria and (ii) graded granite metal of 20mm and down size (filter media) and

(iii) inside core filling with 40mm and down size metal.

The filter shall be laid in horizontal layers for the bed of the drain and inclined layers for the slope of

the drains. The material have to be placed as indicated in the drawing or as per the directions of the

Engineer-In-Charge from time to time.

The filter materials shall conform to the specifications mentioned under 2.9 and 2.10 of the detailed

specifications.

5.2.8.3. Measurement and payment (Filter media):

Measurements shall be for the entire graded filter media and not separately for individual layers of

graded material and payment shall be made on the lies and thickness as specified or as directed by




183

the Engineer-In-Charge based on the unit price for such items quoted by the contractor in the

accompanying schedule.

5.2.9. Rock toe item:

The rock toe shall consist of suitable draining mixture of rock fragments, etc., with hard stone

boulders and pebbles obtained from quarries. The stones used for rock toe shall be perfectly sound,

durable and regular in shape, as far as possible clean. The materials should be of size not less than

0.0141 cum (1/2 cft) each with at-least 40% of stones being not less than 0.0283cum (1cft) each. But

sufficient fine materials such as rock spells, pebbles and coarse gravel shall be added as directed to

the materials as selected.

The hard stones required for rock toe shall be selected after sorting from rock soil and conveyed and

shall be placed on the bed of horizontal filter blanket as indicated in the drawing as per the direction

of the Engineer-In-Charge. The dumping shall be such as to have the large fragments placed near

the outer slopes and finer material adjacent to the inner slope of the rock fill zone. The fill be dense

and well graded. There should be no voids or cavities and the surface of the outer slope shall be

uniform with the same slope as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-In-Charge.

Hand packing shall be resorted to obtain the required slope.

The stone and the front slope and racer slope shall be placed on the edge with broadest base down

and face normal to the slope. Beginning at the bottom of the slope and stones shall be laid compactly

and with broken joints so matched and interlocked that they are keyed together with minimum joint

space. Rock fragments shall be tightened & driven into interstices to the stone in place and close to

the direct opening of the underlying slopes. Such filling shall be carried on simultaneously with the

placing in position of large stones and shall in no case by permitted to fall behind. The wedging shall

be done with large size chips each chip behind well driven with a hammer so that no chip can be

picked or removed by hand. The distribution of stones large size shall be uniform. The smaller size

stones required for filling the interstices and wedging shall be supplied to the actual requirement for

such work and shall not be used in two or more layers as substitute for full thickness of stones. High

irregular points shall be knocked off and finished slopes of rock toe shall present neat smooth and

uniform surface free from loose stones. The fillings of stones for rock toe shall keep pace with the

embankment work and the level of the filling shall be only 30.5cms (1 feet) or 61cms (2 feet) below

the general level of the embankment. The filled up rubble stones in between the slopes of rock toe

shall present a uniform level and neat appearance and shall be subjected to the approval of the

Engineer-In-Charge.

5.2.9.1. Measurement and payment (Rock toe and Rock fill):

Measurements for rock toe in the dam embankment shall be taken as pet the quantity of rock fill

placed in the dam embankment to the lines and grades shown on the drawing or established by the

Engineer-In-Charge. Payments for rock toe shall be made on basis of the unit price in BOQ.

5.2.10. Turfing the rear slope on the embankment:

The downstream slope of the embankment shall be protected by turfing after the slope has been

dressed to the line, as per the drawing or as per instructions of the Engineer-In-Charge. It shall be

slightly roughed to bond and hold a surface dressed consisting of a 13mm layer or a good top soil.

The soil layer shall be racked even and lightly rolled with a hand roller. The entire slopes surface

shall then be covered with a layer of sod, consisting of blocks or strips of dense living growth of

approved species. The sod shall include a mat of rots and earth at-least 50mm thick. Sod obtaining

an excessive amount of obnoxious growth shall be excluded. Sod shall be carefully handled in

transplanting so that a minimum amount earth will be lost from the mass. The strips or blocks of sod

shall be laid on the slope in close contact and then tamped firmly in place so as to fill and close the

joints between blocks. The interval of time between cutting and laying shall be kept to practically




184

minimum and sod shall not be permitted dry out. Immediately after placing the sodded slope shall be

thoroughly wetted and kept moist for 15 days. Sufficient quantities of sand shall be spread over the

sod and tamped properly, so that the crevices are filled in and there will be no joints between blocks.

The sodded slope shall be watered and the surface shall be kept moist. The sodded slopes shall be

moisture periodically for a sufficient period for re-establish the plant growth. Sod shall be transplanted

only during an approved season generally from June to October.

5.2.10.1. Measurements and payments:

The payment shall be made on superficial area basis the slope length shall be measured at intervals

of 30m or closer intervals as may be directed by the Engineer-In-Charge. Payment shall be made

after sod re-established its growth. Payments for this item shall be made on the basis of the unit price

quoted in the BOQ for well grown turfed area only.

5.2.11. Geocell strengthening of embankment:

5.2.11.1. Material Specification:

a) The geomembrane shall be high density Polyethylene.

b) Gasket material shall be neoprene, closed cell medium, ¼ inch thick, 50-foot lengths with

adhesive on one side or other compatible gasket materials as required.

c) Metal battens or straps and hardware shall be stainless steel.

d) Water cut-off mastic shall be supplied as required.

e) Sealant shall be General Electric Silicone RTV 103, or equivalent.

5.2.11.2. Raw Material:

The geomembrane shall be manufactured of polyethylene resins produced in the United States and

shall be compounded and manufactured specifically for the intended purpose. The resin

manufacturer shall certify each lot for the following properties. The natural polyethylene resin without

carbon black shall meet the following specifications:

Property Test Method HDPE Requirements

Density, g/cc ASTM D 1505 or ASTM D 792 0.935 – 0.940

Melt index, g/10min. ASTM D 1238 Condition E <0.4

5.2.11.3. Rolls:

The geomembrane shall be a minimum 22.5 seamless width. Carbon black shall be added to the

resin if the resin is not compounded for ultra-violet resistance. The surface of the smooth

geomembrane shall not have any striation, roughness, pinholes or bubbles. The Geomembrane shall

be supplied in rolls. Labels on each roll shall identify the thickness of the material, the length and

width of the roll, lot and roll numbers, and name of the manufacturer. The geomembrane rolls shall

meet the specifications as set forth as follows:

Property Test Method Nominal Value

Thickness ASTM D1593 60 Mils

Sheet Density, g/cc ASTM D 1505 0.95

Melt Index, g/10 ASTM D1238 0.2

Carbon Black Content, % ASTM D 1603 2.5

Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D 3105 A2

Tensile Strength at Yield, ppi ASTM D 638 165

Elongation at Yield, % ASTM D 638 15

Elongation at Break (2.0, GL) (2.5, GL)% ASTM D 638 (900) (720)

Modulus of Elasticity, psi ASTM D 638 110,000

Tear Strength, lbs ASTM D 1004 50

Low Temperature Brittleness ASTM D 746 <-112°F

Environmental Stress Crack Resistant Hours ASTM D 1693 (cond B) 200+

Dimensional Stability. % ASTM 1204 +/-0.5

Roll Width (feet) 22.5




185

Roll Length (feet) 250

Roll Area (sf) 9000

Weight (lbs) 2710

5.2.11.4. Transportation and On-Site Storage:

The geomembrane rolls shall be shipped by trailer truck to job site. A full truckload consists of 16

rolls. The geomembrane shall be stored so as to be protected from puncture, dirt , grease, moisture

and excessive heat. The damaged material shall be stored separately for repair or replacement. The

rolls shall be stored on a prepared smooth surface (not wooden pallets) and should not be stacked

more than two rolls high.

5.2.11.5. Sub-base & Earthwork:

Prior to liner installation the subgrade shall be compacted in accordance with the project

specifications. Weak or compressible areas which cannot be satisfactorily compacted should be

removed and replaced with properly compacted fill. All surfaces to be lined shall be smooth, free of

all foreign and organic material, sharp objects, or debris of any kind. The subgrade shall provide a

firm, unyielding foundation with no sharp changes or abrupt breaks in grade. Standing water or

excessive moisture shall not be allowed. The Contractor, daily, shall approve the surface on which

the geomembrane will be installed. After the supporting soil surface has been approved, it shall be

the Contractor’s responsibility to indicate to the Engineer any changes to its condition that may

require repair work.

The Contractor, if deemed necessary by the engineer, shall sterilize the area using an effective soil

sterilant shall not be harmful to the liner and shall be applied according to the recommendations of

its manufacturer.

The anchor trench shall be excavated to the line, grade and width shown on the project construction

drawings, prior to liner system placement. Slightly rounded corners shall be provided in the trench to

avoid sharp bends in the geomembrane.

5.2.11.6. Method of Placement:

The rolls shall be deployed using a spreader bar assembly attached to a loader bucket.

The Contractor Shall be responsible for the following:

a) Equipment or tools shall not damage the geomembrane during handling, transportation, and

deployment.

b) Personnel working on the geomembrane shall not smoke or wear damaging shoes.

c) The method used to unroll the panes shall not cause scratches or crimps in the geomembranes

and shall not damage the supporting soil.

d) Adequate loading (e.g. sand bags or similar items that will not damage the geomembrane) shall

be placed to prevent uplift by the wind (in case of high winds, continuous loading is recommended

along the edges of panels to minimize risk of wind flow under the panels).

Geomembrane deployment shall proceed between ambient temperatures of 32°F to 104°F.

Placement can proceed below 32° only if it has been verified by the engineer that the material can

be seamed according to the specification. Geomembrane placement shall not be done during any

precipitation, in the presence of excessive moisture (e.g. fog, rain, dew) or in the presence of

excessive winds, as determined by the installation supervisor.

5.2.11.7. Field Seaming:




186

Approved seaming processes are hot shoe fusion and extrusion welding. On side slopes seams shall

be oriented in the general direction of the maximum slope, i.e. oriented down, not across the slope.

In corners and odd shaped geometric locations, the number of field seams shall be minimized.

No base T-seam shall be closer than 5 feet from the toe of the slope. Seams shall be aligned with

the least possible number of wrinkles and “fishmouths”. If a fishmouth or wrinkle is found, it shall be

relieved and cap stripped.

Seam Overlap: Geomembrane panels must have a finished minimum overlap of 4 inches for hot

shoe fusion welding and 3 inches for extrusion welding. Cleaning solvents may not be used unless

the product is approved by the liner manufacturer.

Seaming Equipment and Accessories: Approved equipment for field seaming are hot shoe fusion

welders and extrusion fillet welders.

a) Hot Shoe Welder, 110 Volt (220Volt).

b) Extrusion Welder, 220 Volt, 19 Amps.

c) High Speed, 10,000 rpm, 4.5-inch side grinder with 80 grit discs.

d) Vacuum Box Test Equipment for non-destructive seam testing.

e) Air pressure test equipment for non-destructive seam testing.

f) Field Tensiometer, capable of performing quantitative shear and peel tests.

5.2.11.8. Test Seams:

Field test seams shall be conducted on the liner to verify that seaming conditions are satisfactory.

Test seams shall be conducted at the beginning of each seaming period and at least once each 4

hours, for each seaming apparatus and personnel used that day. All test seams shall be made in

contact with the subgrade. Welding rods used for extrusion welding shall have the same properties

as the resin used to manufacture the geomembrane. The test seam samples shall be 10 feet long

for hot shoe welding and 3 feet long for extrusion welding with the seam centered lengthwise. Five

specimens shall be cut from each end of the test seams by the Engineer. The Engineer shall use a

tensiometer to test 5 specimens for shear and 5 specimens for peel. Each specimen be one inch

wide with a grip separation of 4 inches plus the width of the seam. The seam shall be centered

between the clamps. The rate of grip separation shall be 2 inches per minute. Test results for seam

strength properties shall be the average of five specimens. Four out of five specimens shall pass

seam acceptance criteria. Sheer and peel test shall result in Film tearing Bond (FTB) as defined by

NSF Std. 54, which is a failure in ductile mode of one of the bonded sheets by tearing prior to

complete separation in the bonded area. If a test seam fails to meet field seaming specifications, the

seaming apparatus and/or seamer shall not be used for seaming until the deficiencies are corrected

and a successful test seam is achieved.

5.2.11.9. Defects and Repairs:

All seams and non-seam areas of the geomembrane shall be inspected by the Engineer for defects,

holes, blisters, undispersed raw materials, and any sign of the contamination by foreign matter. The

surface of the geomembrane shall be clean at the time of inspection.

5.2.11.10. Backfilling of Anchor Trench:

The anchor trench shall be backfilled by the Contractor. Trench backfill material shall be placed and

compacted in accordance with the project specifications. Care shall be taken when backfilling the

trenches to prevent any damage to the geomembrane. If damage occurs, it shall be repaired prior to

resuming backfilling.

5.2.11.11. Acceptance and Payment:




187

The Contractor shall retain all ownership and responsibility for the geomembrane until acceptance

by the employer. Final acceptance is when all the following conditions are met:

a) Installation is finished

b) Verification of the adequacy of all field seam and repairs, including associated testing, is

complete.

c) All liner installation equipment, unused liner and debris are removed from the site.

d) The Engineer receives all manufacturer’s and Contractor’s written warranties.

5.2.12. Tamped Lime Pulverized Soil Sub-base in Embankment Slopes:

IS Sieve designation Minimum per cent by weight passing the IS Sieve 26.5 mm 100 5.6 mm SO

5.2.12.1. Equipment for construction:

Stabilized soil sub -bases shall be constructed by mix- in -place method of construction or as

otherwise approved by the Engineer in charge. Manual mixing shall be permitted only where the

width of laying is not adequate for mechanical operations, as in small-sized jobs. The equipment

used for mix- in-place construction shall be a rotavator or similar approved equipment capable of

pulverizing and mixing the soil with additive and water to specified degree to the full thickness of the

layer being processed, and of achieving the desired degree of mixing and uniformity of the stabilized

material. If so desired by the Engineer in charge, trial runs with the equipment shall be carried out to

establish its suitability for work. The thickness of any layer to be stabilized shall be not less than 100

mm when compacted. The maximum thickness shall be 200 mm, provided the plant used is accepted

by the Engineer in charge.

5.2.12.2. Mix-in -place method of construction:

11

2




188

Before deploying the equipment, the soil after it is made free of undesirable vegetation or other

deleterious matter shall be spread uniformly on the prepared sub grade in a quantity sufficient to

achieve the desired compacted thickness of the stabilized layer. Where single-pass equipment is to

be employed, the soil shall be lightly rolled at the discretion of the Engineer in charge, Sub- Bases,

and Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders the equipment used shall either be of single -pass or

multiple pass type. The mixers shall be equipped with an appropriate device for controlling the depth

of processing and the mixing blades shall be maintained or reset periodically so that the correct depth

of mixing is obtained at all times. With single -pass equipment the forward speed of the machine shall

be so selected in relation to the rotor speed that the required degree of mixing, pulverization and

depth of processing is obtained. In multiple pass processing, the prepared sub grade shall be

pulverized to die required depth with successive passes of the equipment and the moisture content

adjusted to be within prescribed limits mentioned hereinafter. The blending or stabilizing material

shall then be spread uniformly and mix continued with successive passes until the required depth

and uniform it of processing has been obtained. The mixing equipment shall be so set that it cuts

slightly into the edge of the adjoining lane processed previously so as to ensure that all the material

forming a layer has been properly processed for the full width.

5.2.12.3. Construction with manual means:

Where manual mixing is permitted, the soil from borrow areas shall first be freed of all vegetation

and other deleterious matter and placed on the prepared sub grade. The soil shall then be pulverized

by means of crow-bars, pick axes or other means approved by the Engineer in charge. Water in

requisite quantities may be sprinkled on the soil for aiding pulverization. On the pulverized soil, the

blending material(s) in requisite quantities shall be spread uniformly and mixed thoroughly by working

with spades or other similar implements till the whole mass are uniform. After adjusting the moisture

content to be within the limits mentioned later, the mixed material shall be leveled up to the required

thickness so that it is ready to be rolled.

5.2.12.4. Addition of lime:

Lime may be mixed with the prepared material either in slurry form or dry state at the option of the

Contractor with the approval of the Engineer in charge. Dry lime shall be prevented from blowing by

adding water to the lime or other suitable means selected by the Contractor, with the approval o f the

Engineer in charge. The tops of windrowed material may be flattened or slightly trenched to receive

the lime. The distance to which lime may be spread upon Sub-Bases, Bases (Non-Bituminous) and

Shoulders Section 400 the prepared material ahead of the mixing operation shall be determined by

the Engineer in charge. No traffic other than the mixing equipment shall be allowed to pass over the

spread lime until after completion of mixing. Mixing or remixing operations, regardless of equipment

used, shall continue until the material is free of any white streaks or pockets of lime and the mixture

is uniform. Non-uniformity of color reaction, when the treated material is tested with the standard

phenolphthalein alcohol indicator, will be considered evidence of inadequate mixing,

5.2.12.5. Moisture content for compaction:

The moisture content at compaction checked vide IS: 2720 (Part 2) shall neither be less than the

optimum moisture content corresponding to IS: 2720 (Part 8) nor more than 2 per cent above it.

5.2.12.6. Rolling:

Immediately after spreading, grading and leveling of the mixed material, compaction shall be carried

out with approved equipment preceded by a few passes of lighter rollers if necessary. Rolling shall

commence at edges and progress towards the centre, except at super elevated portions’ where it

shall commence at the inner edge and progress towards outer edge. During rolling the surface shall

be frequently checked for grade and cross fall (camber) and any irregularities corrected by loosening

the material and removing/ adding fresh material. Compaction shall continue until the density




189

achieved is at least 98 per cent of the maximum dry density for the material determined in accordance

with IS: 2720 (Part 8). Care shall be taken to see that the compaction of lime stabilized material is

completed within three hours of its mixing or such shorter period as may be found necessary in dry

weather. During rolling it shall be ensured that roller does not bear directly on hardened or partially

hardened treated material previously laid other than what may be necessary for achieving the

specified compaction at the joint. The final surface shall be well closed, free from movement under

compaction planes, ridges, cracks or loose material. All loose or segregated or otherwise defective

areas shall be made good to the full thickness of the layer and recomputed.

5.2.12.7. Curing:

The sub-base course shall be suitably cured for a minimum period of 7 days after which subsequent

pavement courses shall be laid to prevent the surface from drying out and becoming 108 Sub- Bases,

Bases (Non-Bituminous) and Shoulders Section 400 friable. No traffic of any kind shall ply over the

completed sub -base unless permitted by the Engineer in charge.

5.2.12.8. Surface Finish and Quality Control of Work:

The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902. Control on the

quality of materials and works shall be exercised by the Engineer in charge in accordance with

Section 900. 402.5. Strength when lime is used for improving the sub grade, the soil- lime mix shall

be tested for its CBR value. When lime stabilized soil is used in a sub-base, it shall be tested for

unconfined compressive strength (UCS) at 7 days. In case of variation from the design CBR/UCS, in

situ value being lower, the pavement design shall be reviewed based on the actual CBR/UCS values.

The extra pavement thickness needed on account of lower CBR/UCS value shall be constructed by

the Contractor at his own cost.

5.2.12.9. Measurements & Rates:

The Contract unit rate for lime stabilized soil sub-base shall be payment in full for carrying out the

required operations including full compensation for all components listed above.

Measurements for Payment Stabilized soil sub-base shall be measured as finished work in position

in cubic meters.

5.2.13. Excavation and Earthwork for Roadway & Drain

5.2.13.1. Classification of Strata:

Soft or Ordinary Soil: Generally any soil which yields to the ordinary application of pick and shovel

or to spade, rake or other digging implement, such as vegetable or organic soil, turf, gravel, sand,

silt, loam, clay pear etc.

Hard Soil: Includes all materials which can be removed with shovel or spade after loosening with

pick axe such as clay soil mixed with lime kankar, black cotton soil for earthen bond, soft moorum

etc.

Hard Moorum and Moorum mixed with boulders: Generally any material which required the close

application or picks, jumpers or scarifies to loosen such as hard and compact moorum and soft shale.

Moorum or soil mixed with small boulder not exceeding 25 % in quantity and each less than 0.014

cum (300 mm dia) but more than 0.004 cum in size.

Boulder is rock fragment usually rounded by weathering, disintegration or abrasion by water or ice,

found lying loose on the surface or embedded in river bed, soil talus, slope wash and terrace material

of dissimilar origin.

Disintegrated Rock: Includes such strata which requires the close application of crow bars, picks,

grating tools, scarifies in suitable combination for its excavation such as soft laterite, soft




190

conglomerate, hard shale, soft copra, hard and compact moorum mixed with small boulders

exceeding 25% in quantity but each not exceeding 0.014 cubic metre in size.

Soft Rock:

a) Boulders (not greater than 0.5 cum. in volume) hard laterite, hard copra and hard conglomerate

or other rock which may be quarried or split with crowbars with casual blasting, if required, for

loosening of strata.

b) Any rock which in dry state may be hard, requiring blasting but when wet becomes soft and

manageable by means other than blasting.

Hard Rock (blasting prohibited): Any rock or boulder (more than 0.5 cum. in volume), where

blasting is prohibited for any reason and excavation has to be carried out by chiseling, wedging or

any other agreed method.

Marshy soil: Marshy soil shall include soils like soft clays and peats excavated below the original

ground level of marshes and swamps and soils excavated from other areas requiring continuous

pumping or bailing out of water.

Authority for classification: The classification of excavation shall be decided by the Engineer in

charge of Local Body (Municipal Corporation, Municipal Council, Municipal Nagar Panchayat) and

his decision shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Merely the use of explosives in excavation

will not be considered as a reason for higher classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in the

opinion of the Engineer.

5.2.13.2. Construction Operations:

Setting out: After site clearance as per Clause 200, the limits of excavation shall be set out true to

lines, curves, slopes, grades and sections as per approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer

in charge. The Contractor shall provide all labour, survey instruments and materials such as strings,

pegs, nails, bamboos, stones, lime, mortar, concrete, etc., required in connection with the setting out

of works and the establishment of bench marks. The Contractor shall be responsible for the

maintenance of bench marks and other marks and stakes as long as in the opinion of the Engineer

in charge, which are required for the works.

Stripping and storing topsoil: If as directed by the Engineer in charge, the topsoil existing over the

sites of excavation shall be stripped to specified depths constituting Horizon “A” and stockpiled at

designated locations for re-use in covering embankment slopes, cut slopes, berms and other location

as desired by Engineer in Charge. Prior to stripping site clearance shall be done.

Excavation Brief: The excavations shall conform to the lines, grades, side slopes and levels shown

on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer in charge. The Contractor shall not excavate outside

the limits of excavation. Subject to the permitted tolerances, any excess depth/width excavated

beyond the specified levels/dimensions on the drawings shall be made good at the cost of the

Contractor with suitable material of characteristics similar to that removed and compacted to the

requirements.

All debris and loose material on the slopes of cuttings shall be removed. No backfilling shall be

allowed to obtain required slopes excepting that when boulders or soft materials are encountered in

cut slopes, these shall be excavated to approved depth on instructions of the Engineer and the

resulting cavities filled with suitable material and thoroughly compacted in an appropriate manner.

After excavation, the sides of excavated area shall be trimmed and the area contoured to minimize

erosion and ponding, allowing for natural drainage to take place.

Methods, tools and equipment: Only such methods, tools and equipment as approved by the

Engineer shall be adopted / used in the work. If so desired by the Engineer, the Contractor shall




191

demonstrate the efficacy of the type of equipment to be used before the commencement of work.

Recommended equipment for different materials are indicated herein.

Rock excavation: Rock, when encountered in road excavation, shall be removed upto the formation

level or as otherwise indicated in the approved drawings. Where, however, unstable shales or other

unsuitable materials are encountered at the formation level, these shall be excavated to the extent

of 500 mm below the formation level or as otherwise specified. In all cases, the excavation operations

shall be so carried out that at no point on cut formations the rock protrudes above the specified levels.

Rocks and large boulders which are likely to cause differential settlement and also local drainage

problems shall be removed to the extent of 500 mm below the formation level in the formation width

including drains and cut through the side drain. Where excavation is done to levels lower than those

specified, the excess excavation shall be made good at the cost of contractor with suitable material

of characteristics similar to that removed and compacted as per specification.

Slopes in rock cutting shall be finished to uniform lines corresponding to slope lines shown on the

drawings or as directed by the Engineer in charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all loose pieces of

rock on excavated slope surface which move when pierced by a crowbar shall be removed.

Where blasting is involved for rock cutting all precautions indicated therein shall be followed and

where presplitting is prescribed to be done for the establishment of a specified slope in rock

excavation, the same shall be carried out.

Marsh excavation: The excavation of soil from marshes/swamps shall be carried out as per the

programme approved by the Engineer in charge.

Excavation of marshes shall begin at one end and proceed in one direction across the entire marsh

immediately ahead of backfilling with materials like boulders, sand moorum, bricks bats, dismantled

concrete to ensure complete removal are displacement of muck it shall be done according to the

direction/approval of Engineer in charge.

Excavation of road shoulders/verge/median for widening of pavement or providing treated

shoulders: The existing shoulders/verge/median shall be removed to its full width and upto top of

the sub grade. The sub grade material within 0.5 m from the lowest part of the pavement crust for

the widened portion or paved shoulders shall be loosened and recomputed as per specification of

Clause 305. Any unsuitable material found in its portion shall be removed and replaced with the

suitable material. While doing so, care shall be taken to see that no portion of the existing pavement

designated for retention is loosened or disturbed. If the existing pavement gets disturbed or loosened,

it shall be dismantled and cut to a regular shape with sides vertical and the disturbed/loosened portion

removed completely and re-laid as directed by the Engineer, at the cost of the Contractor.

Excavation for surface/sub-surface drains: Where the Contract provides for construction of

surface/sub-surface drains, the same shall be done as per relevant clauses. Excavation for these

drains shall be carried out in proper sequence with other works as approved by the Engineer in

charge.

Slides: If slips, slides, over-breaks or subsidence occur in cuttings during the process of construction,

they shall be removed at the cost of the Contractor as ordered by the Engineer in charge.

Dewatering: Water comes in the excavations due to seepage, rain or other causes it shall be

dewatered by suitable diversions, pumping or bailing out or by any other suitable method. The

excavation shall be kept dry whenever so required or directed by the Engineer in charge.

Re use or disposal of excavated materials: All the excavated materials which are not usable shall

be disposed of with all lead & lift as directed by Engineer-in-Charge and usable material shall be

reused or stacked with the permission/Approval of Engineer-in-Charge.




192

Backfilling: Backfilling of masonry or concrete hume pipe drain excavation shall be done with

approved material with all lifts and leads. It shall be done after concrete/masonry/hume pipe is fully

set. Back filling shall be carried out in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the

structure and/or not to cause differential settlement. All space between the drain walls and the side

of the excavation shall be refilled to the original surface making due allowance for settlement. Filling

shall be done in layers generally not exceeding 150 mm compacted thickness to the required density.

Compaction shall be done by using suitable compaction equipment such as trench compactor,

mechanical tamper, rammer or plate compactor as directed by the Engineer in charge.

Construction Traffic: Construction traffic may use the cut formation and finished sub grade with the

prior permission of the Engineer-in-charge. Any damage arising out of such use shall be made good

by the Contractor at his own cost.

5.2.13.3. Preservation of Property:

All reasonable precautions shall be taken by contractor for the protection and preservation of any or

all existing roadside trees, drains, sewers, sub-surface drains, pipes, conduits etc. or any other

structures under above ground, which may be affected by construction operations if any. If any of

these objects is damaged by reason of the Contractor’s negligence, it shall be replaced or restored

to the original condition at his cost.

5.2.13.4. Preparation of Cut Formation to serve as sub grade:

The cut formation, which serves as a sub-grade, shall be prepared to receive the sub- base/base

course as directed by the Engineer in charge.

Where the material in the sub grade (i.e. within 500 mm from the lowest level of the pavement crust)

has a density less than specified density. Them it same shall be loosened to a depth of 500 mm and

compacted in layers in accordance with the requirements of embankment compaction.

In rocky formation, the surface irregularities shall be corrected with granular base material to achieve

the specified profile and levels unsuitable material shall be disposed of. After satisfying the density

requirements, the cut formation shall be prepared to receive the sub-base/base course.

5.2.13.5. Finishing Operations:

Finishing operations shall include the work of properly shaping and dressing all excavated surfaces.

When completed, no point on the slopes shall vary from the designated slopes by more than 150

mm measured at right angles to the slope, except where excavation is in rock (hard or soft) where

no point shall vary more than 300 mm from the designated slope. In no case shall any portion of the

slope encroach on the roadway.

The finished cut formation shall satisfy the surface tolerances described. If feasible and directed, the

topsoil removed earlier and conserved shall be spread over cut slopes, berms and other disturbed

areas. Slopes may be roughened and moistened slightly, before the application of topsoil, in order

to provide satisfactory bond. The depth of topsoil shall be sufficient to sustain plant growth, the usual

thickness being from 75 mm to 100 mm.

5.2.13.6. Measurements for Payment:

Excavation for roadway shall be measured by taking cross-sections at suitable intervals before the

excavation starts (after site clearance stripping etc. as the case may be) and after its completion and

computing the volumes in cum by the method of average end areas for each class of material

encountered. Where if it is not possible to compute volumes by this method because of erratic

location of isolated deposits. Then the volumes shall be computed by other methods as directed by

Engineer- in-Charge.




193

At the option of the Engineer-in-Charge, the Contractor shall leave depth indicators during

excavations of such shape and size and in such positions as directed so as to indicate the original

ground level as accurately as possible. The Contractor shall see that these remain intact till the final

measurements are taken.

In case of rock excavation, the overburden shall be removed first and then necessary cross-sections

shall be taken for measurement. Where cross-sectional measurements could not be taken due to

irregular configuration or where the rock is admixed with other classes of materials, the volumes shall

be computed on the basis of stacks of excavated rubble after making 35 percent deduction therefrom.

When volumes are calculated in this manner for excavated material other than rock, deduction made

will be to the extent of 16 percent of stacked volumes.

Works involved in the preparation of cut formation i.e. for - (i) Loosening and recompacting the

loosened material at subgrade, (ii) Loosening and removal of unsuitable material and replacing with

suitable material and compacting to required density, (iii) Stripping including storing and reapplication

of topsoil & (iv) Disposal of surplus material beyond initial lead shall be measured in Cum & (v)

Preparing rocky subgrade shall be measured in Sqm.

5.2.13.7. Rates:

The Contract unit rates for the items of roadway and drain excavation shall be payment in full for

carrying out the operations required for the individual items including full compensation for following:

a) Setting out;

b) Trimming bottoms and slopes of excavation;

c) Keeping the work free of water as per Clause 311;

d) Transporting the excavated materials for re-use or disposal with all leads and lifts by giving

suitable credit towards the cost of re-usable material and salvage value of unusable material;

e) All labour, materials, tools, equipment, safety measures, testing and incidentals necessary to

complete the work to Specifications.

f) Arranging disposal sites; and

g) Dewatering;

Provided, however, where presplitting is prescribed to achieve a specified slope in rock excavation,

the same shall be paid for.

The Contract unit rate for loosening and recompacting the loosened materials at subgrade shall

include full compensation for loosening to the specified depth, including breaking clods, spreading in

layers, watering where necessary and compacting to the requirements.

The Contract unit rate for item of preparing rocky sub-grade shall be full compensation for providing,

laying and compacting granular base material for correcting surface irregularities including all

materials, labour and incidentals necessary to complete the work and all leads and lifts.

The Contract unit rate for the items of stripping and storing topsoil and of reapplication of topsoil shall

include full compensation for all the necessary operations including all lifts and leads.

5.2.14. Excavation and Earthwork for Structures

5.2.14.1. Scope of work for Excavation for Structure:

Excavation for structures shall consist of the removal of material for the construction of foundations

of structure i.e. for bridges, culverts, retaining walls, headwalls, cutoff walls, pipe culverts and other

similar. The excavation shall be done in accordance with the requirements of these specifications

and the lines and dimensions shown on the approved drawings or as indicated by the Engineer-in-

charge. The work shall include construction of the necessary cofferdams and cribs and their

subsequent removal; all necessary sheeting, shoring, bracing, draining and pumping; the removal of




194

all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstruction, necessary for placing the

foundations; trimming bottoms of excavations; backfilling and clearing up the site and the disposal of

all surplus material.

5.2.14.2. Classification of Excavation

All materials involved in excavation shall be classified in accordance with the above classification

5.2.14.3. Construction Operations

Setting out: After the site has been cleared, the limits of excavation shall be set out true to lines,

curves and slopes.

Excavation: Excavation shall be taken to the width of the lowest step of the footing and the sides

shall be left plumb where the nature of soil allows it. Where the nature of soil or the depth of the

trench and season of the year do not permit vertical sides, the Contractor at his own cost shall put

up necessary shoring, strutting and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or both with due regard

to the safety of personnel and works and to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge..

The depth to which the excavation is to be carried out shall be as shown on the drawings, unless the

type of material encountered is such as to require changes, in which case the depth shall be as

ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.

Where blasting is to be resorted, the same shall be carried out in accordance with Clause 302 and

all precautions indicated therein observed. Where blasting is likely to endanger adjoining foundations

or other structures, necessary precautions such as controlled blasting, providing rubber mat cover to

prevent flying of debris etc. shall be taken to prevent any damage.

Dewatering and protection: Normally, open foundations shall be laid dry. Where water is met with

in excavation due to stream flow, seepage, springs, rain or other reasons, the Contractor shall take

adequate measures to keep the foundation trenches dry when so required and to protect the green

concrete/masonry against damage by erosion or sudden rising of water level. The methods may be

taken such as bailing, pumping, constructing diversion channels, drainage channels, bunds,

depression of water level by well-point system, cofferdams and other necessary works. The methods

to be adopted in this regard and other details thereof shall be left to the choice of the contractor but

subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Approval of the Engineer-in-charge shall, however,

not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering and protection

arrangements for the quality and safety of the works.

If it is determined beforehand that the foundations cannot be laid dry or the situation is found that the

percolation is too heavy for keeping the foundation dry, the foundation concrete shall be laid under

water by tremie pipe only. In case of flowing water or artesian springs, the flow shall be stopped or

reduced as far as possible at the time of placing the concrete.

Pumping from the interior of any foundation enclosure shall be done in such a manner as to preclude

the possibility of the movement of water through any fresh concrete. No pumping shall be permitted

during the placing of concrete and for a period of at least 24 hours thereafter, unless it is done from

a suitable sump separated from the concrete work by a watertight wall or other similar means.

At the discretion of the Contractor, cement grouting or other approved methods may be used to

prevent or reduce seepage and to protect the excavation area.

The Contractor shall take all precautions in diverting channels and in discharging the drained water

as not to cause damage to the works, crops or any other property.

Where cofferdams are required, these shall be carried to adequate depths and heights, be safely

designed and constructed and be made as watertight as is necessary for facilitating construction to

be carried out inside them. The interior dimensions of the cofferdams shall be such as to give




195

sufficient clearance for the construction and inspection and to permit installation of pumping

equipment, etc., inside the enclosed area.

Preparation of foundation: The bottom of the foundation shall be levelled both longitudinally and

transversely or stepped as per approved drawing are as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Before

footing is laid, the surface shall be slightly watered and rammed. If excavation having been made

deeper than that shown on the drawings or as otherwise ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, the extra

depth shall be made up with concrete or masonry of the foundation at the cost of the Contractor as.

Ordinary filling shall not be used for the purpose to bring the foundation to level.

When rock or other hard strata is encountered, it shall be freed of all soft and loose material, cleaned

and cut to a firm surface either level or stepped as directed by the Engineer. All seams shall be

cleaned out and filled with cement mortar or grout to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In the case of

excavation in rock, annular space around footing shall be filled with lean concrete M 15 upto the top

level of rock.

If the depth of fill required is more than 1.5 m above the top of the footing, filling upto 1.5 m above

top of footing shall be done with lean concrete M 15 followed by boulders grouted with cement.

When foundation piles are used, the excavation of each pit shall be substantially completed before

beginning pile-driving operations therein. After pile driving operations in a given pit are completed,

all loose and displaced materials therein shall be removed to the elevation of the bottom of the

footings.

If there are any slips or slip-outs in the excavation, these shall be removed by the Contractor at his

own cost.

Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits shall be securely fenced,

provided with proper caution signs and marked with red lights at night to avoid accidents. The

contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do not

affect or damage adjoining structures. For safety precautions, guidance may be taken from IS : 3764.

Backfilling: Backfilling shall be done with approved material after concrete or masonry is fully set

and carried out in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. All space

between foundation masonry or concrete and the sides of excavation shall be refilled to the original

surface in layers not exceeding 150 mm compacted thickness. The compaction shall be done with

the help of suitable equipment such as trench compactor, mechanical tamper, rammer, plate vibrator

etc., after necessary watering, so as to achieve a density not less than the field density before

excavation.

Disposal of surplus excavated materials: Same as previous section shall apply.

5.2.14.4. Measurements for Payment

Excavation for structures shall be measured in Cu.m for each class of material encountered, limited

to the dimensions shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Excavation over increased

width, cutting of slopes, production /support to the existing structures shoring, shuttering and planking

shall be deemed as convenience for the Contractor in executing the work and shall not be measured

and paid separately.

Preparation of rock foundation shall be measured in square metres. Foundation sealing, dewatering,

including pumping shall be deemed to be incidental to the work unless separate provision is made

for in the Contract. In the latter case, payment shall be on lumpsum basis as provided in the Bill of

Quantities.

5.2.14.5. Rates




196

The Contract unit rate for the items of excavation for structures shall be payment in full for carrying

out the required operations including full compensation for:

a) Setting out;

b) Construction of necessary cofferdams, cribs\sheeting, shoring and bracing and their subsequent

removal;

c) Removal of all logs, stumps, grubs and other deleterious matter and obstructions, for placing the

foundations including trimming of bottoms of excavations;

d) Foundation sealing, dewatering including pumping when no separate provision for it is made in

the Contract:

e) Backfilling, clearing up the site and disposal of all surplus material with all lifts and leads or as

otherwise specified; and

f) All labour, materials, tools, equipment, safety measures, diversion of traffic and incidentals

necessary to complete the work to Specifications.

The Contract unit rate for preparation of rock foundation shall be full compensation for cutting,

trimming and cleaning the foundation surface and filling/sealing of all seams with cement grout or

mortar including all materials, labour and incidentals required for completing the work.

5.2.15. Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control

5.2.15.1. General

This work shall consist of measures as shown on plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to

control soil erosion, sedimentation and water pollution, through use of berms, dikes, sediment basins,

fibre mats, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other devices.

5.2.15.2. Materials

All materials shall meet commercial grade standards and shall be approved by the Engineer-in-

charge before being used in the work.

5.2.15.3. Construction Operations

Work shall not be started until the erosion/ sedimentation control schedules and methods of

operations for the applicable construction have been approved by the Engineer-in-charge. For above

the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-Charge for approval his schedules of work. He shall

also submit for approval his proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control.

5.2.16. Turfing with Sods

5.2.16.1. General

This work shall consist of furnishing and laying of the live sod of perennial turf forming grass on

embankment slopes, verges (earthen shoulders) or other locations shown on the drawings or as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Unless otherwise specified, the work shall be taken up as soon

as possible following construction of the embankment, provided the season is favourable for

establishment of the sod.

5.2.17. Seeding and Mulching

5.2.17.1. General

This shall consist of preparing slopes, placing topsoil, furnishing all seeds, commercial or organic

fertilizers and mulching materials, providing jute netting and placing and incorporating the same on

embankment slopes or other locations designated by the Engineer-in-charge or shown in the

Contract documents.

5.2.18. Surface/Sub-Surface Drains




197

5.2.18.1. General

The work shall consist of constructing surface and/or sub-surface drains in accordance with the

requirements of these Specifications and to the lines, grades, dimensions and other particulars

shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Schedule of work shall be so

arranged that the drains are completed in proper sequence with road works to ensure that no

excavation of the completed road works is necessary subsequently or any damage is caused to

these works due to lack of drainage.

5.2.18.2. Surface Drains

Surface drains shall be excavated to the specified lines, grades, levels and dimensions to the

requirements of Clause 301. The excavated material shall be removed from the area adjoining the

drains and if found suitable, utilized in embankment/sub-grade construction. All unsuitable material

shall be disposed of as directed.

The excavated bed and sides of the drains shall be dressed to bring these in close conformity with

the specified dimensions, levels and slopes.

Where so indicated, drains shall be lined or turfed with suitable materials in accordance with details

shown on the drawings.

All works on drain construction shall be planned and executed in proper sequence with other works

as approved by the Engineer, with a view to ensuring adequate drainage for the area and minimizing

erosion/sedimentation.

5.2.18.3. Sub-Surface Drains

Scope: Sub-surface drains shall be of close-jointed perforated pipes, open- jointed unperforated

pipes, surrounded by granular material laid in a trench or aggregate drains to drain the pavement

courses. Sub-surface drains designed using Geosynthetics and approved by the Engineer-in- charge

can also be used.

Materials

g) Pipe: Perforated pipes for the drains may be metal/asbestos cement/cement concrete/PVC and

unperforated pipes of vitrified clay/ cement concrete/asbestos cement. The type, size and grade

of the pipe to be used shall be as specified in the Contract. In no case, however, shall the internal

diameter of the pipe be less than 100 mm. Holes for perforated pipes shall be on one half of the

circumference only and conform to the spacing indicated on the drawings. Size of the holes shall

not ordinarily be greater than half of size of the material surrounding the pipe, subject to being

minimum 3 mm and maximum 6 mm. D stands for the size of the sieve that allows 85 percent of

the material to pass through it.

h) Backfill material: Backfill material shall consist of sound, tough, hard, durable particles of free

draining sand-gravel material or crushed stone and shall be free of organic material, clay balls or

other deleterious matter. Unless the Contract specified any particular gradings for the backfill

material or requires these to be designed on inverted filter criteria for filtration and permeability to

the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, the backfill material shall be provided on the following

lines:

i. Where the soil met with in the trench is of fine grained type (e.g., silt, clay or a mixture

thereof), the backfill material shall conform to Class I grading;

ii. Where the soil met with in the trench is of coarse silt to medium sand or sandy type, the

backfill material shall correspond to Class II grading; and

iii. Where soil met with in the trench is gravelly sand, the backfill material shall correspond

to Class III grading.




198

Thickness of backfill material around the pipe shall be as shown on the drawings subject to being at

least 150 mm all-round in all cases.

Geosynthetics for use with subsurface drain shall conform to the requirements.

Trench excavation: Trench for sub-surface drain shall be excavated to the specified lines, grades

and dimensions shown in the drawings provided that width of trench at pipe level shall not be less

than 450 mm. The excavation shall begin at the outlet end of the drain and proceed towards the

upper end. Where unsuitable material is met with at the trench bed, the same shall be removed to

such depth as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and backfilled with approved material which shall

be thoroughly compacted to the specified degree.

Laying of pipe and backfilling: Laying of pipe in the trench shall be started at the outlet end and

proceed towards the upper end, true to the lines and grades specified. Unless otherwise provided,

longitudinal gradient of the pipe shall not be less than 1 in 100.

Before placing the pipe, backfill material of the required grading(s) shall be laid for full width of the

trench bed and compacted to a minimum thickness of 150 mm or as shown on the drawings. The

pipe shall then be embedded firmly on the bed.

Perforated pipes, unless otherwise specified, shall be placed with their perforations down to minimize

clogging. The pipe sections shall be joined securely with appropriate coupling fittings or bands.

Non-perforated pipes shall be laid with joints as close as possible with the open joints wrapped with

suitable pervious material (like double layer of Hessian, suitable Geosynthetics or some other

material of not less than 150 mm width) to permit entry of water but prevent fines entering the pipes.

In the case of non-perforated pipes with bell end, the bell shall face upgrade.

Upgrade end sections of the pipe installation shall be tightly closed by means of concrete plugs or

plugs fabricated from the same material as the pipe and securely held in place to prevent entry of

soil materials.

After the pipe installation has been completed and approved, backfill material of the required grading

(s) shall be placed over the pipe to the required level in horizontal layers not exceeding 150 mm in

thickness and thoroughly compacted. The minimum thickness of material above the top of the pipe

shall be 300 mm.

Unless otherwise provided, sub-surface drains not located below the road pavement shall be sealed

at the top by means of 150 mm thick layer of compacted clay so as to prevent percolation of surface

water.

Use of geosynthetic in laying of pipe and backfilling: After excavating the trench for subsurface

drain, the filter fabric shall be placed, the pipe installed and the trench backfilled with permeable

material according to dimensions and details shown on the plans. Surfaces to receive filter fabric

prior to placing shall be free of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the

filter fabric during installation. Adjacent rolls of the fabric shall be overlapped a minimum of 450 mm.

The preceding roll shall overlap the following roll in the direction the material is being spread. Damage

to the fabric resulting from Contractor’s vehicles, equipment or operations shall be replaced or

repaired by the Contractor at his Cost.

Drain outlet: The outlet for a sub-drain shall not be under water or plugged with debris but should

be a free outlet discharging into a stream, culvert or open ditch. The bottom of the pipe shall be kept

above high water in the ditch and the end protected with a grate or screen. For a length of 500 mm

from the outlet end, the trench for pipe shall not be provided with granular material but backfilled with

excavated soil and thoroughly compacted so as to stop water directly percolating from the backfill

material around the pipe. The pipe in this section shall not have any perforations.




199

Aggregate drains: Aggregate drains shall be placed within the verge/ shoulders after completion of

the pavement. Depth, thickness and spacing of the aggregate drains shall be as shown on the plan.

Trenches for aggregate drains shall be excavated to a minimum width of 300 mm and to the depth

shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. The bottom of the trench shall be sloped

to drain and shall be free from loose particles of soil. The trench shall be excavated so as to expose

clearly the granular pavement courses to be drained.

Aggregate for the drains shall be durable gravel, stone or slag and shall be free from vegetable

matter and other deleterious substances. Type B grading may be used only where the drain is

designed to intercept surface water flowing to the pipe and is likely to get slowly blocked. Type A

grading allows a much wider range.


Measurement for surface and sub-surface drains shall be per running metre length of the drain.

5.2.18.5. Rates

The Contract unit rates for surface and sub-surface drains shall be payment in full for all items such

as excavation, dressing the sides and bottom; providing lining, turfing, pitching, masonry, concrete

and plastering; providing, laying and jointing pipes; providing, laying and compacting backfill and bed

of granular material; providing, fixing and painting of cover etc. including full compensation for all

materials, labour, tools, equipment and other incidentals to complete the work as shown on drawings

with all leads and lifts including for removal of unsuitable material. Provision of inlets, gratings,

sumps, outlet pipes, bedding, disbursers etc. wherever required shall be incidental to construction of

drain.

5.2.19. Demolition and Dismantling for Building Works

5.2.19.1. Definitions

a) Dismantling: Dismantling means carefully separating the parts without damage and removing.

This may consist of dismantling one or more parts of the building as specified or shown on the

drawings.

b) Demolition: It means breaking up. This shall consist of demolishing whole or part of work

including all relevant items as specified or shown on the drawings.

5.2.19.2. Precautions

a) All materials obtained from dismantling or demolition shall be the property of the local body unless

otherwise specified and shall be kept in safe custody until they are handed over to the Engineer-

in- Charge or authorized representative.

b) Before starting the work, the first operations shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.

The demolition shall always be well planned before hand and shall generally be done in reverse

order of the one in which the structure was constructed.

c) Special care shall be taken to maintain the safety measures prescribed in IS 4130. Necessary

propping, shoring and or under pinning shall be provided to ensure the safety of the adjoining

work or property before dismantling and demolishing is taken up. The work shall be carried out in

such a way that no damage is caused to the adjoining work or property. Wherever specified,

temporary enclosures or partitions and necessary scaffolding with suitable double scaffolding and

proper cloth covering shall also be provided. Necessary precautions shall be taken to keep noise

and dust nuisance to the minimum, Helmets, goggle, safety belts etc all work shall be done in a

systematic manner in the direction of the Engineering in charge

d) All materials which are likely to be damaged by dropping from a height or by demolishing roofs,

masonry etc. shall be carefully removed first. Chisels and outers may be used carefully and




200

dismantled articles shall be removed manually or otherwise, lowered to the ground (and not

thrown) and then property stacked as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.

e) Where existing fixing is done by nails, screws, bolts, rivets, etc., dismantling shall be done by

taking out the fixing with proper tools and not by tearing or ripping off.

f) Any serviceable material, obtained during dismantling or demolition, shall be separated out and

stacked properly within a lead of 50 meters and unserviceable materials, rubbish etc. shall be

disposed off or as directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.

g) The Dismantling and demolishing work should be carried out at night. Screens shall be placed

where necessary to prevent injuries due to falling pieces. First-aid equipment shall be got

available at all demolition works site.

h) The contractor shall maintain/disconnect existing services, whether temporary or permanent,

where required by the Engineer-in-Charge.

i) Water may be used to reduce dust while tearing down plaster from brick work.

j) Safety belts shall be used by labourers while working at higher level to prevent falling from the

structure.

5.2.19.3. Recommendations for Demolition of Certain Special Types and Elements of Structures

Roof Trusses

When a building has a pitched roof, the roof structure should be removed to wall plate level by hand

method. Sufficient purlins and bracing should be retained to ensure stability of the remaining roof

trusses while each individual truss is removed progressively. The end frame opposite to the end

where dismantling is commenced, or a convenient intermediate frame should be independently and

securely guyed in both directions before work starts. On no account should the bottom tie of roof

trusses be cut until the principal rafters are prevented from making outward movement.

Heavy Floor Beams

The heavy bulks of timber and steel beams should be supported before cutting at the extremities and

should then be lowered to a safe working place.

Jack Arches

If tie rods are present between main supporting beams, these should not be cut until after the arch

or series of arches in the floor have been removed. Particular care should be exercised and full

examination of this type of structure undertaken before demolition is commenced. The floor should

be demolished in strips parallel to the span of the arch, rings (at right angles to the main floor beams).

Brick Arches

The expert advice should be obtained and at all stages of the demolition, the closest supervision

should be given by persons fully experienced and conversant in the type of work to ensure that the

structure is stable at all times. Special temporary support shall be provided in the case of skew

bridges.

Maximum dead load as possible may be removed provided it does not interfere with the stability of

the main arch rings but it should be noted that the load-carrying capacity of many old arches relies

on the filling between the spandrels. On no account should the restraining influence of the abutments

be removed before the dead load of the spandrel fill and the arch rings are removed.

A single span arch can be demolished by hand by cutting narrow segments progressively from each

springing parallel to the span of the arch until the width of the arch has been reduced to a minimum

which can then be collapsed.




201

If it is impossible to allow debris to fall to the ground below, centering designed to carry the load

should be erected and the arch demolished progressively. The design of the centering should make

appropriate allowance for impact.

If deliberate collapse is feasible the crown may be broken by the demolition ball method working

progressively from edges to the centre. Collapse of the structure can be affected in one action by the

use of explosives. Charges should be inserted into boreholes drilled in both arch and abutments.

In multi-span arches before individual spans are removed, lateral restraint should be provided at the

springing level. Demolition may then proceed as for a single span, care being taken to demolish the

spandrels down to the springing line as the work proceeds. Where explosives are used it is preferable

to ensure the collapse of the whole structure in one operation to obviate the chance of leaving

unstable portions standing.

Cantilevers

A cantilever type of construction depends for its stability on the super imposed structure. Canopies,

cornices, staircases and balconies should be demolished or supported before the tailing down load

is removed.

In-situ Reinforced Concrete

Before commencing demolition, the nature and condition of the concrete, the condition and position

of reinforcement, and the possibility of lack of continuity of reinforcement should be ascertained.

Attention should be paid to the principles of the structural design to determine which parts of the

structure depend on each other to maintain overall stability.

Demolition should be commenced by removing partitions and external non-load bearing cladding. It

should be noted that in some buildings the frame may rely on the panel walls for stability.

The following procedures should be used in hard demolition methods are to be used:

a) Reinforced Concrete Beams

For beams, a supporting rope should be attached to the beam. Then the concrete should be removed

from both ends by pneumatic drill and the reinforcement exposed. The reinforcement should then be

cut in such a way as to allow the beam to be lowered under control to the floor.

b) Reinforced Concrete Columns

For columns, the reinforcement should be exposed at the base after restraining wire guy ropes have

been placed round the member at the top. The reinforcement should then be cut in such a way as to

allow the column to be pulled down to the floor under control.

c) Reinforced Concrete Walls

Reinforced concrete walls should be cut into strips and demolished as for columns.

5.2.19.4. Measurements:

For measurement shall be given below procedure

a) All work shall be measured correct to a cm, all area shall be worked out in sqm, correct to two

places of decimal and cubical content shall be worked out to the nearest 0.01 cum.

b) The dismantling and demolishing shall be measured separately.

c) All work except hidden work shall be measured before demolition or dismantling and no bulking

allowance shall be allowed.

d) The specifications for deduction for voids, and openings etc. shall be on the same basis as that

adopted for new construction of the work.

e) The work executed in under water/ liquid mud and in under all foul position shall be measured

separately.




202

Roofs

i. Roof coverings generally including battens boarding, mats, bamboo jaffri or other

subsidiary supports shall be measured in sqm. Except lead sheet roof covering which

shall be measured in quintals.

ii. Stone slab roof covering which shall be measured in cubic meters.

iii. Ridges, hips and valleys shall be girthed and included with the roof area. Corrugated or

semi corrugated surfaces shall be measured flat and not girthed.

iv. Mud phuska on roofs shall be measured in cubic meters.

v. Lead sheets in roofs shall be measured in quintals and hips, valleys, flashings; lining to

gutter etc. shall be included in this weight.

vi. R.B. or R.C.C. roofs shall be measured as specified.

vii. Supporting members, such as rafters, purlins, beam Joists, trusses etc. of wood shall be

measured in cubic meters and steel or iron sections, in quintals.

Ceiling

i. The stripping of ceilings shall be measured in square meters.

ii. Dismantling of supporting Joists, beams, etc. shall be measured in cubic meters or in

quintals.

iii. Height above floor level, if it exceeds 3.5 m shall be paid separately.

Flooring and Paving

Dismantling of floors (except concrete and brick floors) shall be measured in square meters. Supports

such as joints, beams etc. if any shall be measured in cum. Concrete and bricks paving shall be

measured in cum.

Concrete and Brick Roofs and Suspended Floors

Demolition of floors and roofs of concrete or brick shall be measured in cubic meters. Beams

cantilevers or other subsidiary supports of similar materials, shall be included in the item. In

measuring thickness of roofs provide with water proofing treatments with bitumen felts, the thickness

of water proofing treatment shall be ignored.

Walls and Piers

i. Taking down walls and independent piers or columns of brick, stone or concrete shall be

measured, in cubic meters. All copings, corbels, cornices and other projections shall be

included with the wall measurements.

ii. In measuring thickness of plastered walls, the thickness of plaster shall be ignored.

iii. Ashlar face stones, dressed stone work, pre-cast concrete articles etc, if required to be

taken down intact shall be so stated and measured separately in cubic meters.

iv. Cleaning bricks stacking for measurements including all extra handling and removal and

Disposing off the rubbish as stated shall be enumerated in thousand of cleaned bricks.

v. Cleaning stone obtained from demolished/dismantling stone masonry of any description

including ashlar facing dressed stone work, stone slabs or flagging and pre-cast concrete

blocks including all extra handling and disposing off the rubbish as stated shall be

measured in cubic meters of cleaned stone.

vi. Honey comb works or cavity walls of bricks stone or concrete shall be measured as solid.

Reinforced Concrete and Brick Work

Reinforced concrete structures and reinforced brick roofs and walls shall be measured in cubic

meters and if reinforcement is required to be salvaged, it shall be so stated.




203

Where reinforcement is required to be separated, scraped and cleaned, the work shall be measured

separately in quintal of salvaged steel.

Partitions, Trellis Work etc.

Partitions or light walls, of lath and plaster, trellis work, expanded metal, thin concrete or terracotta

slabs and other similar materials including frame work if any shall be measured in square metros

stating the overall thickness.

Woodwork

All wood work including karries average 40 sq. cm or over in section, shall be measured in cubic

metros, while that under 40 sq. cm in section, in running meters. Ballies shall be measured in running

meters. Boarding including wooden chajjas and sun shades along with supports shall be measured

in square meters in its plane.

Doors and Windows

Dismantling of doors, windows, clerestory windows, ventilators etc. (wood or metal) whether done

separately or along with removal of wall by making recess in the wall shall be enumerated. Those

exceeding 3 sqm each in area shall be measured separately. The item shall include removal of

chowkhats architraves, holdfasts and other attachments. If only shutters are to be taken out it shall

be measured separately.

Steel and Iron Work

i. All steel and iron work shall be measured in quintals. The weight shall be computed from

standard tables unless the actual weight can readily be determined.

ii. Riveted work, where rivets are required to be cut, shall be measured separately.

iii. Marking of structural steel required to be re-erected shall be measured separately.

iv. In framed steel items, the weight or any covering material or filling such as iron sheets

and expanded metal shall be included in the weight of the main article unless such

covering is not ordered to be taken out separately.

Pipes and Sewer Lines

i. Water pipe lines including rain water pipes with damps and specials, sewer lines (salt

glazed ware or concrete) etc. shall be described by their diameter and length measured

in running meters inclusive of joints.

ii. If the joints, special and fittings etc are required to be separated, it shall be so stated and

enumerated.

iii. Pacca drains shall be measured under relevant items.

iv. Valve cistern, public fountain platform, fire hydrants, etc. shall be enumerated.

v. Manholes and inspection chambers shall be enumerated stating the size and depth of

manhole/inspection chamber. They shall be classified into different groups depending

upon the depth, in unit of half and one meter depth. The depth of the manhole shall be

the distance between the top of manhole cover and invert level of the drain.

vi. Ventilating shafts, gully traps, flushing cisterns and other appurtenant items of work shall

be enumerated.

Posts or Struts

Posts or struts (wood, steel or RCC) section including taking out embedded portion shall be

measured in running meters.

Wire Mesh fencing of any type with frame shall be measured in square meters,

Glazing




204

Taking out any portion of serviceable glass except polished plate, from old sashes, skylights, etc.

(any thickness, weight or size) raking out old putty, etc. shall be measured in square meters. Irregular

circular panes shall be measured as rectangle or square enveloping the same. The width and height

being measured correct to the nearest 0.5 cm.

In road work different types of road surfaces shall be measured separately. Road surfaces metalling

or soling (base) shall be measured in sqm, while concrete paving shall be measured in cum.

5.2.19.5. Rates:

The rate shall include the cost of all labour involved and tools used in dismantling and demolishing

including scaffolding. The rate shall also include the charges for separating out and, stacking the

serviceable material properly and disposing off unserviceable material within a distance of 50 meters.

The rate shall also include for temporary shoring for the safety of portions not required to be pulled

down, or of adjoining property, and providing temporary enclosures or partitions, where considered

necessary.

5.2.20. Demolition and Site Clearance for Road Works

5.2.20.1. Scope of work

Land for road embankment, drains, cross-drainage structures and such structure of road should be

cleared of all materials unsuitable for the work by cutting, trimming, removing and disposing of all

materials, such as trees, bushes, shrubs, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, top organic soil not exceeding

150 mm in thickness and rubbish, etc. This should be carried out well in advance of earthwork

operations. It shall include necessary excavation, backfilling of pits resulting from uprooting of trees

and stumps to required compaction, handling, salvaging, and disposal of cleared materials with all

leads and lift.

5.2.20.2. Preservation of Property/Amenities

Roadside trees, shrubs, pole lines, fences, signs, monuments, buildings, pipelines, sewers and all

road facilities within or adjacent to the road which are not to be disturbed shall be protected from

injury or damage. The Contractor shall provide and install at his own cost, suitable safeguards

approved by the Engineer in charge of local body for this purpose.

During clearing and grubbing, the Contractor shall take all adequate precautions against soil erosion,

water pollution, etc., and where required, undertake additional works to that effect. Before start of

work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in charge for approval, his work plan including the

procedure to be followed for disposal of waste materials, etc., and the schedules for carrying out

temporary and permanent erosion control works as stipulated.

5.2.20.3. Methods, Tools and Equipment

a) Only such methods, tools and equipment as are approved by the Engineer and which will not

affect the property to be preserved shall be adopted for the Work.

b) If the area has thick vegetation/roots/trees, a crawler or pneumatic tyred dozer of adequate

capacity may be used for clearance purposes.

c) The dozer shall have ripper attachments for removal of tree stumps. All trees, stumps, etc., falling

within excavation and fill lines shall be cut to such depth below ground level that in no case these

fall within 500 mm of the sub-grade.

d) Also, all vegetation such as roots, under-growth, grass and other deleterious matter unsuitable

for incorporation in the embankment/sub-grade shall be removed between fill lines to the

satisfaction of the Engineer in charge.




205

e) On areas beyond these limits, trees and stumps required to be removed as directed by the

Engineer in charge shall be cut down to 1 m below ground level so that these do not present an

unsightly appearance.

f) All excavations below the general ground level arising out of the removal of trees, stumps, etc.,

shall be filled with suitable material and compacted thoroughly so as to make the surface at these

points conform to the surrounding area.

g) Ant-hills both above and below the ground, as are liable to collapse and obstruct free subsoil

water flow shall be removed and their workings, which may extend to several meters, shall be

suitably treated.

5.2.20.4. Disposal of Materials

a) All materials arising from clearing and grubbing operations shall be the property of local body. It

shall be disposed of by the Contractor as hereinafter provided or directed by the Engineer in

charge.

b) Trunks, branches and stumps of trees shall be cleaned of limbs and roots and slacked.

c) Boulders, stones and other materials usable in road construction shall be neatly stacked as

directed by the Engineer in charge.

d) Stacking of stumps, boulders, stones etc., shall be done at specified spots with all lifts and up to

a lead of 1000 m.

e) All products of clearing and grubbing which, in the opinion of the Engineer, cannot be used or

auctioned shall be cleared away from the roadside in a manner as directed by the Engineer in

charge.


a) Clearing and grubbing shall be measured in terms of hectares.

b) Clearing and grubbing of borrow areas shall not be paid because it is included in the rate quoted

for the embankment construction item.

c) Cutting of trees up to 300 mm in girth including removal of stumps and roots, and trimming of

branches of trees extending above the roadway shall be considered incidental to the clearing and

grubbing operations. Removal of stumps left over after trees have been cut by any other agency

shall also be considered incidental to the clearing and grubbing operations.

d) Cutting, including removal of stumps and roots of trees of girth above 300 mm and backfilling to

required compaction shall be measured in terms of number according to the sizes given below:

i. Above 300 mm to 600 mm

ii. Above 600 mm to 900 mm

iii. Above 900 mm to 1800 mm

iv. Above 1800 mm

For this purpose, the girth shall be measured at a height of 1 meter above ground or at the top of the

stump if the height of the stump is less than one meter from the ground.

5.2.20.6. Rates

a) The Contract unit rates for the various items of clearing and grubbing shall be payment in full for

carrying out the required operations including full compensation for all labour, materials, tools,

equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work.

b) These will also include removal of stumps of trees less than 300 mm in girth as Well as stumps

left over after cutting of trees carried out by another agency, excavation and back-filling to required

density, where necessary, and handling, salvaging, piling and disposing of the cleared materials

with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 m.




206

c) The Contract unit rate for cutting (including removal of stumps and roots) of trees of girth above

300 mm shall include excavation and backfilling to required compaction, handling, salvaging,

piling and disposing of the cleared materials with all lifts and up to a lead of 1000 m.

d) Where a Contract does not include separate items of clearing and grubbing, the same shall be

considered incidental to the earthwork items and the Contract unit prices for the same shall be

considered as including clearing and grubbing operations.

5.2.21. Dismantling Culverts, Bridges and other Structures/Pavements

5.2.21.1. Scope

a) This work shall consist of removing existing structure like culverts, bridges, kerbs, guard-rails,

fences, utility services, manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc., and pavements which are in place

but interfere with the new construction or are not suitable to remain in place. This shall include

salvaging and disposing of the resulting materials and back filling the resulting trenches and pits.

b) Dismantling shall be done up to the limits and extent specified in the drawings or as indicated by

the Engineer in charge.

c) Dismantling and removal operations shall be carried out with such equipment and in such a

manner as to leave undisturbed, adjacent pavement, structures and any other work to be left in

place.

d) All operations necessary for the removal of any existing structure which might endanger new

construction shall be completed prior to the start of new work.

5.2.21.2. Dismantling Culverts and Bridges

a) Existing structures which are within the road land and designated for removal should be

dismantled carefully and the resulting materials so removed as not to cause any damage to the

serviceable materials to be salvaged, the parts of the structure to be retained and any other

adjoining properties and utilities.

b) Where existing culverts/bridges are to be extended or otherwise incorporated in the new work,

only such part or parts of the existing structure shall be removed as are necessary and directed

by the Engineer in charge to provide a proper connection to the new work.

c) The connecting edges shall be cut, chipped and trimmed to the required lines and grades without

weakening or damaging any part of the structure to be retained. Due care should be taken to

ensure that reinforcing bars which are to be left in place so as to project into the new work as

dowels or ties are not injured during removal of concrete.

d) Pipe culverts shall be carefully removed in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipes.

e) Steel structures shall, unless otherwise provided, be carefully dismantled in such a manner as to

avoid damage to members thereof.

f) If specified in the drawings or directed by the Engineer in charge that the, structure is to be

removed in a condition suitable for re-erection, all members shall be match-marked by the

Contractor with white lead paint before dismantling.

g) End pins, nuts, loose plates, etc., shall be similarly marked to indicate their proper location; all

pins, pin holes and machined surfaces shall be painted with a mixture of white lead and tallow

and all loose parts shall be securely wired to adjacent members or packed in boxes.

5.2.21.3. Dismantling Pavements and Other Structures

a) All concrete pavements, base courses in carriageway and shoulders etc., designated for removal

shall be broken to pieces whose volume shall not exceed 0.02 cu. m. and stockpiled at designated

locations if the material is to be used later or otherwise arranged for disposal as directed by

Engineer in charge.

b) In removing the kerbs, gutters, and other structures like guard-rails, fences, manholes, catch

basins, inlets are their parts shall be dismantle as directed by the Engineer in charge.




207

5.2.21.4. Back-filling

Holes and depressions caused by dismantling operations shall be backfilled with excavated or other

approved materials and compacted to required density as directed by the Engineer in charge.

5.2.21.5. Disposal of Materials

a) All materials obtained by dismantling shall be the property of local body.

b) Unless otherwise specified, materials having any salvage value shall be placed in neat stacks of

like materials within the right of-way, as directed by the Engineer in charge with all lifts and up to

a lead of 1000 m.

c) Pipe culverts that are removed shall be cleaned and neatly piled on the right of way at points

designated by the Engineer in charge with all lifts and leads up to 1000 m.

d) Structural steel removed from old structures shall, unless otherwise specified or directed, be

stored in a neat and presentable manner on blocks in locations suitable for loading. Structures or

portions (hereof which are specified in the Contract for re -erection shall be stored in separate

piles.

e) All materials obtained from dismantling operations which, in the opinion of the Engineer cannot

be used or auctioned shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer in charge widi all lifts and

up to a lead of 1000 m.


The work of dismantling structures shall be paid for in units indicated below by taking measurements

before and after, as applicable:

i. Dismantling brick/stone masonry/concrete (plain and reinforced) cu. m. (ii) Dismantling

flexible and cement concrete pavement cu. m.

ii. Dismantling steel structures tonne

iii. Dismantling limber structures cu. m.

iv. Dismantling pipes, guard rails, kerbs, gutters and fencing linear m.

v. Utility services Nos.

5.2.21.7. Rates

a) The Contract unit rates for the various items of dismantling shall be paid in full for carrying out the

required operations including full compensation for all labour, materials, tools, equipment,

safeguards and incidents necessary to complete the work.

b) These will also include excavation and backfilling where necessary to the required compaction

and for handling, salvaging, piling and disposing of the dismantled materials within all lifts and up

to a lead of 1000 m.

5.2.22. Summary of Site Clearance

5.2.22.1. The road land should be cleared of all materials unsuitable for the work by cutting, trimming, removing

and disposing of all materials, such as trees, bushes, shrubs, stumps, roots, grass, weeds, top

organic soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness and rubbish, etc. This should be carried out well in

advance of earthwork operations.

5.2.22.2. The top soil removed during clearing and grubbing of site, if suitable for re-use shall be transported,

conserved and stacked for re-use.

5.2.22.3. All trees, stumps, etc. falling within the excavation and embankment lines should be cut to such depth

below ground level that in no case these fall within 500 mm of the sub-grade. Beyond these limits,

they need to be cut down to 500 mm below ground level.

5.2.22.4. Excavations below the ground level arising out of removal of trees, stumps, etc., should be filled in

layers with suitable material and compacted to the specified density given by the Engineer.




208

5.2.22.5. Measurement of trees having girth more than 300 mm should be done as per sizes given in the Bill

of Quantities (BOQ).

5.2.22.6. Ant-hills both above and below the ground shall be removed by excavating to a suitable depth as

directed by the Engineer. Cavities in the ground after removal of ant-hills shall be filled with

appropriate material and properly compacted to the specified density.

5.2.22.7. Existing structures which are within the road land and designated for removal should be dismantled

carefully and the resulting materials so removed as not to cause any damage to the serviceable

materials to be salvaged, the parts of the structure to be retained and any other adjoining properties

and utilities.

5.2.22.8. Holes and depressions caused by dismantling operations or caused by rats etc. shall be backfilled

with approved material and compacted to the required density.

5.2.22.9. Obtain prior permission of the competent authority for removing/disturbing any existing utilities etc.

required.

5.2.22.10. Conserve top-soil for re-use where suitable.

5.2.22.11. Do not disturb existing poles, fences, signs, monuments, buildings, pipelines, sewers, and trees

etc. which do not interfere with the work and are to be retained.

5.2.22.12. Do not damage parts of existing structures to be retained while dismantling portions interfering with

the work.

5.2.23. Sub-base Items

5.2.23.1. Brick bats

a) Brick Aggregate: It shall conform to IS 306 unless otherwise specified and shall be obtained by

breaking well burnt or over burnt dense brick/ brick bats. They shall be homogeneous in texture,

roughly cubical in shape and clean. They shall be free from unburnt clay particles. Soluble salt,

silt, adherent coating of soil, vegetable matter and other harmful substances. Such aggregate

should not contain more than 1% of Sulphates and should not absorb more than 10% of their own

mass of water, when used in cement concrete

b) Brick Bats: Brick Bats shall be obtained from well burnt bricks.

c) In coba of brick bat the brick bat of size 2.5 cm to 11.5 cm out of well burnt bricks shall be used

and shall be properly dampened for six hours before laying. Brick bats shall be laid to required

slope/gradient over the base coat of mortar leaving 15 to 25 mm gap between two bats. Cement

mortar 1:5 (1 blended cement: 5 coarse sand) shall be poured over the brick bats and joints filled

properly.




209

5.3. DRAWINGS

Attached Separately along with this Bid

List of Drawing Attached with this Bid

Drawing Number Drawing Details

SSC/PPC/TD/DWG A-01 Existing Plan of Lakha Banjara Lake

SSC/PPC/TD/DWG B-01 Proposed Plan of Lakha Banjara Lake

Section -01

To

Section -15

Proposed Cross Sections of the Lake-edge

from Municipal Park Entrance (Lower Lake) to Tilli-Sanjay Drive

Road Intersection

Section -16

To

Section -45


from Tilli-Sanjay Drive Road Intersection to Pandit Deendayal

Intersection

Section -46

To

Section -72


from Pandit Deendayal Intersection to Gopeshwar Temple

Section -73

To

Section -119


from Gopeshwar Temple to Mogha Baandh Crest Weir

Section -120,

Section -121 &

Section -121A

Proposed Cross Sections of

Mogha Baandh Crest Weir

Section -122


at Agricultural Felids edge

Section -123

To

Section -141


On Sanjay Drive Road

Section -142

To

Section -147

Proposed Cross Sections of the Kanera Deo Feeder Canal Silt

Trap




210

5.4. PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS

Given the multi-disciplinary nature and complexities of the proposed works and services, the Employer requires

contractors to have the following key personnel(s) with minimum educational qualification and relevant work

experience as part of the team deployed for entire period of execution of works and services.

Sl.No. Position Title Numbers Minimum Educational Qualification or

Equivalent Educational Qualifications

Minimum

Relevant

Professional

Experience

(in years)

1. Project Manager 01 Bachelor’s Degree in Business

Management or Master’s Degree in

Building Engineering Management

7

2. Civil Engineer 01 Bachelor’s Degree or PG Diploma in Civil

Engineering

5

3. Structural Engineer 01 Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering with

specialization in Structural Engineering

5

4. Electrical Engineer 01 Bachelor’s Degree in Electrical/ Electronic/

Telecommunication Engineering

5

5. Hydraulic & Plumbing

Engineer

01 Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering with

specialization in Building Services/MEP

Services/ Hydraulics

5

6. Architect 01 Bachelor’s Degree in Architecture with valid

COA No.

5

7. Environmental Expert 01 Bachelor’s Degree in Environmental

Science/ Climate Change/ Environmental

Engineering

5

8. Social Expert 01 Bachelor’s Degree in Social Science/

Social Work/ Political Science

5

9. Quality Control/

Assurance Engineer

01 Master’s Degree in Civil Engineering with

specialization in Quality Control/ Process

Management

5

10. Site Engineer(s) 06 Diploma in Civil/Electrical/Mechanical

Engineering

3




211

5.5. PLANT, MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Given the time constraints and the typical working conditions of the proposed works and services, the Employer

requires contractors to have the following construction plant, machineries and equipment with best industry

practice specifications and less depreciated equipment deployed for entire period of execution of works and

services.

Sl.No. Plant/ Machinery/ Equipment

Name

Numbers Minimum Specification/

Manufacturer Make or

Equivalent Standards

Desired

Maximum

Age from

the Year of

Manufacture

(in years)

1. Prefabricated Fully Furnished Air

Conditioned Containerized Site

Office with First Aid Facilities

01 Built Type: Prefab, Portable,

Panel Build, Modular

Material: MS, FRP, Glass

Minimum Occupancy: 10-15

person

5

2. Prefabricated Fully Equipped

Containerized Site Material Testing

Laboratory




Minimum Occupancy: 5

person

5

3. Units of Prefabricated/ Porta Bio-

Toilets with all Sanitary Fixtures and

Fittings including Water Storage

Tanks

06 Minimum Size: 1300 x 1300

x 2000 mm

Material: PVC, GRP, FRP

Frame Material: Coated MS

Bio-digestor: As per DRDO

standards

5

4. Prefabricated Fully Furnished

Containerized Labour Shelter/Camp

with inbuilt Kitchenette (25 pax.

Capacity)




Minimum Occupancy: 20-25

person

5

5. Dozers or Bull Dozers 20 Displacement: 0.018 m3

Engine Power: 410 hp

5

6. Wheel Loaders or Wheel Loading

Shovels

10 Bucket Capacity: 1.30 m3

Engine Power: 90 hp

5

7. Large Bucket Excavator or Large

Bucket Amphibian Excavator

10 Displacement: 0.069 m3


5

8. Hydraulic Excavators 05 Displacement: 0.069 m3


5

9. Vibratory Compactors 02 Weight: 6000 kg


5

10. Bucket Wheel Trencher/Mining

Excavators (min 8 large bucket) with

conveyor facility

02 Displacement: 500 Cu.m/h

Max. Bench Height: 5 mts

5

11. Back Hoe 05 Displacement: 0.044 m3

Engine Power: 95 hp

5

12. Grader 02 Displacement: 0.018 m3


5




212

13. Crawler Loader 05 Bucket Capacity: 3.75 m3


5

14. Scrapper 01 Heap Capacity: 30.00 m3


5

15. Road Roller 02 Weight: 8100 kg


5

16. Tractor Trailer 02 Weight Capacity: 4000 kg

Speed Rating: 80 kmph

5

17. Tipper/Dumper 30 Capacity: 60.00 m3


5

18. Rotary, Piling Rig/Crane Mounted

Rotary Piling Rig

01 Rig Weight: 15.5 ton

Crowd Force: 30 kN

5

19. Truck Mounted Direct Mud

Circulation Type Bored Piling Rig

01 As per best industry practice 5

20. High Pressure Mud Pump/Hydraulic

Pump

03 Pile dia 500-1200 mm

Capacity: 200 Mts/day

5

21. Bentonite Mixing and Generating

Unit/mill

01 Ring major diameter x

height(mm): Ф360×190

Capacity(t/h): 3-10

Main motor Power: 55 kW

5

22. Hydro Clam Barge 01 As per minimum standards

prescribed. By Dredging

Corporation of India

5

23. Crane Barge 01 As per minimum standards

prescribed. By Dredging

Corporation of India

5

24. Batching Plant 01 Minimum system

requirements: Aggregate

ingredients supply system;

Cement supply system;

Admixture feed system;

Water supply system;

Additive supply system;

Mixing system; and Control

system.

Minimum Capacity: 90

Cu.m/hour

5

25. Truck Transit Mounted Mixer 03 Type: Hydrostatic

Transmission with Oil Cooler

Volumetric Capacity

(Geometric): 11,900 Ltrs.

Rotation Speed: 0 - 14 RPM

Filling Capacity Without Flap:

6 Cu.m

5

26. Concrete Pump 02 Max Concrete Pressure

(Bar): 65

Max Output Volume (m³/hr):

73

Pumping Cylinder Diameter

(mm): 180

5




213

27. Concrete Placer 01 Pouring Height: 25 feet

Mechanical conveyor power:

25 HP (19 Kw)

5

28. Crane 01-10 Ton 01 As per minimum standards

prescribed by Engineers

India Limited (EIL)

5



India Limited (EIL)

5



India Limited (EIL)

5

31. Hoist/Winches 01 As per minimum standards


India Limited (EIL)

5

32. Automatic Welding Set 03 As per minimum standards


India Limited (EIL)

5




214

5.6. QUALITY CONTROL LABORATORY REQUIREMENTS

Quality Control Laboratories and civil construction work always go hand in hand and such laboratories are

integral elements of all major construction project sites. A typical Quality Control Laboratory meant primarily

for concreting, routine soil tests etc. in an Indian construction project site may have most or all of the following

items in addition to other project specific items which could vary from project to project:

Sl.No. Equipment Type Equipment Name Numbers Desired

Minimum

Age from

the Year of

Manufacture

(in years)

1. IS Sieve Sets 80mm, 63mm, 50mm, 40mm, 31.5mm,

25mm, 20mm, 16mm, 12.5mm, 10mm,

6.3mm, 4.75mm, 2.36mm, 1.18mm,

600micron, 300micron, 150micron,

75micron & 125mm pan.

01 3

2. IS Balance Digital balance of 10kg capacity with

LC of 1gm & Balance with LC of 1mg. A

physical balance with larger capacity is

also desired

01 3

3. Measurement Apparatus Standard Weight Boxes 01 3

4. Measurement Apparatus Electric oven 01 3

5. Measurement Apparatus Standard cube moulds – 150mm size 01 3

6. Measurement Apparatus Standard cube moulds – 70.60mm size 01 3

7. Measurement Apparatus Cube crushing machine with 2 dial

gauges & brick plate attachment

01 3

8. Measurement Apparatus Vicat Apparatus 01 3

9. Measurement Apparatus English type trowel 01 3

10. Measurement Apparatus Slump cone with tamping rod 01 3

11. Measurement Apparatus Core cutters with collars 01 3

12. Measurement Apparatus Standard Proctor Test Apparatus 01 3

13. Measurement Apparatus Modified Proctor Test Apparatus 01 3

14. Measurement Apparatus Casagrande apparatus 01 3

15. Measurement Apparatus Mortar testing apparatus

(Penetrometers)

01 3

16. Measurement Apparatus Sand replacement method apparatus 01 3

17. Measurement Apparatus Digital thermometer – 200C & ordinary

thermometer-50C

01 3

18. Measurement Apparatus Pycnometer 01 3

19. Measurement Apparatus Specific gravity bottol-50ml capacity 01 3

20. Measurement Apparatus Digital type Hygrometer 01 3

21. Measurement Apparatus Screw gauge 01 3

22. Measurement Apparatus Spatula 01 3

23. Measurement Apparatus Digital stop watch 01 3

24. Measurement Apparatus Digital Vernier Calliper 01 3

25. Measurement Apparatus Moisture meter 01 3

26. Measurement Apparatus Standard steel tapes

Measuring cylinders- 50ml, 100ml,

200ml, 500ml, 1000ml

01 3




215

27. Measurement Apparatus Standard sand of grades- I, II & III 01 3

28. Measurement Apparatus Los Angeles Abrasion 01 3

29. Testing apparatus Standard cylindrical measure with

plunger for Aggregates Crushing Value

test

01 3

30. Testing apparatus Standard Impact Testing Machine,

75mm dia. cylindrical measure &

tamping rod for Aggregates Impact

Value test

01 3

31. Testing apparatus Compaction Factor testing apparatus 01 3

32. Testing apparatus Rebound Hammer testing apparatus

(Schmidt Hammer) for NDT on

concrete strength

01 3

33. Testing apparatus Le-Chatelier apparatus for determining

soundness of cement

01 3




216

5.7. ENVIRONMENT & SOCIAL MONITORING & MANAGENENT COMPLIANCES

5.7.1. Standard ESMMP for Projects of Sagar Smart City Limited

The Environmental & Social Monitoring & Management Plan (ESMMP) is a site specific plan

developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmental sustainable manner where

all contractors and subcontractors, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the

proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that risk. ESMMP also ensures

the project implementation is carried out in accordance with the design by taking appropriate

mitigative actions to reduce or avoid adverse environmental impacts during its life cycle.

The plan outlines existing and potential problems that may adversely impact the environment and

recommends corrective measures where required. Also, the plan outlines roles and responsibility of

project proponent, supervision consultant and contractors who are charged with the responsibility to

manage the smart city project of Sagar. The ESMMP is proactive in nature and shall be upgraded if

new facilities or modifications of existing facilities, with environment concerns, come up at a later

stage.

The ESMMP is generally:

Prepared in accordance with rules and requirements of the MoEFCC , State Pollution Control

Board and State Labour Law;

To ensure that the component of facility are operated in accordance with the design;

Process that confirms proper operation through supervision and monitoring;

System that addresses public inconvenience during construction and operation of the facility;

and

Plan that ensure remedial measures are implemented immediately.

ESMMP includes five major elements:

1. Commitment & Policy: Sagar Smart City Limited will strive to provide and implement the

Environmental & Social Monitoring & Management Plan (ESMMP) that incorporates all social

and environmental issues related to project.

2. Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and

setting environmental and social objectives.

3. Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the developers, accountability of

contractor, and training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities

and documentation of measures to be taken.

4. Measurement & Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions and record keeping.

5. The Environmental & Social Monitoring & Management Plan (ESMMP) needs to be

implemented right from the conception and should continue till the end. The Plan can be

divided into three phases - (a) Design or pre- construction phase (b) Construction phase and

(c) Operational phase. The Environment and Social Monitoring and Management Plan of Pre

Construction, Construction and Operation phase is given in the following table.




217

Attributes Mitigation Measures Location Time Frame

Cost Agency Responsible for Implementation

Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

A: Pre Construction Phase

Finalisation of sub project

• Consult with local people to finalize the project especially to avoid any social obligation related to project. • Avoid excessive cut and fill and project should follow natural topography of the area. • In flood prone areas, refer to hydrological data to finalize the provision for culvert drainage structures. • Avoid the requirement of forestland for project. In case unavoidable, minimize it to extent possible by exploring alternative options. • In case, requirement of forestland is unavoidable, determine the legal status of forestland and initiate actions to seek permits for diversion of forestland for non-forest uses. • Forest clearance is to be obtained in accordance with the provisions of State Forest Act and MoEFCC, and all conditions related with the clearance has to be implemented. • In case project has trees, which are known to be nesting/breeding places for migratory birds, contact the wildlife division of Department of Forest for seeking permits and details about non-breeding seasons. In any case, no tree shall be cut in such location and construction works are to be strictly scheduled for non- breeding/nesting season and all permit conditions are to be complied. • Avoid or minimize tree felling, acquisition of agricultural land, shifting of shrines/temples, disturbance to community ponds, community resources, burial grounds, etc. to the extent

Throughout project area.

Prior to commencing any construction works.

Part of Project Cost. Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL)




218



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

possible through evolving alternate location options.

Land Acquisition Land acquisition, compensation packages, resettlement and rehabilitation, poverty alleviation programs for affected people and all other related issues are addressed in Social Impacts and Resettlement & Rehabilitation report if land is acquired for the project.


Pre- Construction phase.

Encumbrance- free land to be made available by State Government.


District Administration, Sagar

B: Construction Phase

Land Clearing Operation

• The project area requiring clearing shall be clearly demarcated on ground. • During land clearing operations, topsoil shall be collected, preserved, and reused as a base for the development of unused/ barren areas near project. • Trees falling within project area and other vegetative cover are to be removed. • Small temples, shrines if any is within the project, the same may be shifted to adjacent areas in consultation with local community leaders. • During clearing operations, any treasure trove, slabs with epigraphical evidence or edicts, sculptural or any material found and appear to have historical importance, it should be brought to the notice of Department of Archaeology, and instructions of this Department must be followed. • All public utilities like power transmission cables, telephone cables, water/sewerage lines, drains, tube wells etc. falling within project area shall be inventoried, and arrange for relocation /shifting to adjacent areas in consultation with the respective agencies/authorities.


Pre- Construction Phase.

Encumbrance- free land to be made available by State Government. Relocation of utilities are to be undertaken by respective departments and costs are to be reimbursed


District Administration, Sagar




219



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

• Establish and maintain interaction with local community to ensure that no social resentment sets in due to operations.

Establishment of temporary office and storage area

• The temporary office and storage area for construction works shall be located away from human settlement areas (minimum 500 m) and forest areas (minimum 1 km). • The office and storage areas shall preferably be located on barren/waste lands and conversion of agricultural/cultivable lands for office and storage areas shall not be allowed under any circumstances. • All fuel oil/lubricants loading, unloading and storage areas shall be paved (impermeable), and have separate storm water collection system with facility for separation of oil/lubricants prior to discharge. • The temporary office and storage area shall be provided with adequate water supply, sanitation, septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it functions properly for the entire duration of its use. • After completion of construction works, the site shall be restored to its previous state by undertaking clean-up operations.

As determined by Contractor approved by SSCL

Pre- construction and Construction Phase

To be included in contractor’s cost.

All facilities are to be planned and implemented by Contractor approved by SSCL.

Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Construction Camp Sites.

• The construction campsites shall be located away from any local human settlement areas and preferably located on lands, which are barren/waste lands. • The camps shall be located, at a minimum, 5 km from forest areas to deter trespassing of construction labour. • The campsites shall be provided with adequate water supply, sanitation and all









220



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

requisite infrastructure facilities. This would minimize dependence on outside resources, presently being used by local populace and minimize undesirable social friction thereof. • The camps shall have septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it can function properly for the entire duration of its use. • Construction camps shall be provided with kerosene/LPG to avoid dependence on firewood for cooking to the extent possible. • After completion of construction works, location of campsites shall be restored to its previous state by undertaking clean-up operations.

Mobilization of construction materials.

• Stone aggregates shall be sourced only from licensed existing quarries. • A list of such existing quarries is available from responsible department/ authority for mining related works in each state. In case new quarries are to be opened, quarry license/permits are to be obtained from this department/authority. • In case, only stone crushing plants are to be installed near work sites, required permits are to be obtained and all conditions of permits are to be complied. • Ensure stone quarries and crushing units have pollution control system; occupational safety procedures/practices in place and regular inspection shall be carried to ensure compliance. This shall be a pre-condition for sourcing of materials from quarries/crushing plants.









221



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

• Earth borrow areas identified during DPR stage shall be revisited to assess its environmental sensitivity and ensure it is not an ecologically sensitive areas. Permits are to be obtained from authorities and all permit conditions are complied. • The borrow areas are to be demarcated with signboards and operational areas are to be access controlled. • Topsoil from borrow areas (first 30cm) are to be preserved and used for redevelopment of borrow areas. • The borrow areas as an option may be converted into ponds wherever possible, which can be used for storage of rainwater. • Conversion of agricultural lands for borrowing earth is to be discouraged to the use possible unless warranted by local conditions. In such cases, written consent shall be obtained from the landowners. • Water for construction works shall NOT be drawn from sources, which serve routine needs of local people. • In case water is sourced from existing private tube wells, well owner shall be informed about the quantity and duration for which water drawls will be carried out and possible implications. Written consent for use of groundwater shall be obtained. In case new tube wells are to be constructed, required permits are to be obtained from the State Ground Water Department and permit conditions, if any are to be complied. • In any case, care shall be taken not to source all requirements from one single source and no




222



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

two sources (in case of tube wells) shall be less than 500 m from each other.

Transportation of construction materials.

• Existing tracks/roads are to be used for hauling of materials to extent possible. • The alignment of haul roads (in case of new ones) shall be finalized to avoid agricultural lands to the extent possible. In unavoidable circumstances, suitable compensation shall be paid to people, whose land will be temporarily acquired for the duration of operations. The compensation shall cover for loss of income for the duration of acquisition and land restoration. •Prior to alignment of new haul roads, topsoil shall be preserved or at least shall be used for any other useful purposes. •Dust suppression along transportation links is to be ensured by deploying water tankers with sprinkling system are to be deployed along haul roads. The vehicles deployed for material transportation shall be spillage proof to avoid or minimize the spillage of the material during transportation. •Transportation links are to be inspected daily to clear accidental spillage, if any. Precaution shall be taken to avoid inconvenience to the local community due to movement of materials.


Pre- construction and Construction Phase.




Diversion of traffic.

• Frame appropriate traffic diversion schemes wherever required during construction. • The traffic diversion signs should be bold and clearly visible particularly at night.


Pre- construction and Construction Phase.







223



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

• Diversion schemes are required to ensure smooth traffic flow, minimize accidents to road users during construction works.

Drainage Structures

• ensure that construction of drainage structures is not likely to alter drainage pattern, and discharge capacities of drainage structures are designed to facilitate smooth passage of water and heading up or flooding is avoided even in flood season. • Schedule the construction works to dry season so that impacts on water quality of stream/river is minimise or avoided. • Precaution shall be exercised to prevent oil/lubricant/ hydrocarbon contamination of channel bed during construction works. Spillage, if any, shall be immediately cleared with utmost caution to leave no traces. • Ensure all construction wastes are removed from work site and stream /river beds are to be cleaned up (at least 50 m on both upstream and downstream sides of water courses) after completion of construction but prior to onset of monsoon.

At all locations of CD structures along the roads

Construction Phase.


The planning, and construction/ upgradation of existing/new cross drainage structures roads implemented by Contractor approved by SSCL.


Tree Planting • regular watering, pruning, provision of tree guards, manure for better nourishment, etc. including timely replacement of perished saplings.

The area allocated for tree plantation and or land provided by forest department.

Construction Phase.


The tree plantation work can be entrusted to Contractor under the supervision of Forest Department.


Equipment/ vehicles deployed for Construction works.

• All diesels run equipment/vehicles/ deployed for construction activities shall be regularly maintained for smooth operation, a measure contributing to air quality and noise.


Construction Phase.


All facilities are to be planned and implemented by





224



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

• Vehicles/equipment shall be periodically subjected for emission tests and shall have valid POLLUTION UNDER CONTROL certificates. Revalidation of certificates shall be done in every 3 months. • All vehicles deployed for material movement shall be spill proof to the extent possible. In any case, all material movement routes shall be inspected daily twice to clear off any accidental spills.

Contractor approved by SSCL.

Hot Mix Plants and Laying of bitumen.

• shall be paved, and have separate storm water collection system with facility for separation of oil/lubricants prior to discharge. • The storm water from storage area shall not be directly discharged into any, nearby water courses/drains. • The hot mix pants shall be provided with adequate water supply, sanitation, septic tank/soak pit of adequate capacity so that it functions properly for the entire duration of its use. • After completion of construction works, the site shall be restored to its previous state by undertaking clean-up operations. • Hot mix plants shall have required measures for control of dust, air, and noise pollution as per regulatory limits of State Pollution Control Board measures.


Construction Phase.




Clean up of construction work Sites and Disposal of waste.

• All operational areas under road construction works like work sites, office/storage area, and work force camps shall be cleaned up and restored to its previous state soon after operations are complete.


Prior claiming the final payment


Contractor with the approved plan from SSCL.





225



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

• All construction waste shall be disposed in approved areas. Local district authorities shall be consulted to determine disposal site and implement any conditions imposed while issuing permits.

Occupational Safety and Health Hazards at Work and camp sites.

• All personnel at work sites shall be provided with protective gears like helmets, boots, etc. so that injuries to personnel are avoided or minimized. • Children (less than 18 years) and pregnant women shall not be allowed to work under any circumstances. • No personnel shall be allowed to work at site for more than 10 hours per day (8-hour makes one work shift). • The operational areas shall be access controlled and entry shall be allowed only under authorization. Workforce, likely to be exposed to noise levels beyond regulatory stipulated limits, shall be provided with protective gears like hear plugs etc. and regularly rotated. • Dust suppression measures like sprinkling of water shall be ensured at all operations areas. • The construction camps shall have health care facilities for adults, pregnant women and children. • All construction personnel shall be subjected to routine vaccinations and other preventive/healthcare measures. • The work and campsites shall have suitable facilities for handling any emergency situation like fire, explosion, etc. • All areas intended for storage of hazardous shall be quarantined and provided with


Construction Phase.

To be included in contractor’s






226



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

adequate facilities to combat emergency situations. All required permits for storage of inflammable/hazardous materials are to be obtained. • The personnel in charge of such areas shall be properly trained, licensed and with sufficient experience. • The construction camps shall have in-house community/common entertainment facilities. Dependence of local entertainment outlets by construction camps should be discouraged/prohibited to the extent possible.

Water Pollution from Construction Wastes.

Take all precautionary measures to prevent the wastewater generated during construction from entering into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system. Avoid construction works close to the streams or water bodies during monsoon. All waste arising from the project is to be disposed off in the manner that is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board or as directed by Environmental Expert of SC. The Environmental Expert of SC will certify that all liquid wastes disposed off from the sites meet the discharge standards.

Throughout the project area.

Construction phase.


All facilities are to be planned and implemented by Contractor under supervision of SPCB and SMC.


Water Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants.

Ensure that all construction vehicle parking location, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refuelling sites will be located at least 500 m from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. All location and layout plans of such sites will be submitted by the Contractor prior to their establishment and will be approved by the Environmental Expert of SC.


Construction phase.







227



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

Also ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refuelling will be carried out in such a fashion that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. Oil interceptors will be provided for vehicle parking, wash down and refuelling areas as per the design provided In all, fuel storage and refuelling areas, if located on agricultural land or areas supporting vegetation, the top soil will be stripped, stockpiled and returned after cessation of such storage. Make necessary arrangements for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified approved vendors (list to be submitted to SC). All spills and collected petroleum products will be disposed off in accordance with MoEFCC and state SPCB guidelines. Environmental Expert of SC will certify that all arrangements comply with the guidelines of PCB/ CPCB/ MoEF or any other relevant laws.

Dust Pollution. Take every precaution to reduce the level of dust from crushers/hot mix plants, construction sites involving earthwork by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of screen/barriers. All the plants will be sited at least 1 km in the downwind direction from the nearest human settlement. Provide necessary certificates to confirm that all crushers used in construction conform to relevant dust emission control legislation. The suspended particulate matter value at a distance of 40m from a unit located in a cluster


Construction phase.







228



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

should be less than 500 g/m3. The pollution monitoring is to be conducted as per the monitoring plan. Alternatively, only crushers licensed by the SPCB shall be used. Required certificates and consents shall be submitted by the Contractor in such a case.

Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machineries

Ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant requirements of SPCB. The Contractor will submit PUC certificates for all vehicles/ equipment/machinery used for the project.


Construction phase.




Noise Pollution: Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipment

• All plants and equipment used in construction shall strictly conform to the MoEF/CPCB noise standards. • All vehicles and equipment used in construction will be fitted with exhaust silencers. • Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery will be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers will be checked and if found defective will be replaced. • Limits for construction equipment used in the project such as compactors, rollers, front loaders, concrete mixers, cranes (moveable), vibrators and saws shall not exceed 75 dB (A) (measured at one meter from the edge of equipment in the free field), as specified in the Environment (Protection) rules, 1986. • Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the


Construction phase.







229



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of JP Greens to keep noise levels at the minimum. At the construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such as crushing, concrete mixing, batching will be stopped during the night time between 10.00 pm to 6.00 am. No noisy construction activities will be permitted around educational institutes/health centres (silence zones) up to a distance of 100 m from the sensitive receptors i.e., school, health centres and hospitals between 9.00 am to 6.0 pm.

Personal Safety Measures for Labour

• Protective footwear and protective goggles to all workers employed on mixing asphalt materials, cement batching plant, cement, lime mortars, concrete etc. • Welder's protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding works • Protective goggles and clothing to workers engaged in Factories Act, 1948 stone breaking activities and workers will be seated at sufficiently safe intervals • Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing, compaction, or concrete mixing operation. • Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at site are taken up. • The contractor will comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress. The contractor will comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety


Construction phase.


All facilities are to be planned and implemented by Contractor under supervision of Labour & Personal Safety Officer, District Administration, Sagar





230



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. Make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. Not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman will be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. Also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Provide facemasks for use to the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry is rubbed and scrapped. Mark ‘hard hat’ and ‘no smoking’ and other ‘high risk’ areas and enforce non-compliance of use of PPE with zero tolerance.

Risk from Electrical Equipment(s)

Take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipment and ensure that - • No material will be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. • All necessary fencing and lights will be provided to protect the public in construction zones. All machines to be used in the construction will conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, will be free from patent defect, will be kept in good working order, will be regularly


Construction phase.







231



Agency Responsible

for Monitoring

inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert.

First Aid • Readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules in every work zone • Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital • Equipment and trained nursing staff at construction camp.

Workers Camp and construction camps.

Construction phase.




Waste Disposal Provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off / treated in a hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan approved by the Environmental Expert. Unless otherwise arranged by local sanitary authority, arrangements for disposal of night soils (human excreta) suitably approved by the local medical health or municipal authorities or as directed by Environmental Expert.

Workers Camp and construction camps.

Construction phase.


All facilities are to be planned and implemented by Contractor under supervision of SMC





232

As per the Government of India and Government of Madhya Pradesh, the project and its subprojects also must be prepared and implemented in full

compliance with the National/State legislation, regulations and standards governing protection and management of the cultural and natural heritage of the

country, social development, and environmental management. Specific state and local level standards and regulations also apply based on the project

location and nature of its proposed investments and activities (projects). The key legislation and Policy applied to this project are further discussed below

in the Table. The contractor is responsible for the compliance of Environmental and Social Framework during work execution.

Act/Policy Year Objective Main Stipulations Applicability to Project

Monitoring Agency

Cultural Heritage Government of India

Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act Amended

1958 2010

Declares certain monuments/sites as being of “national importance”. Stipulates conservation of cultural and historical remains found in India.

Monuments are “protected” area. 100m radius is “prohibited” area – no construction or reconstruction. Repairs allowed. 200m radius is “regulated” (structures constructed archaeological officers with due sanctions from competent authority). Protection, maintenance and conservation managed by Archaeological Survey of India (ASI)

No, there are no centrally protected monuments/sites in Sagar city

Archaeological Survey of India, Ministry of Culture with Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Ancient Monuments Protection Act

1904 Gives central government the authority to protect and conserve monuments, particularly those privately owned through acquisition of rights.

Specifies agreements to be made between GoI and monument/site owner for transfer of rights for protection. Gives GoI right to intervene in potentially harmful activities near site (e.g. mining, quarrying).

Possibly, if any project supports privately owned monument.

Ministry of Culture with Project Management Consultant (PMC)Supervision Consultant.

The Antiquities and Art Treasures Rules

1973 To ensure registration of antiquarian remains in personal possession of individuals and institutions.

Registration of antiquities/remains/art is mandatory. Possibly, if any project involves chance find.

Archaeological Survey of India, Ministry of Culture with Project Management Consultant (PMC)

The Madhya Pradesh Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act and Rules Amended

1964 1970, 1975

To ensure access to state protected monuments and restrictions in construction activity within the notified area and its surroundings

Sites of the monument are “prohibited” area – no construction or reconstruction. Repairs allowed. Areas adjacent to monument/sites are “regulated” (structures constructed archaeological officers with due sanctions from competent authority).

Yes, there is 2 state protected monument in vicinity to the lake. 1. State Archaeological Museum, Sagar 2. Dangi/Sanodha Fort

Directorate of Archaeology, Archives and Museums with Project Management Consultant (PMC)




233

Social

Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act.

2013 To ensure rights of displaced populations in the case of land acquisition.

Fair compensation for acquisition of immovable assets; Resettlement of displaced population due to land acquisition and economic rehabilitation of all those who are affected due to private land acquisition

Yes. In case of acquisition of land and /or resettlement.

Revenue Department. Govt. of Madhya Pradesh with Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Street Vendors (Protection of Livelihood and Regulation of Street Vending) Act

2014 To regulate street vending while ensuring rights and stating obligations of street vendors.

Local agencies must regulate vending through a Plan, including relocation/eviction rules, vendor rights (e.g. certificate of vending) and vendor obligations (e.g. maintain cleanliness of area).

Yes. In case vending areas are close to or at the location of subprojects.

Municipal vending Committee with Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Child Labour (Prohibition and Regulation) Amendment Bill,

2016 To completely ban on child labour.

The act has completely banned employment of children below 14 in all occupations and enterprises, except those run by his or her own family, provided that education does not hampered.

Yes, In case some contractor employs Child labour.

Labour Department of Madhya Pradesh with Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Madhya Pradesh Labour and Contract Labour Law (amendment) and miscellaneous provisions act

2015 Act to regulate the employment of contract labour in certain establishments and to provide for its abolition in certain circumstances and for matters connected therewith.

To protect labour right. To every establishment in which twenty or more workmen are employed or were employed on any day of the preceding twelve months as contract labour;


Madhya Pradesh Minimum Wages Act

2018

To regulate the wages.

To provide minimum wages. To every Establishment.


Payment of Wages Rule of Madhya Pradesh

2017

To regulate the time for wages distribution

To provide wages timely. To every Establishment.


Safety




234

Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules and amendments

1989

Manufacture, Storage and Handling of Fuels and Explosive (Hazardous Chemical)

To regulate the manufacturing, storage, import and usage of explosives and hazardous chemicals.

Permission for use / storage;

SPCB, District Administration and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Environment

Environment Protection Act

1989 To protect and improve the overall environment.

Prevention, control, and abatement of environmental pollution. Gives central government rights to monitor and test for environmental pollution, and if necessary penalize for infringements.

Yes, some specific permissions/ clearances may be required under the Act, e.g. permission for extraction of ground water for use in construction activities, from State Ground Water board.

Ministry of Environment and Forests and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

The Forest Conservation Act

The Forest (Conservation) Act

The Forest (Conservation) Rules

The Forest (Conservation) Rules

1927 1980 1981 2003

To check deforestation by restricting conversion of forested areas into non-forested areas.

If any forest land is proposed to be used for non-forest purposes, the user agency needs to get the clearances under the Forest (Conservation) Rules, 1981.

Yes, in case subprojects include pristine forest

State Forest Department. MoEFCC and Project Management Consultant (PMC).

Wild Life (Protection) Act.

1972

To protect wildlife through certain of National Parks and Sanctuaries.

The Act provides for protection of wild animals, birds and plants and related matters. The Act contains specific provisions and chapters on protection of specified plants, sanctuaries and national parks, etc.

Yes, in case there may be any activity against the wild animals.

Chief Conservator of Wildlife, Wildlife Wing, Forest Department, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh, National Board For Wildlife, Govt. of India and




235

Project Management Consultant (PMC).

Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.

1974 To control water pollution by controlling discharge of pollutants as per the prescribed standards.

Provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining or restoring of wholesomeness of water; creates Boards and assigns functions and powers for the prevention and control of water pollution.

Yes, for any subproject involving water bodies, e.g. kunds revitalization

Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act.

1981 To control air pollution by controlling emission of air pollutants as per the prescribed standards.

Act provides for prevention, control and abatement of air pollution and establishment of Boards for planning a comprehensive program for this task. Collect and disseminate information relating to air pollution, lay down standards for emission of air pollutants into the atmosphere from industrial plants, automobiles or other sources.

Yes, for any subproject involving impact of air pollution during construction/ rehabilitation phases.

Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Central Motor Vehicle Act

Central Motor Vehicle Rules and (Amendment) Rules

1988 1989 2013 2014

To check vehicular air and noise pollution

Vehicles to be used for construction and other purposes need to meet the standards and certificates prescribed as per the Rules, 1989 to control noise, pollution, etc.

Yes. The impact of vehicular pollution during construction/ rehabilitation phases.

Motor Vehicle Department and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Municipal Solid Waste (Management and Handling) Rule.

2016 To Manage Municipal Solid waste.

These rules shall apply to every urban local body, outgrowths in urban agglomerations, census towns as declared by the Registrar General and Census Commissioner of India.

Yes Municipal Corporation of Sagar and Project Management Consultant (PMC)

Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Act.

2000 To Control Noise Pollution. Four Noise Zone specified by the Central Pollution Control Board.

Yes Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control Board and Project Management Consultant (PMC)




236

5.8. MANAGENENT, OPERATION & MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

The employer desires to delegate the Management, Operation and Maintenance (MOM) services for all capital

works, procured goods, facilities and assets created by this project. After completion of all Capital Works, a

handover inventory shall be prepared for each assets created and procured for this project and before

commencing the MOM services, it is desired that an MOM manual shall be prepared by the service provider

for each assets created.

Employer’s minimum MOM services requirements in addition to those mentioned in Scope of Work and

Services are, but not limited to the following:

Period of MOM services is five (5) years or Sixty (60) months or 1825 days, whichever is greater;

MOM services encompasses the defect liability period of one (1) year and the defect liability period is

defined only for capital works, procured goods, facilities and assets created by this project and shall not

apply to MOM services;

The third party warranties, guarantees, annual maintenance contracts and on site services for goods

procured under this project shall be covered under the MOM services and shall not cease to exist if the

period of such third party services are greater than the period of MOM services;

Complete day to day operation and maintenance of all offices, labour shelters, toilets, construction plants,

segregation yard, storage yards/sheds, laboratories, equipment(s), weigh bridges, vehicles and/or any

other supporting facilities created and used during the works and services period. The services shall

include sweeping, cleaning, repairing damaged parts, replacing defects, additions and alteration, ensuring

desired hygiene and safety standards, payment of utility bills, securing and renewing insurances, etc.;

Continually provide security, manage and deploy adequate human resources/workforce for securing

working area(s)/construction yard(s), traffic diversions, cordoning working area(s), ensuring public safety

in and around the site;

Prepare baseline data for environmental and socio-economical management and monitor and record them

throughout the services period and take necessary actions to mitigate negative impacts;

Maintain operational readiness of pumping stations and allied infrastructure meant for dewatering beyond

completion of works period upto termination of the services period. Complete including piped connections,

electrical connections, pumps, fuel storage, etc.;

Maintain and operate silt segregation and dumping yard(s)/site(s), complete including, equipment, plants,

machineries and deployment of workforce;

Operate and maintain silt trap proposed at Kanera Deo Feeder Canal that would include annual hauling,

silt extraction, silt disposal to segregation yard(s), deployment of manpower for security and safety

purposes;

Manage, operate and maintain proposed Mogha Baandh crest weir and proposed pedestrian bridge that

would include monitoring of water level and flow, periodical release of water downstream, upkeeping of

automated sluice gate and trickle flow valves to good working conditions, periodical structural stability

assessment, payment of utility bills etc.;

Operate and maintain the waste water trap network and modular STP/DEWATS facilities including flow

assessment, repair and replacement of damaged/dysfunctional parts, day to day operation and

maintenance of equipment and machineries in modular STP/DEWATS, detecting leakages within the

network and making them good, periodically monitor quality of water outflowing into the lake, periodical

desilting of the pipes and the settlement tanks at modular STP/DEWATS yard, deployment of adequate

manpower for operating the facility, payment of utility bills, regular netting and disposal of solid waste at

scum tanks, periodical monitoring of flow and water quality at nallahs/drains/culverts/outfalls, etc.;




237

Manage, operate and maintain proposed Sanjay Drive aqueduct and proposed pedestrian bridge that

would include monitoring of water level and flow, periodical release of water, upkeeping of automated

gates to good working conditions, payment of utility bills, maintenance of the pedestrian bridge, etc.;

Operate and maintain all equipment, gadgets, hardware and software related to water quality monitoring

that would include full replacement and/or part replacement of defective/malfunctioning equipment(s),

periodical data logging and sharing of the same with Employer/relevant Authorities in desired format,

maintenance of related hardware and software, dedicated human resources for analyzing software

outputs, etc.

Maintain utility services and their ducts, manholes and their stations proposed for this project which would

include periodical maintenance and repair of underground electrical cables, RMUs, transformers,

underground water supply lines, telecommunication lines, promenade lamp posts with fixtures and fittings,

etc.;

Maintain embankments, ghats, pedestrian link walkways between ghats and pedestrian promenades

which would include daily sweeping of all paved areas, periodical civil repairs, replacement of damaged

parts, refinishing works, additions and alterations, annual repair, ward and watch, local solid waste

management, etc.;

Manage, operate and maintain all proposed and existing boating jetties including all repair works,

maintenance works, periodical review of public and passenger safety, rostering and scheduling of transport

ferries and boats, operate ticketing facilities, crowd management, upkeep of jetty sheds, fixing pricing of

tickets in coordination with employer and relevant regulatory authorities, collect revenue and deposit with

employer, maintain passenger log and account books, etc.;

Manage, operate and maintain angling and yoga decks including all repair works, fixing pricing of tickets

in coordination with employer and relevant regulatory authorities, collect revenue and deposit with

employer, maintain user log and account books, etc.;

Maintain pisciculture facilities with processes such as hatching and incubation which would include

periodical cleaning of tanks, repair to tank structures, coordinate with local fishermen for improving yield,

monitor overall aquatic yield in the lake, provide necessary support to fishermen for direct market

access/link, etc.;

Monitor and manage satellitic wetland including monitoring land-use and physical boundary by drone

camera, logging species information, monitor wetland growth areas, continuously clean the wetland of

infestation, etc.;

Manage, operate and maintain the synchronized musical fountain/water ballet show and iconic statue

including operational readiness of complete hardware and software associated with the show, organize

shows for a stipulated time every day, continuously develop and upgrade the content of the show, fixing

pricing of tickets in coordination with employer and relevant regulatory authorities, collect revenue and

deposit with employer, maintain visitor log and account books, etc.

Maintain all horticulture operations and landscaped areas including maintaining of rainwater swales, trees/

plants/ shrubs/ ground covers/ creepers/ lawns/ grassed areas/ hydrophytes, periodically watering the

same, periodically trimming and hedging, develop nursery for seeding and growing of saplings, prepare

pits for plantation, earthwork for landscaping, etc.;

Operate and maintain all e-bio toilets/ changing cubicles/ shower cubicles proposed for this project

including periodical cleaning and washing to an acceptable hygienic standard, deploying adequate human

resources for manning, repair and replacement of all plumbing and sanitary fixtures and fittings,

maintaining good condition of water tanks, maintaining operational readiness of all electronic/ electrical

/automated features of the e-controls, periodically maintain and clean bio-digestor and clarifiers, pay all

utility bills, collect user fee if mandated by the employer, etc.;




238

Operate and maintain all off-street/ on-street parking for 2 and 4 wheelers including sweeping of the

parking area, deploying adequate human resources for manning purposes, repair and replace damaged

areas, fix pricing and collect user fees in coordination with the employer or relevant regulating authority,

deposit revenue with employer, maintain visitor log and account books, etc.;

Manage, operate and maintain proposed hawking/vending area including sweeping of the

vending/hawking area, deploying adequate human resources for manning purposes, provide aggregation

services such as leasing for hawking/vending spaces, repair and replace damaged areas, fix pricing and

collect lease and entry fees in coordination with the employer or relevant regulating authority, deposit

revenue with employer, maintain visitor and hawker/vending log and account books, etc.;

Operate and maintain all street furniture like waste bins, lamp-posts, bollards, tree guards, benches,

signage(s), etc. including cleaning , maintaining, replacing damaged parts or whole, etc.; and

Maintenance of any other civil structures, special structures, electrical utility, mechanical utility, etc.

constructed under this project.




239

SECTION VI: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

SECTION VI: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



240

6. SECTION VI: GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC)

6.1. GENERAL

6.1.1. Definitions

i. “Bill of Quantities” means the priced and completed Bill of Quantities forming part of the Bid.

ii. “Chief Executive Officer” means the executive officer as defined under the relevant section of

the article of association;

iii. “Completion” means completion of the work, as certified by the Engineer-in-Charge, in

accordance with provisions of agreement.

iv. “Contract” means the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor to execute, complete

and/or maintain the work. Agreement is synonym of Contract and carries the same meaning

wherever used.

v. “Contract Data Sheet” means the documents and other information which comprise of the

Contract.

vi. “Contractor” means a person or legal entity whose bid to carry out the work has been accepted

by the Employer.

vii. “Contractor’s Bid” means the completed bid document submitted by the Contractor to the

Employer.

viii. “Contract Amount” means the amount of contract worked out on the basis of accepted bid.

ix. “Completion of work” means completion of the entire contracted work. Exhaustion of quantity of

any particular item mentioned in the bid document shall not imply completion of work or any

component thereof.

x. “Day” means the calendar day.

xi. “Defect” means any part of the work not completed in accordance with the specifications included

in the contract.

xii. “Drawings” means drawings including calculations and other information provided or approved

by the Engineer-in-Charge.

xiii. “Department” means Sagar Smart City Limited, Sagar as the case may be.

xiv. “Employer” means the party as defined in the Contract Data, who employs the Contractor to

carry out the work. The employer may delegate any or all functions to a person or body nominated

by him for specified functions. The word Employer/Government/Department wherever used

denote the Employer.

xv. “Engineer” means the person named in contract data sheet.

xvi. “Engineer in Charge” means the person named in the contract data.

xvii. “Equipment” means the Contractor's machinery and vehicles brought temporarily to the Site for

execution of work.

xviii. “Executive Director” means the executive director of the Board as appointed under the

provision of the article of association;

xix. “Government” means Government of Madhya Pradesh.

xx. “In Writing” means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt.

xxi. “Material” means all supplies including consumables used by the Contractor for incorporation in




241

the work.

xxii. “Stipulated Date of Completion” means the date on which the Contractor is required to

complete the work. The stipulated date is specified in the Contract Data.

xxiii. “Specification” means the specification of the work included in the Contract and any modification

or addition made or approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.

xxiv. “Start Date” means the date 14 days after the signing of agreement for the work. However, the

employer may extend this time limit by another 14 days, as and when required.

xxv. “Sub-Contractor” means a person or corporate body who has a Contract (duly authorized by the

employer) with the Contractor to carry out a part of the construction work under the Contract.

xxvi. “Temporary Work” means work designed, constructed, installed, and removed by the

Contractor that are needed for construction or installation of the work.

xxvii. “Tender/Bid, Tenderer/Bidder” are the synonyms and carry the same meaning where ever used.

xxviii. “Variation” means any change in the work which is instructed or approved as variation under this

contract. The maximum variation shall be permitted upto 20% of contract value.

xxix. “Work” the expression "work" or "works" where used in these conditions shall unless there be

something either in the subject or context repugnant to such construction, be construed and taken

to mean the work by virtue of contract, contracted to be executed, whether temporary or

permanent and whether original, altered, substituted or additional.

xxx. “Work Plan” means the implementation plan, including phasing of works, physical completion

milestones and other such details that the Employer shall seek from time to time with respect to

tracking progress of the works.

6.1.2. Interpretations and Documents

i. Interpretations: In the contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

a) words indicating one gender include all genders;

b) words indicating the singular also include the plural and vice versa.

c) provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the agreement to be

recorded in writing;

d) written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and

resulting in a permanent record;

ii. Documents Forming Part of Contract:

a) NIT with all amendments.

b) Instructions to Bidders

c) Employer’s Requirements

d) Conditions of Contract:

e) Part I General Conditions of Contract and Contract Data; with all Annexures

f) Part II Special Conditions of Contract.

g) Specifications

h) Drawings

i) Bill of Quantities

j) Technical and Financial Bid

k) Agreement

l) Any other document (s), as specified.

6.1.3. Language and Law

The language of the Contract and the law governing the Contract are stated in the Contract Data.




242

6.1.4. Communications

All certificates, notice or instruction to be given to the Contractor by Employer/Engineer shall be sent on

the address or contact details given by the Contractor. The address and contract details for

communication with the Employer/Engineer shall be as per the details given in Contract Data Sheet.

Communication between parties that are referred to in the conditions shall be in writing. The notice sent

by facsimile (fax) or other electronic means (email) shall also be effective on confirmation of the

transmission. The notice sent by registered post or speed post shall be effective on delivery or at the

expiry of the normal delivery period as undertaken by the postal service. In case of any change in address

for communication, the same shall be immediately notified to Engineer-in- Charge

6.1.5. Subcontracting

Subcontracting shall be permitted for contracts value more than amount specified in the Contract Data

with following conditions.

i. The Contractor may subcontract up to 25 percent of the contract price, only with and after the

approval of the Employer in writing, but will not assign the Contract. Subcontracting shall not alter

the Contractor's obligations.

ii. The following shall not form part of the sub-contracting:

a) hiring of labour through a labour Contractor,

b) hiring of plant & machinery

c) the purchase of Materials to be incorporated in the works

iii. The Sub-Contractor will have to be registered in the appropriate category in the centralized

registration system for Contractors of the GoMP.

6.1.6. Personnel

i. The Contractor shall employ for the construction work and routine maintenance the technical

personnel as provided in the Key Personnel Requirements, if applicable. If the Contractor fails to

deploy required number of technical staff, recovery as specified in the Contract Data will be made

from the Contractor.

ii. If the Engineer asks the Contractor to remove a person who is a member of the Contractor's staff

or work force, stating the reasons, the Contractor shall ensure that the person leaves the Site

within three days and has no further connection with the Works in the Contract.

6.1.7. Force Majeure

i. The term "Force Majeure" means an exceptional event or circumstance:

a) Which is beyond a party’s control,

b) Which such party could not reasonably have provided against before entering into the contract,

c) Which, having arisen, such party could not reasonably have avoided or overcome, and

d) Which is not substantially attributed to the other Party

ii. Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstances of the kind

listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied:

a) War, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies),

b) Rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution,

insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war,

c) Riot, commotion, disorder, strike or lockout by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel,

d) Munitions of war, explosive materials, ionizing radiation or contamination by radio activity,

except ass may be attributed to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation

or radio activity, and




243

e) Natural catastrophes such as earthquake, hurricane, typhoon or volcanic activity.

iii. In the event of either party being rendered unable by force majeure to perform any duty or

discharge any responsibility arising out of the contract, the relative obligation of the party affected

by such force majeure shall upon notification to the other party be suspended for the period during

which force majeure event lasts. The cost and loss sustained by either party shall be borne by

respective parties.

iv. For the period of extension granted to the Contractor due to Force Majeure the price adjustment

clause shall apply but the penalty clause shall not apply. It is clarified that this sub clause shall

not give eligibility for price adjustment to contracts which are otherwise not subject to the benefit

of Price adjustment clause.

v. The time for performance of the relative obligation suspended by the force majeure shall stand

extended by the period for which such cause lasts. Should the delay caused by force majeure

exceed twelve months, the parties to the contract shall be at liberty to foreclose the contract after

holding mutual discussions.

vi. Party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall notify the other Party of such event as soon as

possible to the occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the nature and cause of such

event, and shall similarly give notice of the restoration of normal conditions as soon as possible.

vii. The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the consequences of any event of

Force Majeure.

6.1.8. Contractor's Risks

i. All risks of loss of or damage to physical property and of personal injury and death which arise

during and in consequence of the performance of the Contract are the responsibility of the

Contractor.

ii. All risks and consequences arising from the inaccuracies or falseness of the documents and/or

information submitted by the Contractor shall be the responsibility of the Contractor alone,

notwithstanding the fact that designs/drawings or other documents have been approved by the

department.

6.1.9. Liability for Accidents to Person

The Contractor shall be deemed to have indemnified and saved harmless the Government and/or the

employer, against all action, suits, claims, demands, costs etc. arising in connection with injuries suffered

by any persons employed by the Contractor or his subcontractor for the works whether under the General

law or under workman's compensation Act, or any other statute in force at the time of dealing with the

question of the liability of employees for the injuries suffered by employees and to have taken steps

properly to ensure against any claim there under.

6.1.10. Contractor to Construct the Works

i. The Contractor shall construct, install and maintain the Works in accordance with the

Specifications and Drawings as specified in the Contract Data

ii. In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in contract

Data, such work shall be carried out in accordance with the instructions and requirement of the

Engineer-in-charge. In the event of any disparity between the written specifications and BIS

provisions, the provisions in BIS shall prevail.

iii. The Contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the sufficiency of the

scaffolding, timbering, Machinery, tools implements and generally of all means used for the

fulfilment of this contract whether such means may or may not approved of or recommended by

the Engineer.




244

6.1.11. Discoveries

Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value unexpectedly discovered on the Site shall

be the property of the Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of such discoveries and carry

out the Engineer's instructions for dealing with them.

6.1.12. Dispute Resolution System

i. No dispute can be raised except before the Competent Authority as defined in Contract data in

writing giving full description and grounds of Dispute. It is clarified that merely recording protest

while accepting measurement and/or payment shall not be taken as raising a dispute.

ii. No issue of dispute can be raised after 45 days of its occurrence. Any dispute raised after expiry

of 45 days of its first occurrence shall not be entertained and the Employer shall not be liable for

claims arising out of such disputes.

iii. The Competent Authority shall decide the matter within 45 days.

iv. Appeal against the order of the Competent Authority can be preferred within 30 days to the

Appellate Authority as defined in the Contract data. The Appellate Authority shall decide the

dispute within 45 days.

v. Appeal against the order of the Appellate Authority can be preferred before the Madhya Pradesh

Arbitration Tribunal constituted under Madhya Pradesh Madhyastham Adhikaran Adhiniyam,

1983.

vi. The Contractor shall have to continue execution of the works with due diligence notwithstanding

pendency of a dispute before any authority or forum.

6.2. TIME CONTROL

6.2.1. Programme

i. Within the time stated in the Contract Data, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for

approval a Programme showing the general methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the

activities in the Works for the construction of works.

ii. The program shall be supported with all the details regarding key personnel, equipment and

machinery proposed to be deployed on the works for its execution. The Contractor shall submit

the list of equipment and machinery being brought to site, the list of key personnel being deployed,

the list of machinery/equipment being placed in field laboratory and the location of field laboratory

along with the Programme

iii. An update of the Programme shall be a Programme showing the actual progress achieved on

each activity and the effect of the progress achieved on the timing of the remaining Works,

including any changes to the sequence of the activities.

iv. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval an updated Programme at intervals no

longer than the period stated in the Contract Data. If the Contractor does not submit an updated

Programme within this period, the Engineer may withhold the amount stated in the Contract Data

from the next payment certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next payment

after the date on which the overdue Programme has been submitted.

v. The Engineer's approval of the Programme shall not alter the Contractor's obligations

6.2.2. Extension of Time

i. If the Contractor desires an extension of time for completion of the work on the ground of his

having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other grounds, he shall apply, in




245

writing, to the Engineer-in-charge, on account of which he desires such extension. Engineer-

in-charge shall forward the aforesaid application to the competent authority as prescribed.

ii. The competent authority shall grant such extension at each such occasion within a period of 30

days of receipt of application from Contractor and shall not wait for finality of work. Such

extensions shall be granted in accordance with provisions under clause of this agreement.

iii. In case of the work already in progress, the Contractor shall proceed with the execution of the

works, including maintenance thereof, pending receipt of the decision of the competent authority

as aforesaid with all due diligence.

6.2.3. Compensation for Delay

i. The time allowed for carrying out the work, as entered in the agreement, shall be strictly observed

by the Contractor.

ii. The time allowed for execution of the contract shall commence from the date of signing of the

agreement. It is clarified that the need for issue of work order is dispensed with.

iii. In the event milestones are laid down in the Contract Data for execution of the works, the

Contractor shall have to ensure strict adherence to the same.

iv. Failure of the Contractor to adhere to the timelines and/or milestones shall attract such liquidated

damages as is laid down in the Contract Data

v. In the event of delay in execution of the works as per the timelines mentioned in the contract data

the Engineer-in- charge shall retain from the bills of the Contractor Amount equal to the liquidated

damages to be levied until the Contractor makes such delays good. However, the Engineer-in-

charge may accept bankable security in lieu of retaining such amount.

vi. If the Contractor is given extension of time after liquidated damages have been paid, the engineer

in charge shall correct any over payment of liquidated damages by the Contractor in the next

payment certificate.

vii. In the event the Contractor fails to make good the delay until completion of the stipulated contract

period (including extension of time) the sum so retained shall be adjusted against liquidated

damages levied.

6.3. QUALITY CONTROL

6.3.1. Tests

i. The Contractor shall be responsible for:

ii. Carrying out the tests prescribed in specifications, and

iii. For the correctness of the test results, whether preformed in his laboratory or elsewhere.

iv. The Contractor shall have to establish field laboratory within the time specified and having such

equipment as are specified in the Contract Data.

v. Failure of the Contractor to establish laboratory shall attract such penalty as is specified in the

Contract Data.

vi. Ten percent of the mandatory tests prescribed under the specifications shall be got carried out

through Laboratories accredited by National Accreditation Board of Laboratories (NABL) by the

Engineer-In-Charge and the cost of the such testing shall be deducted from the payments due to

Contractor.

6.3.2. Correction of Defects Noticed

i. The defect liability period of work in the contract shall be the as per the Contract Data Sheet.




246

ii. The Contractor shall promptly rectify all defects pointed out by the Engineer well before the end

of the Defect Liability Period. The Defect Liability Period shall automatically stand extended until

the defect is rectified.

iii. If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect pertaining to the Defect Liability Period to the

satisfaction of the Engineer, within the time specified by the Engineer, the Engineer will assess

the cost of having the Defect corrected, and the cost of correction of the Defect shall be recovered

from the Performance Security or any amount due or that may become due to the Contractor and

other available securities.

6.4. COST CONTROL

6.4.1. Variations

i. The Engineer in charge shall have power to make any alterations, omissions or additions to or

substitutions for the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions, that may appear

to him to be necessary during the progress of the work and the Contractor shall carry out the work

in accordance with any instructions which may be given to him in writing signed by the Employer,

and such alterations, omission, additions or substitutions shall not invalidate the contract and any

altered, additional or substituted work, which the Contractor may be directed to do in the manner

above specified, as part of the work, shall be carried out by the Contractor on the same conditions

in all respects on which he agree to do the main work.

ii. The time for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that the altered,

additional or substituted work bears to the original contract work and the certificate of the

Engineer in charge shall be conclusive as to such proportion.

6.4.2. Extra Item

All such items which are not in the priced Bills of Quantities (BOQ) shall be treated as extra items.

6.4.3. Payments for Variations/Extra Quantities

i. The rates for the additional (Extra Quantities), altered or substituted work/ extra items under this

clause shall be worked out in accordance with the following provisions in their respective order:

a) The Contractor is bound to carry out the additional (Extra quantity), work at the same rates as

are specified in the contract for the work. The maximum variation shall be permitted upto 10%

of the total contract value.

b) If the item is not in the priced BOQ and is included in the Schedule of Rate (SOR) of the

department, the rate shall be arrived at by applying the quoted tender percentage on the SOR

rate.

c) If the rates of the altered or substituted work are not provided in applicable SOR-such rates

will be derived from the rates for a similar class (type) of work as is provided in the contract

(priced BOQ) for the work.

d) If the rates are for the altered, substituted work cannot be determined in the manner specified

in the sub clause (c) above-then the rates for such composite work item shall be worked out

on the basis of the concerned schedule of rates quoted by the Contractor.

e) If the rates of a particular part or parts of the item is not in the schedule of rates and the rates

for the altered, or substituted work item cannot be determined in the manner specified in sub

clause (b) to (d) above, the rate for such part or parts will be determined by the Competent

Authority as defined in the Contract data on the basis of the rate analysis derived out of

prevailing market rates when the work was done.

f) But under no circumstances, the Contractor shall suspend the work on the plea of non-

acceptability of rates on items falling under sub clause (a) to (e). In case the Contractor

does not accept the rate approved by Engineer in charge for a particular item, the Contractor




247

shall continue to carry out the item at the rates determined by the Competent Authority. The

decision on the final rates payable shall be arrived at through the dispute settlement

procedure.

6.4.4. Compensation

i. If at any time after the commencement of the work, the Government, for any reason whatsoever,

not require the whole or any part of the work as specified in the bid to be carried out, the Engineer

in charge shall give notice in writing of the fact to the Contractor and withdraw that whole or any

part of the work.

ii. The Contractor shall have no claim to any payments or compensation whatsoever, on account of

any profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of work in full or on account

of any loss incurred for idle men and machinery due to any alteration or restriction of work for

whatsoever reason.

iii. The Engineer in charge may supplement the work by engaging another agency to execute such

portion of the work, without prejudice to his rights.

iv. For particular items of works, for which it may not be possible to ascertain the exact quantities

during estimation, and if in case quantities of such particular items are found to be less than the

quantities of the item of works mentioned in the BOQ, the contractor will not be compensated for

the balance quantities or any claims thereof. However if there is an increase in quantities of these

item of works during execution, and within the permissible limits of this contract, the contractor

would be granted such variations. Such item of works that are subject to decrease in quantity are

listed in PCC

6.4.5. Interests

No interest shall be payable to the Contractor on any payment due or awarded by any authority.

6.4.6. Recovery

Whenever any claim against the Contractor for the payment arises under the contract, the Department

shall be entitled to recover such sum by:

i. Appropriating, in part or whole of the Performance Security and additional Performance Security,

if any; and/or Security deposit and/or any sums payable under the contract to the Contractor.

ii. If the amount recovered in accordance with (a) above is not sufficient, the balance sum may be

recovered from any payment due to the Contractor under any other Contract/agreement of the

department, including the securities which become due for release.

iii. The department shall, further have an additional right to effect recoveries as arrears of land

revenue under the M.P. Land revenue Code.

6.4.7. Taxes & Levies

i. The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be inclusive of the commercial tax and

other levies, duties, cess, toll, taxes of Central and State Governments, local bodies and

authorities, but shall be exclusive of Goods & Services Tax (GST)

ii. The liability, if any, on account of quarry fees, royalties and any other taxes and duties in respect

of materials actually consumed on public work, shall be borne by the Contractor.

iii. Any Changes in the taxes due to change in legislation or for any other reason shall not be payable

to the Contractor.

6.4.8. Measurements




248

i. The department reserves to itself the right to prescribe a scale of check measurement of work in

general or specific scale for specific works or by other special orders.

ii. Checking of measurement by superior officer shall supersede measurements by

subordinate officer(s), and the former will become the basis of the payment.

iii. Any over/excess payments detected, as a result of such check measurement or otherwise at any

stage up to the date of completion of the defect liability period specified in this contract, shall be

recoverable from the Contractor, as per clause above.

6.4.9. Termination

i. If the Contractor fails to carry out any obligation under the Contract, the Engineer in charge may

by notice require the Contractor to make good the failure and to remedy it within a specified

reasonable time.

ii. The Engineer in charge shall be entitled to terminate the contract if the Contractor

a) Abandons the works or otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not to continue

performance of his obligations under the contract;

b) the Contractor is declared as bankrupt or goes into liquidation other than for approved

reconstruction or amalgamation;

c) without reasonable excuse fails to comply with the notice to correct a particular defect within

a reasonable period of time;

d) the Contractor does not maintain a valid instrument of financial Security, as prescribed;

e) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by such duration for which the

maximum amount of liquidated damages is recoverable;

f) If the Contractor fails to deploy machinery and equipment or personnel or set up a field

laboratory as specified in the Contract Data.

g) if the Contractor, in judgment of the engineer in charge has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent

practices in competing for or in executing the contract;

h) Any other fundamental breaches as specified in the Contract Data.

iii. In any of these events or circumstances, the engineer in charge may, upon giving 14(Fourteen)

days’ notice to the Contractor, terminate the contract and expel the Contractor from the site.

However, in the case of sub paragraph (b) or (g), the Engineer in charge may terminate the

contract immediately.

iv. Notwithstanding the above, the Engineer in charge may terminate the contract for convenience by

giving notice to the Contractor.

6.4.10. Payment upon Termination

i. If the contract is terminated under above clause, the Engineer-in-Charge shall issue a certificate

for value of the work accepted on final measurements, less advance payments received up to the

date of issue of the certificate, less other recoveries due in terms of the contract, less taxes due

to be deducted at source as per applicable law and less the percentage to apply to the work not

completed as indicated in the Contract Data.

ii. Payment on termination under clause above, the Engineer shall issue a certificate for the value of

the work done, the reasonable cost of removal of Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s

personnel employed solely on the works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and

securing the works and less advance payments received up to the date of the certificate, less

other recoveries due in terms of the contract and less taxes due to be deducted at source as per

applicable law.

iii. If the total amount due to the Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the difference

shall be recovered as per Recovery clause.




249

6.4.11. Performance Security

The Contractor shall have to submit performance security and additional performance security, if any,

as specified in Bid data sheet at the time of signing of the contract. The Contractor shall have to ensure

that such performance security and Additional performance, if any; security remains valid for the period

as specified in the Contract data.

6.4.12. Security Deposit

i. Security deposit shall be deducted from each running bill at the rate as specified in the contract

data. The total amount of security deposit so deducted shall not exceed the percentage of contract

price specified in the Contract data.

ii. The Security may be replaced by equivalent amount of bank guarantee or fixed deposit receipt

assigned to the Employer, with validity up to 3 (three) months beyond the completion of defect

Liability Period/ Extended Defect Liability Period.

iii. The Security deposit shall be refunded on completion of defect liability period.

6.4.13. Price Adjustment

i. Applicability

a) Price adjustment shall be applicable only if provided for in the Contract Data.

b) The price adjustment clause shall apply only for the works executed from the date of signing

of the agreement until the end of the initial intended completion date or extensions granted for

reasons attributed to the Employer by the Engineer.

c) The Contractor shall not be entitled to any benefit arising from the price adjustment clause for

extension in the contract period for reasons attributed to the Contractor.

d) In the Force Majeure event the price escalation clause shall apply.

ii. Procedure

a) Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in rates and price of labour, materials,

fuels and lubricants in accordance with following principles and procedures and as per

formula given in the contract data.

b) The price adjustable shall be determined during each quarter from the formula given in the

contract data.

c) Following expression and meaning are assigned to the work done during each quarter:

R =Total value of work during the quarter. It would include the amount of secured advance

granted, if any, during the quarter, less the amount of secured advance recovered, if

any during the quarter, less value of material issued by the department, if any, during the

quarter.

d) Weightages of various components of the work shall be as per the Contract Data.

iii. To the extent that full compensation any rise or fall in costs to the Contractor is not covered by

the provisions of this or clauses in the contact, the unit rates and prices included in the contract

shall be deemed amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in costs.

iv. The index relevant to any quarter, for which such compensation is paid, shall be the arithmetical

average of the indices relevant of the calendar month.

v. For the purpose of clarity it is pointed out that the adjustment may be either positive or negative,

i.e. if the price adjustment is in favour the same shall be recovered from the sums payable to the

Contractor.

6.4.14. Mobilization Advance

i. Payment of advances shall be applicable if provided in Contract Data.




250

ii. If applicable, the Engineer bearing advance payment to the Contractor of the against provision by

the Contractor of an unconditional Bank in nationalized/Scheduled banks, in the name as stated

in the in the advance payment. The Guarantee shall remain effective been repaid, but the

amount of the guarantee shall be progressively repaid by the Contractor.

iii. The rate of interest shall be as per Contract data.

iv. The advance shall be recovered as stated in the Contract data by deducting proportionate

amounts from payment otherwise due to the Contractor. No account shall be taken of the advance

payment or its recovery in assessing valuations of work done, variations, price adjustments,

compensation events, or liquidated damages.

6.4.15. Secured Advance

i. Payment of secured advance shall be applicable if provided in Contract data.

ii. If applicable, the Engineer in Charge shall make interest bearing advance payment to the

Contractor of the amounts stated in the Contract Data, against provision by the Contractor of an

unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by nationalized/ scheduled banks, in the name as

stated in the Contract Data, in amounts equal to the advance payment. The guarantee shall

remain effective until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of the guarantee

shall be progressively reduced by the amounts repaid by the Contractor.

iii. The rate of interest chargeable shall be as per Contract Data.

iv. The construction machinery advance, if applicable, shall be limited to 80% of the cost of

construction machinery and admissible only for new construction machinery.

v. The advance payment shall be recovered as stated in the Contract Data by deducting

proportionate amounts from payment otherwise due to the Contractor. No account shall be taken

of the advance payment or its recovery in assessing valuations of work done, variations, price

adjustments, compensation events, or liquidated damages.

6.4.16. Payment Certification

i. The payment to the Contractor will be as follows for construction work:

a) The Contractor shall submit to the engineer monthly statement of the value of the work

executed less the cumulative amount certified previously, supported with detailed

measurement of the items of work executed in accordance to the payment milestones

mentioned in the PCC.

b) The engineer shall check the Contractor’s monthly statement and certify the amount to be paid

to the Contractor.

c) The value of work executed shall be determined, based on the measurements approved by

the Engineer/Engineer in charge.

d) The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the quantities of the items in the Bill of

quantities completed.

e) The value of work executed shall also include the valuation of variations and compensation

events.

f) All payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance payment, security deposit, other

recoveries in terms of contract and taxes at source as applicable under the law.

g) The Engineer may exclude any item certified in a previous certificate or reduce the proportion

of any item previously certified in any certificate in the light of later information.

h) Payment of intermediate certificate shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against

the final payment and not as payments for work actually done and completed.

i) Intermediate payment shall not preclude the requiring of bad, unsound and imperfect or

unskilled work to be removed and taken away and reconstructed or be considered as an




251

admission of the due performance of the Contractor any part thereof, in any respect or the

occurring of any claim.

j) The payment of final bill shall be governed by the provisions of Final Account clause of GCC.

k) Payments shall be made to contractors for scheduled items other than UADD ISSR items and

other non-scheduled items as per the conditions specified in PCC.

6.5. CONTRACT COMPLETION/CLOSURE

6.5.1. Completion Certificate

i. A completion certificate in the prescribed format in Contract data shall be issued by the Engineer

in charge after physical completion of the work and successful handover to respective agencies

owning different heads with their respective clearance certificates.

ii. After final payment to the Contractor, a final completion certificate in the prescribed format in the

contract data shall be issued by the Engineer in charge.

6.5.2. Final Account

i. The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a detailed account of the total amount that the

Contractor considers payable for works under the Contract within 21 days of issue of certificate

of physical completion of works. The Engineer shall issue a Defects Liability Certificate and

certify any payment that is due to the Contractor within 45 days of receiving the Contractor’s

account if it is correct and complete. If the account is not correct or complete, the Engineer shall

issue within 45 days a schedule that states the scope of the corrections or additions that are

necessary. If the Account is still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the matter shall be

referred to the competent authority as defined in the Contract data, who shall decide on the

amount payable to the Contractor after hearing the Contractor and the Engineer in Charge.

ii. In case the account is not received within 21 days of issue of Certificate of Completion, the

Engineer shall proceed to finalize the account and issue a payment certificate within 28 days.

6.6. OTHER CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

6.6.1. Currencies

All payments will be made in Indian Rupees.

6.6.2. Labour

i. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the Contract, make his own arrangements for

the engagement of all staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing, feeding and

transport.

ii. The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, deliver to the Engineer a return in detail, in such

form and at such intervals as the Engineer may prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of

the several classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor on the Site and such

other information as the Engineer may require.

6.6.3. Compliance with Labour Regulation

i. During continuance of the Contract, the Contractor and his sub-Contractors shall abide at all times

by all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications and

bye laws of the State or Central Government or local authority and any other labour law (including

rules), regulations, bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any

labour law in future either by the State or the Central Government or the local authority. Salient

features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given in

the Contract data. The Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any action is taken

against the Employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of the




252

provisions of any Act or rules made there under, regulations or notifications including

amendments. If the Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary

to cause or observe, or for non- observance of the provisions stipulated in the

notifications/byelaws/Acts/Rules/ regulations including amendments, if any, on the part of the

Contractor, the Engineer/Employer shall have the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor

including his amount of performance security. The Employer/Engineer shall also have right to

recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making good the

loss or damage suffered by the Employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-

Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any point of time.

a) The Contractor or its sub-Contractors shall be solely responsible for complying with all

statutory provisions relating to manpower engaged by, for, or through them. In the event of

any liability on SSCL by virtue of its being principal employer due to failure of the Contractor

or its sub-Contractors to comply with all applicable labour legislations, the Contractor and its

sub-Contractors Bidder shall indemnify and/or reimburse the amount payable by SSCL, if any

on this account.

b) If any accident, any injury or physical harm to any person is caused during operations within

the contract period, the Contractor and its sub-Contractors, as the case may be the Contractor

sub56 Contractors shall be solely responsible and shall bear all the cost and consequences’

associated with such eventualities. The Contractor and its sub-Contractors also agrees and

undertakes to indemnify and keep indemnified SSCL, its directors/ employees/ agents and its

consultants.

ii. Construction Safety. The Contractor should be well conversant with technical as well as

administrative and legal aspects of safety and judicial pronouncement. The Contractor shall all

times take all reasonable precautions and safety measures to maintain safety of personnel and

property. The Contractor shall, at its own expenses and throughout the period of the contract

ensure appropriate and suitable arrangements for health, safety and hygiene requirements for

the surroundings. The State and Central Government prevailing all Statues in this regard must be

complied in letter and spirit throughout the period of contract.

6.6.4. Audit & Technical Examination

Government shall have the right to cause an audit and technical examination of the works and the final

bill of the contract including all supporting vouchers, abstract etc. To be made after payment of the final

bill and if as a result of such audit and technical examination any sum is found to have been overpaid

in respect of any work done by the Contractor under the contract or nay work claimed by him to have

been done under the contract and found not to, have been executed, the Contractor shall be liable to

refund the amount of overpayment and it shall be lawful for government to recover the same from him

in the manner prescribed in clause 24 above and if it is found that the Contractor was paid less than

what was due to him, under the contract in respect of any work executed by him under it, the amount

of such under payment shall be duly paid by government to the Contractor.

6.6.5. Death or Permanent Invalidity of Contractor

During continuance of the contract, the Contractor and his sub- Contractor s shall abide at all times by

all existing labour enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications, and bye laws of

the state or central government or local authority and any other labour law (including rules), regulations,

bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued under any labour law in future either by

the state or the major labour laws that are applicable to construction industry are given in the contract

data. The Contractor shall keep the employer indemnified in case any action is taken against the

employer by the competent authority on account of contravention of any of the provisions of any Act or

rules made their under, regulations or notifications including amendments. If the Employer is caused to

pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of




253

the provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye laws/Acts/Rules regulations including amendments, if

any, on the part of the Contractor, the engineer/employer shall have the right to deduct from any money

due to the Contractor including his amount of performance of security. The employer/engineer shall

also have right to recover from the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for making

good the loss or damage suffered by the employer. The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-

Contractor in no case shall be treated as the employees of the employer at any point of time.

6.6.6. Jurisdiction

This contract has been entered into the State of Madhya Pradesh and its validity, construction,

interpretation and legal effect shall be subjected to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts in Sagar or of

the courts at the place where this contract/agreement is entered into. No other jurisdiction shall be

applicable.




254




255

SECTION VII: PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (PCC)


National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development,


256

7. SECTION VII: PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (PCC)

7.1. CONTRACT DATA SHEET

Clause Reference

Particulars Data

6.1.1. xiv Employer Sagar Smart City Limited (SSCL)

6.1.1. xv Engineer Engineer as notified by employer

6.1.1. xvi Engineer In Charge Executive Engineer of SSCL

6.1.1. xxii Stipulated period of completion

18 Months including rainy season for Works and 60 Months for Management, Operation and Maintenance Services

6.1.3 Language English

6.1.3 Law of Contract Indian Contract Act 1872

6.1.4 Address & contact details of the Contractor

-

Address & contact details of the Employer/Engineer-phone, Fax, e-mail.




Email:

Phone:

6.1.5 Subcontracting permitted for contract value

Permitted till 25 percent of the contract price only for Works. Permitted till 75 percent of the contract price only for Management, Operation and Maintenance Services

6.1.6 Technical Personnel to be provided by the Contractor

As per Key Personnel Requirement, Section V: Employer’s Requirement Minimum Salary of Key Personnel

Sl.No. Position Title Minimum Salary

INR/Month

1. Project Manager 60,000

2. Civil Engineer 45,000

3. Structural Engineer 45,000

4. Electrical Engineer 40,000

5. Hydraulic & Plumbing Engineer 40,000

6. Architect 40,000

7. Environmental Expert 35,000

8. Social Expert 35,000

9. Quality Control/ Engineer 35,000

10. Site Engineer(s) 30,000

Penalty, if required Technical personal not employed

Penalty as per pro-rata calculations on 150% of their respective salaries

6.1.10 Specifications As per Technical Specification, Section V: Employer’s Requirement

Drawings As per Tender Drawings, Section V: Employer’s Requirement and Good for Construction (GFCs) issued from time to time by the Contractor and approved by the PMC on behalf of SSCL. GFC drawings will be prepared by the Contractor.

6.1.12 Competent authority for deciding dispute under Dispute resolution system

Chief Executive Officer, SSCL, Sagar

Appellate Authority for deciding dispute under Dispute resolution system

Executive Director, SSCL, Sagar




257

6.2.1 Period of submission of updated construction program for Works Period of submission of updated program for Management, Operation & Maintenance Services

15 days after signing of contract agreement and every month thereafter. 15 days after completion and commissioning of the capital works and every financial quarter thereafter

6.2.2 Competent authority for granting time permission


6.2.3 Milestones laid down for the contract

Sl.

No.

Desired Sequencing of Work (in chronological

order)

Time of

Completion in

months (from

time of award)

1 Site Setting up including setting up of site office, labour camps, laboratory, material storage, mobilization of equipment, setting up of construction yard, securing working area, etc.

0.5

2 Survey, Investigation and Mandated Assessments including Topo /TSS survey, hydrological investigations, environment and social appraisal, bathymetric survey, etc.

0.5

3 Dewatering of the Lake including setting up of temporary pumping stations, temporary tapping of existing waste water, complete pumping of water and sludge, building cofferdams, demolition of crest weir, etc.

1.5

4 Construction & development of waste water tapping network & Modular STP/DEWATS facilities including siting, sizing and construction of Modular STP/DEWATS, channelization, laying of waste water/storm water pipes, ducts and connections, and SITC of Modular STP/DEWATS

0.5

5 Demolition, dismantling and site clearance at the road level

3.0

6 Dry Desilting of the lake, feeder canal & outflow including siting and sizing of dump sites, all means of silt excavation, hauling, ramp works, transportation, etc.

6.0

7 Shore stabilization, protection embankment and construction of all submerged/semi-submerged sub-structures including reconstruction of the waste weir, construction of watershed silt trap, reconstruction and retrofitting of aqueducts, installation of sluice gates, construction of retaining/guard walls, reconstruction of culverts, embankment protection, redevelopment of ghats, pedestrian walkways, decks, bastions, boating and ferry jetties, pisciculture tanks, water fountain, iconic statue, etc.

5.0

8 Wetland Bio Restoration including removal of surface infestation, soil erosion protection measures, wetland plantation, fish seeding, bio-remediation, bio-manipulation, etc.

1.5

9 Removal of all barrier structure(s), temporary arrangements and refilling of upper lake including removal of cofferdams, sheet piles, temporary waste water disposal pipes, interconnection of tapping pipes, testing/commissioning/operating of watershed silt trap/aqueduct/crest weir, etc.

1.0

10 Provision for all floating structure and water quality monitoring systems including SITC of synchronized

1.0




258

musical fountain, pontoon jetties, all monitoring equipment, etc.

11 Substructure and ground burial services utilities at road level including ducting and burial of utility services (electrical cables, water supply pipes, storm water/waste water pipes, rain water swale), footings and foundation works, sub-base works, CC & RCC works, WBM, WMM, etc.

5.0

12 Construction of all superstructures at the road level including toe/protection walls, stone/brick masonry works, protection fencing/railing, shelters/sheds/buildings, SITC of e-bio toilets, platforms, decks, etc.

3.0

13 Ground Cover, flooring, and paving including all paving works, pathways, preparation of ground cover surfaces, etc.

5.0

14 Landscaping, plantation, and street furniture 4.0

15 Management, Operation and Maintenance of the above mentioned capital works for 5 years

Completion of

works +60

Compensation (to Employer) for Delay

If the contractor fails to achieve the milestones, and the delay in execution of work is attributable to the contractor/the Employer shall retain an amount from the sums payable and due to the contractor as per following scale:

I. Slippage up to 25% in financial target during the milestone under consideration - 2.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

II. Slippage exceeding 25% but Up to 50% in financial target during the milestone under consideration 5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span

III. Slippage exceeding 50% but Up to 75% in financial target during the milestone under consideration -7.5% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

IV. Slippage exceeding 75% in financial target during the milestone under consideration -10% of the work remained unexecuted in the related time span.

For arriving at the dates of completion of time span related to different milestones, delays which are not attributable to the Contractor shall be considered. The slippage on any milestone is if made good in subsequent milestones or at the time of stipulated period of completion, the amount retained as above shall be refunded. In case the work is not completed within the stipulated period of completion along with all such extensions which are granted to the Contractor for either Employer’s default or Force Majeure, the compensation shall be levied on the contractor at the rate of 0.05% per day of delay limited to a maximum of 10% of contract price.

If the contractor fails to achieve the milestones, and the delay in execution of services as per the maintenance manual and is attributable to the contractor/the Employer shall withhold the entire Performance Guarantee till the services are not rectified as per Employer’s satisfaction. In case the level of desired services still not achieved, the Employer will liquidate the entire amount of Performance Guarantee.

6.3.1 List of equipment for lab

As per Laboratory Equipment Requirements, Section V: Employer’s Requirement

Time to establish 30 days from date of signing of the Agreement

Penalty for not establishing lab

Rs. 50,000/- per month (or part thereof) of delay

6.3.2 Defects Liability Period for Civil Work

1 Year after physical completion of the works

6.4.3 Competent authority for determining the rate


6.4.4 Item of works whose quantities are subject

2.1 Dewatering and pumping the working area including all connecting operation required for decantation contaminated water from lake area to




259

to decrease during execution and for which no compensations will be paid to the contractor

outlet point. 2.8 Earth work in excavation by mechanical means (Hydraulic excavator) / manual means over areas (exceeding 30cm in depth. 1.5m in width as well as 10 sqm on plan) including disposal of excavated earth, lead upto 50m and lift upto 1.5m, disposed earth to be levelled and neatly dressed. For All Kinds of Soil 2.10 Loading and unloading of stone boulder / stone aggregates / sand / kanker / moorum. (Placing tipper at loading point, loading with front end loader, dumping, turning for return trip, excluding time for haulage and return trip) Transportation rate of different other material in comparison with 20 mm metal. Excavated earth @ 25% above Beyond 10 Kms. and upto 20 Kms. (Add for every 1 Km).

6.4.9 Any other condition for breach of contract

-

Penalty Penalty shall include (a) Security deposit as per clause of General conditions of contract and the percentage to apply to the value of work not completed representing the Employer’s additional cost for completing the works shall be 20 percent. (b) Liquidated damages imposed as per clause 15 or performance security (Guarantee) including additional performance security (Guarantee), if any, as per clause of General conditions of contract, whichever is higher.

6.4.11 Performance guarantee (Security) shall be valid up to

1. Performance Security amounting to total ten (10%) percent of

contract value shall be submitted/deducted as follows:

A) Performance guarantee, undertaking and warranties

B) If the tenderer comprises of a partnership will be required to

execute the guarantees, undertakings and warranties. The

tenderer should note that in the event of award, all guarantees

are required to be executed prior to the signing of the contract.

C) The performance security required in accordance with of general

conditions of contract shall be for 10% of the contract value, in

Indian rupees and shall comprise the following:

I. Performance guarantee- 5% of the contract value

II. Retention money - 5% of the contract value

2. The tenderer shall furnish all other guarantees, undertakings, and

warranties, in accordance with the provisions in General conditions

of contract and Special conditions of contract.

3. Failure of the successful tenderer to comply with the requirements of

within the time limit specified therein shall constitute sufficient

grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the tender

security.

4. Retention money: in addition to the performance guarantee, retention

money (security deposit) will be5 % of the contract value. The

percentage of retention money will be recovered in each interim

payment as per the SCC

5. The PG (Performance Guarantee) to the extent of 5% of the contract

value shall be paid in one of the following forms.

A. Cash transferred through neft, rtgs & imps

B. Government securities

C. Fixed deposit receipts ( FDR) of a schedule bank.




260

D. An electronically issued Irrevocable Bank Guarantee bond

of any schedule bank, or in the prescribed form given. The

Bank Guarantee shall be from a scheduled bank in india

(meaning a bank which has been included in the second

schedule of reserve bank of india act, 1934) (including

scheduled commercial foreign banks).

6. The performance guarantee shall be furnished to the employer within

twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the letter of acceptance.

Performance guarantee is applicable over and above the clause of

earnest money deposit. Performance guarantee will have to be paid

and shall be valid till the defect liability period or finalization of final

bill whichever is later. This deposit will be allowed in the form of (A)

to (D) as mentioned above and shall be paid as prescribed in the

letter of acceptance.

7. The Successful Bidder to submit the Performance Guarantee for the

O&M period of 5% of the O&M cost as per the Bid proposal

submitted and accepted by SSCL, shall be furnished to the employer

before One Eighty (180) days prior to start the O&M period. This

Performance Guarantee deposit will be allowed in the form of (A) to

(D) as mentioned above and valid after 6 months of expiry of the

O&M Services period (i.e. 5.5 years after the Works Period)

8. Additional performance security deposit

A) If the tenderer has quoted the offer less than 10% below the

estimated rates put to tender, then the tenderer shall not to

have to submit additional performance security deposit

b) If the offer is less than 1 % below the estimated rates and is

up to 10% below, then the amount of the performance

security shall be paid as per the clause ITB 1.6.4.2, 1.6.4.3

& 1.6.4.4 shall be of the value of 10% of the cost put to

tender.

For example: if the rates quoted is 7% below, then the amount of

performance security should be 10% of the cost put to tender

If the offer is less than 10% below then the amount of the

performance security shall be of the value of 10% of the cost put to

tender plus the amount arrived by applying that percent on the cost

put to tender which is the difference of percentage quoted by the

tenderer and 10. For example: if the rates quoted is 17% below, then

the amount of performance security should be 17%, i.e.10% of the

cost put to tender + ( plus) (17-10) % of the cost put to tender

9. If the bid, which results in the lowest evaluated bid price, is seriously

unbalanced or front loaded (22% less than the scheduled rates or

15% more than the scheduled rates for percentage rate and item rate

tenders/bids) and if in the opinion of the employer, the successful

bidder has failed to justify or demonstrate the internal consistency of

those prices vis-à-vis specifications, construction methods and

schedule, the employer may require that the amount of the

performance security be increased to a maximum of twenty (20%)

percent of the bid value of such items.




261

10. Refund of performance security

Performance Guarantee and retention money shall be released

before issue of performance certificate (after expiry of defect liability

period in the following manner

A. Retention Money-5%– After issue of the Acceptance

certificate by SSCL after the completion of Construction

Activities

B. Performance Guarantee-5% – After completion of the

Defects Liability period

C. Performance Guarantee-O&M Period -5% of O&M Cost –

after 6 months of expiry of the O&M Services period (i.e. 5.5

years after the Works Period)

6.4.12 Security deposit to be deducted from each running bill

At the rate of 5% only for Works and shall be returned back after the Physical completion certificate for the works issued by the Authority

Maximum limit of deduction of Security Deposit

5% of final contract amount only for Works

6.4.13 Price adjustment shall be applicable

Yes, only for the Works

6.4.13 Weightages of Component in the work

Weightages of components in all the capital works under the project are determined by the Authority, as below:

S. No. Component Weightage (K)

1 Materials 50% (K1)

2 POL 15% (K2)

3 Labour 35% (K3)

Adjustment for Materials Component The source for the wholesale price index for all commodities shall be the publication of the Economic Advisor to the Govt. of India published in the Reserve Bank of India, Bulletin. Vm= 0.85 x PO x K1 x [(M2M1)/M1] Where, Vm = Amount of price adjustment in Rs. for the Materials Component PO = Value of work executed as per the bills, running or final during quarter, less the cost of materials supplied to the Contractor, at fixed rate and recovered from the particular bill. In the case of materials brought to site, for which any advance is granted in the quarter the value of materials shall be added and for which advance has been recovered during the quarter shall be deducted. Furthermore, the value of such materials as assessed by the Engineer-in-charge (and not the reduced amount for which secured advance has been paid) shall be considered for this purpose. K1 = The factor representing all materials to be arranged for all works ancillary/temporary works and overheads etc. M1 = Base cost index M2 = Current Cost index Adjustment for P.O.L Component The source for working out the price adjustment on P.O.L. the representative items for reference shall be the costs of High Speed Oil only at the nearest HSD Supply Depot. VP = 0.85 x PO x K2 x [(D2-D1)/D1] Where, VP = The amount of price adjustment in Rs. PO = As mentioned herein before K2 = A factor representing the component of transportation cost connected with completion of work under the contract. D2 = Current price per litre of HSD D1 = Base price per litre of HSD




262

Adjustment for Labour Component The source for such indices being publication of Labour Bulletin Bureau, Govt of India published in the Reserve Bank of India Bulletin, on component representing Labour cost i/c all types of benefits and amenities etc. VL = 0.85 x PO x K3 x [(L2L1)/L1] Where, PO = As mentioned herein before VL = Amount of price adjustment in Rs. for the Labour Component K3 = A factor representing component of Labour cost i/c benefits, amenities etc. to be incurred by the Contractor for their work i/c all allied/ancillary/temporary works and overheads etc. L2 = Current cost index for industrial workers. L1 = Base Consumer cost index for industrial workers. The following principles shall be followed while working out the adjustments:

To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in the costs to the Contractor is not covered by the provision of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise or fall in costs.

If the Contractor shall fail to complete the works within the stipulated period of completion under the contract, the adjustment of prices thereafter, until the date of completion of the works shall be made using either the indices or prices relating to the stipulated time for completion or the current indices or prices whichever is more favorable to the Engineer-in-Charge. Provided that if any extension of time is granted for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor, the above provisions shall apply only to the adjustment made after the expiry of such extension of time.

The price adjustment shall be evaluated for each of the interim payment certificate submitted by the Contractor.

The following items are not to be included in the price adjustment calculations:

o Recovery of Liquidated damages. o Recovery of Retention money, with holding and release.

6.4.14 Mobilization Advance applicable

Yes

If yes, unconditional Bank Guarantee

As per format in Contract Form 8.3

If Yes Rate of Interest 10%

If Yes, the percentage Amount that can be paid

upto 10% of the Contract Amount

If Yes, Recovery of Payment

@10% of the Advance from each running bill (third running bill onwards)

6.4.15 Secured Advance Payable

No

If Yes, Amount of Secured Advance

No

If Yes, Conditions for Secured Advance

No

If Yes, Recovery of Secured Advance

No

6.4.16 Payment Milestones

Sl. No.

Work Description

Payment Milestone w.r.t Completion of Total Work or

Services

1. Site Setting-up




263

2. Survey & Investigation

Monthly Bills for Works

Completed and approved by

SSCL

3. Dewatering of the Lake Monthly Bills for Works


SSCL

4. Site Clearance Demolition & Dismantling at road level

5. Construction of Waste Water Tapping Network & Modular STP/DEWATS

6. Dry Desilting & Transportation to Dump Site(s)

7. Construction of embankment & construction of all submerged structures



SSCL

8. Wetland Bio Restoration

9. Dismantling of Temporary Arrangements & Refilling of Lake

10. Procurement and SITC of all floating structure

11. Construction of substructure and ground burial services utilities at road level



SSCL

12. Construction of all superstructures at the road level

13. Construction of ground cover, flooring, and paving

14. Landscaping, plantation, and street furniture

15. Management, Operation and Maintenance Year 1 1/5 th of

Services value


Services value


Services value


Services value


Services value

Payments for scheduled items other than UADD ISSR items and other non-scheduled items

If the item of work which is scheduled item other than UADD ISSR item due for measurement and payment, the engineer in charge shall ensure that such item does not exist in the UADD ISSR schedules, and if such item of works are found therein, the scheduled price or item rate of UADD ISSR shall prevail over any other scheduled items. The contractor for such item of works shall be paid in accordance to the rates mentioned in UADD ISSR. For measurement and payment of non-scheduled items, the rates mentioned in the estimated BOQ would be considered fixed and the contractor will not be paid more than the estimated rate for those particular item of works.

6.5.1 Completion Certificate (for Works) – after physical completion of capital works


Final Completion Certificate – after final payment on completion of the Management, Operation & Maintenance Services.


6.6.2 & 6.6.3

Salient features of some of the major labour laws that are applicable

(a) Workmen Compensation Act 1923: - The Act provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the course of employment. (b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: - Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed the prescribed minimum years (say, five years) of service or more or on death the rate of prescribed minimum days’(say, 15 days) wages for every completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing the prescribed minimum number (say, 10) or more employees. (c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952: The Act




264

Provides for monthly contributions by the Employer plus workers at the rate prescribed (say, 10% or 8.33%). The benefits payable under the Act are: i. Pension or family pension on retirement or death as the case may be. ii. Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker. iii. Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc. (d) Maternity Benefit Act 1951: The Act provides for leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc. (e) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: - The Act provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the Principal Employer by Law. The principal Employer is required to take Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is, required to take license from the designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of Principal Employer if they employ prescribed minimum (say 20) or more contract labour. (f) Minimum Wages Act 1948: - The Employer is to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of buildings, roads, runways is scheduled employment. (g) Payment of Wages Act 1936: - It lays down as to by what date the wages are to be paid, when it will be paid and what deductions can be made from the wages of the workers. (h) Equal Remuneration Act 1979: - The Act provides for payment of equal wages for work of equal nature to male and female workers and for not making discrimination against female employees in the matters of transfers, training and promotions etc. (i) Payment of Bonus Act 1965: - The Act is applicable to all establishments employing prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more workmen. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus 'within the prescribed range of percentage of wages to employees drawing up to the prescribed amount of wages, calculated in the prescribed manner. The Act does not apply to certain establishments. The newly set-up establishments are exempted for five years in certain circumstances. States may have different number of employment size. (j) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: - The Act lays down the machinery and procedure for resolution of industrial disputes, in what situations a strike or lock-out becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the employees or closing down the establishment. (k) Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act 1946: - It is applicable to all establishments employing prescribed minimum (say, 100, or 50). The Act provides for laying down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters provided in the Act and gets these certified by the designated Authority. (l) Trade Unions Act 1926: - The Act lays down the procedure for registration of trade unions of workmen and Employers. The Trade Unions registered under the Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities. (m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986: - The Act prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulations of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of child labour is prohibited in building and construction industry. (n) Inter -State Migrant Workmen's (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of Service) Act 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs prescribed minimum (say, five) or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another state). The inter- State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as Housing, Medical-Aid,




265

Travelling expenses from home up to the establishment and back etc. (o) The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Cess Act of 1996: - All the establishments who carry on any building or other construction work and employs the prescribed minimum (say, 10) or more workers are covered under this Act. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as. may be modified by the Government., The Employer of the establishment- is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance, housing accommodations for workers near the-work place etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the Government. (p) Factories Act 1948: - The Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans before setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours, annual earned leave and rendering information regarding accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated authorities. it is applicable to premises employing the prescribed minimum (say, 10) persons or more with aid of power or another prescribed minimum (say, 20) or more persons without the aid of power engaged in manufacturing process.

Insurance Insurance Requirements

(A) Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Contractor In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. (a) Cargo Insurance Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefore) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.

Amount Deductible limits Parties insured

From To

[in currency(ies)] [in currency(ies)] [names] [place] [place]

110% of the total value of Schedule 2 of both lines

Nil Contractor & Employer

Ex-works point

DABS site

(b) Installation All Risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.

Amount Deductible limits

Parties insured

From To

[in currency(ies)]

[in currency(ies)]

[names] [place] [place]




266

110% of Total value of Contract

Nil Contractor and Employer

Effective Date

Operational Acceptance

50% of Total value of Contract

Nil Contractor and Employer

Operational Acceptance

End of defects liability period

(c) Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.

Amount Deductible limits

Parties insured

From To

[in currency(ies)]

[in currency(ies)]

[names] [place] [place]

INR 5,00,000.00

Nil Contractor Employees

Commencement of Works

Defect Liability Period

INR 5,00,000.00

Nil Third Party Personnel

Commence of Works


INR 5,00,000.00

Nil Employers Property

Commence of Works


(d) Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements. (e) Workers’ Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable as per the Madhya Pradesh Government compensation policy .

The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.

7.2. SPECIFIC PROVISIONS

7.2.1. General

The data and information given in the Contract Document are based on the investigations, planning and

designs carried out so far. The data considered for the project planning have been included in the bid

documents. The Contractor shall, therefore, satisfy himself about the adequacy and accuracy of the said

data/information and interpretation thereof and collect fresh data/additional data/information and carry

out/conduct further investigations and studies and get the approval of same from the employer. The

Employer shall not be responsible for the accuracy/adequacy of the data/information and interpretation




267

thereof by the Contractor.

7.2.2. Sufficiency of Bid

i. The Contractor shall be deemed to have visited and carefully examined the Project Site and it’s

surrounding to have satisfied himself to the nature and conditions of the means of transport and

communications, whether by land or air, as available at present and as to possible interruptions thereto

including the access and regress conditions for the Site. The Contractor is also deemed to have made

enquiries, examined and satisfied himself as to the sites source for obtaining sand, stones, bricks and

other materials, the sites for disposal of surplus materials and accommodation for depots, colonies,

workshops and other infrastructure facilities as may be necessary for executing and completing the

Works, as also the sub-soil water and variations thereof, storms, prevailing winds, climatic

conditions and all other similar matters affecting the works including law & order.

ii. Any neglect or omission or failure on the part of the Contractor in obtaining necessary and reliable

information upon the foregoing or any other matter affecting the Contract shall not relieve him from

any risks or liabilities or the entire responsibility for the completion of the Works in accordance with the

Contract.

7.2.3. Incentive for Early Completion

In the event that the Contractor completes the work ahead of scheduled completion time, a bonus @ 0.5%

(Point Five percent) of the contract price per month computed on per day basis, shall be payable to the

Contractor, subject to a maximum limit of 1% ( One per cent) of the contract price. The amount of bonus,

if payable, shall be paid along with final bill after completion of work.

7.2.4. Safety, Security and Protection of the Environment

i. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable national, provincial, and local environmental laws and

regulations.

ii. The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance arising

from the execution of the Works. This shall wherever possible be achieved by suppression of the

nuisance at source rather than abatement of the nuisance once generated.

iii. The Contractor shall take all the necessary precautions and abide by relevant rules and

regulations of safety which are presently in force and which may come into force during the currency

of the contract.

iv. The Contractor shall also take such other additional precautions and resort to such other

additional safety measures as may be directed from time to time by the Engineer-in-charge. Violation

of any rules, regulations and guidelines contained herein will entail immediate termination of the

contract.

v. In the event of any spoil, debris, waste or any deleterious substance from the Site being deposited

on any adjacent land, the Contractor shall immediately remove all such material and restore the

affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Employer.

vi. The Contractor shall prevent any interference with the supply to or abstraction from, and prevent any

pollution of, water resources (including underground percolating water) as a result of the execution of

the Works.

vii. The Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing water courses / bodies within, and adjacent to

the Site are kept safe and free from any debris and materials arising from the Works.

viii. The Contractor shall devise and arrange methods of working to minimize dust, gaseous or other air-

borne emissions and carry out the Works in such a manner as to minimize adverse impacts on air

quality.

ix. The Contractor shall utilize effective water sprays during delivery manufacture, processing and

handling of materials when dust is likely to be created, and to dampen stored materials during dry and




268

windy weather. Stockpiles of friable materials shall be covered with clean tarpaulins, with application

of sprayed water during dry and windy weather. Stockpiles of material or debris shall be dampened

prior to their movement, except where this is contrary to the Specification.

x. In the event that the Contractor is permitted to use gravel or earth roads for haulage, he shall provide

suitable measures for dust palliation, if these are, in the opinion of the IMC officials necessary. Such

measures may include spraying the road surface with water at regular intervals.

xi. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures so that the operation of all mechanical equipment

and construction processes on and off the Site shall not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise,

taking into account applicable environmental requirements. The Contractor shall use all necessary

measures and shall maintain all plant and silencing equipment in good condition so as to minimize the

noise emission during construction works.

xii. The Contractor shall control the disposal of all forms of waste generated by the construction operations

and in all associated activities. No uncontrolled deposition or dumping shall be permitted. Wastes to

be controlled shall include, but shall not be limited to, all forms of fuel and engine oils, all types of

bitumen, cement, surplus aggregates, gravels, bituminous mixtures, etc. The Contractor shall make

specific provision for the proper disposal of these and any other waste products, conforming to local

regulations and acceptable to the Project Manager.

xiii. The Contractor shall plan and provide for remedial measures to be implemented in the event of

occurrence of emergencies such as spillages of oil or bitumen or chemicals.

xiv. The Contractor shall provide the Employer with a statement of the measures he intends to implement

in the event of such an emergency which shall include a statement of how he intends to provide

personnel adequately trained to implement such measures.

xv. Should any pollution arise from the Contractor's activities he shall clean up the affected area

immediately at his own cost and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, and shall pay full

compensation to any affected party.

Note: In addition to above Contractor shall have to follow the instruction of IS codes for security and

Safety (As per Handbook on construction And Safety Practices: SP 70: 2001)

7.2.5. Protection of Trees and Vegetation

The Contractor shall ensure that no trees or shrubs or waterside vegetation are felled or harmed except for

those required to be cleared for execution of the Works. The Contractor shall protect trees and vegetation

from damage to the satisfaction of the Employer. No tree shall be removed without the prior approval of the

Employer and any competent authorities. Should the Contractor become aware during the period of the

Contract that any tree or trees designated for clearance have cultural or religious significance he shall

immediately inform the Employer and await his instructions before proceeding with clearance. In the event

that trees or other vegetation not designated for clearance are damaged or destroyed, they shall be repaired

or replaced to the satisfaction of the Employer, who shall also impose a penalty of twice the commercial

value of any timber affected, as assessed by the Employer.

7.2.6. Water Supply

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements at his own expense for water supply for construction,

sectional testing if any and other purposes.

7.2.7. Relations with Local Communities and Authorities

In setting and operating his plant and facilities and in executing the Works the Contractor shall at all-time

bear in mind and to the extent practicable minimize the impact of his activities on existing communities.

Where communities are likely to be affected by major activities such as road widening or laying of utility

lines or the establishment of a camp, large borrow pit or haul road, he shall liaise closely with the concerned

communities and their representatives and if so directed, shall attend meetings arranged by the Employer

to resolve issues and minimize impacts on local communities.




269

7.2.8. Fire Prevention

The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to ensure that no vegetation or property/ies along the

line of the road outside the area of the permanent works is affected by fires arising from the execution of

the Works. The Contractor shall obtain and follow any instructions of the competent authorities with respect

to fire hazard when working in the vicinity of gas installations. Should a fire occur adjacent to the project

road for any reason, the Contractor shall immediately suppress it. In the event of any other fire emergency

in the vicinity of the Works the Contractor shall render assistance to the civil authorities to the best of his

ability. Any scrub or plantation damaged by fire considered by the Employer to have been initiated by the

Contractor's staff or labour shall be replanted and otherwise restored to the satisfaction of the Employer at

the Contractor's expense.

7.2.9. Interference with Traffic and Adjoining Properties

In case any operation connected with the works necessitates diversion, obstruction or closure of any road,

waterway or any other right of way, the approval of respective competent authorities shall be obtained well

in advance by the Contractor. In case the Contractor’s operations obstruct access to adjacent properties,

the Contractor shall be responsible to provide reasonable temporary access to the affected parties. In

case the Contractor fails to provide adequate temporary facilities, this shall be deemed to be an Uncorrected

Defect and the Employer shall have the right to engage a third party to correct the Defect and the cost of

such correction will be deducted from the Contract Price.

7.2.10. Arrangement for Traffic During Construction

i. General

The Contractor shall at all times, carry out work on the City/Urban road in a manner creating least

interference to the flow of traffic while consistent with the satisfactory execution of the same. For all works

involving improvements to the existing urban road, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of

the Engineer as well as the Traffic Police, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage

for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement or along a alternative diversion

route. Before taking up any construction, the Contractor shall prepare a Traffic Management Plan for each

road and submit it to the Engineer for prior approval. This plan should include inter alia:

A qualified safety officer with support staff to serve as a site safety team. Provision of traffic safety devises

as per IRC:SP 55 with the following specifications:

a) Signages of retro-reflective sheet of high intensity grade

b) Delineators in the form of cones/drums made of plastic/rubber having retro-reflective red and white

bands, at a spacing of 5 m along with a reflective tape to be tied in between the gaps of

cones/drums. A bulb preferably using solar energy is to be placed on the top of the cone/drum for

delineation in the dark hours and night.

c) Barricades using iron sheet with adequate iron railing/frame painted with retro-reflective paint in

the alternate yellow and black & white stripes. Warning lights at 5 m spacing shall be mounted on

the barricades and kept lit in dark hours and night.

d) Road markings with hot applied thermoplastic paint with glass beads.

e) Safety measures for the workers engaged including personal protection equipment

f) First aid and emergency response arrangements

ii. Passage of Traffic along a Part of the Existing Carriageway under improvement

a) For widening/strengthening existing carriageway where part width of the existing carriageway

is proposed to be used for passage of traffic, treated shoulders shall be provided on the side on

which work is not in progress. The treatment to the shoulder shall consist of providing at least 300

mm moorum layer properly rolled and compacted in a width of at least 1.5 m and the surface shall

be maintained throughout the period during which traffic uses the same to the satisfaction of the

Engineer.




270

b) After obtaining permission of the Engineer, the treated shoulder shall be dismantled, the debris

disposed of and the area cleared as per the direction of the Engineer.

iii. Traffic Safety and Control

a) The Contractor shall keep the roadway under construction open to traffic and pedestrian

movement with proper drainage arrangement and smooth surface condition. Suitable ingress and

egress shall be provided as necessary for all intersecting roads and for all abutting properties. Its

purpose shall be to protect people from associated hazards and to prevent trespassing into the

construction zone.

b) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and

provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights, drums,

traffic cones, delineators and flagmen as per the traffic management plan submitted by the

Contractor and approved by the Engineer. An agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic

on the urban road shall be drawn up in prior consultation with the Engineer and the Traffic Police.

c) The Contractor shall keep all signs in proper position, clean and legible at all times.

d) The barricades erected on either side of the carriageway/portion of the carriageway closed to

traffic, shall be of strong design to resist violation, and painted with alternate black and white

stripes. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point where transition

of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of approved design and of

reflective type, as directed by the Engineer. Two persons with red / green flag and whistle to be

deputed at both ends of the barricades to regulate traffic. Red lanterns or warning lights of similar

type shall be mounted on the barricades at night and kept lit throughout from sunset to sunrise.

e) At the points where traffic is to deviate from its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or

part width of the carriageway) the channel for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of

pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the Engineer. At night,

the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source. No material to project

/ spill beyond barricades. This work item shall include all labour, equipment and services involved

in the erection, maintenance, moving, adjusting, cleaning, relocating and storing of signs,

barricades, drums, traffic cones and delineators furnished by the Contractor as well as all labour

and equipment involved in the maintenance of traffic lanes and detours, for maintenance of traffic.

iv. Maintenance of Diversions and Traffic Control Devices

a) Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversions

shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required and as directed by

the Engineer. Such temporary ways shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications of water.

7.2.11. Transport of Contractor's Equipment or Temporary Works

Where the Contractor intends to use a particular route for the haulage of large quantities of materials he

shall consult well in advance with any affected communities and submit in advance for the Employer’s

approval a plan including but not limited to the proposed route, the existing condition of the pavement and

bridges, the estimated number and type of vehicle movements per day, a programme for monitoring the

condition of the pavement and structures, and measures for limiting vehicle speeds and dust nuisance in

built-up areas. The Employer reserves the right to disallow certain haul routes should these in his opinion

cause or be likely to cause unreasonable nuisance or hazards to the public. The Employer's approval will

not remove the Contractor's obligations under this Sub-Clause to prevent and repair damage to roads or

his liability for compensation for any accidents caused by his vehicles.

7.2.12. Work in Monsoon and Dewatering

The execution of the work may entail working in the monsoon also. The contractor must maintain labour

force as may be required for the job and plan and execute the construction and erection according to the

prescribed schedule. No special/ extra rate will be considered for such work in monsoon. The Contractor’s

rate shall be considered inclusive of cost of dewatering required if any and no extra rate shall be payable

on this account.




271

7.2.13. Site Clearance

Before handing over the work to the Authority, the Contractor shall remove all temporary structure like the

site offices, cement godown, stores, labour hutments etc., scaffolding rubbish, left over materials tools

and plants, equipment etc., clean and grade the site to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge. If

this is not done the same will be got done by SSCL at its risk and cost.

7.2.14. Site Documents

The following site documents shall mainly be maintained by the Contractor at site:

i. Copy of contract documents and drawings.

ii. Computerized bill format.

iii. Site Order Book.

iv. Material testing registers / Quality Inspection Reports.

v. Measurement books on computerized format.

vi. Progress bar chart.

vii. Sample approval register.

viii. Hindrance Register.

ix. Work Diary.

x. Deviation/variation order registers.

xi. Cement consumption register.

xii. Reinforcement registers.

xiii. Concrete cube test register.

xiv. Slump test register.

xv. Silt content and sand bulkage register.

7.2.15. Safety Guidelines

i. Proper and correct lifting methods shall be adopted.

ii. All lifting tools, tackles and wires ropes etc. shall be of tested quality for safe working loads. Wire ropes

shall be of sound construction without any splaying.

iii. It is mandatory for all jobs done at a height of 2.5 M and more to use fall arrestor type

iv. safety belts & safety nets.

v. While carrying out work in confined areas, proper ventilations and lighting arrangement should be

made by the Contractor. Adequate precautions shall be taken while the work is in progress to ensure

that naked light, fire, welding or any other hot work is not in progress in the vicinity of the area where

painting is being carried out.

vi. If the work is to be carried out at height, safety of the personnel is of utmost importance.

vii. Therefore, all necessary precautions must be taken by the Contractor and he has to obtain work

permit from authorized official of SSCL for working at height before start the work.

viii. In addition to the above, Contractor has to adhere to the following safety checklist:

A. CIVIL WORKS

During excavation, the excavated earth must be dumped at a safe distance from the edge of

excavation. In no case, this shall be less than 1.5 meters from the top edge of the excavation.




272

Safe cross walkways are to be provided at distances not more than 30 meters along a continuous

trenching for pipelines etc.

Hard hats (safety helmets), rubber boots, safety shoes, and hand gloves, etc are required to be

provided for supervising as well as other working personnel by the Contractor.

Keep a watch on buried cables and underground systems. Ladders, gangways are to be provided

at convenient places for carrying out required works. Ladders shall be firmly secured to ground

and rungs of the ladders shall be properly secured and safe.

Install Barricading as per IS code with the marking “Sagar Smart City Works”.

B. ELECTRICAL WORKS

All temporary electrical connections should be got done to conform to statutory regulations

and a certificate obtained from the authorities. The connection and the wiring to be maintained by

competent and licensed supervisors and wiremen. As far as possible, the cables are to be safely

buried to ensure free access to equipment and machineries movements.

Hard hats (safety helmets) made out of insulating material to be used by personnel working in

'live' areas like substations, etc.

Safety boots, necessary hand-gloves as required, shall be used.

‘Earthling’ of machineries and equipment shall be ensured. No open/ bare connections allowed.

The arrangements should be checked periodically for damages to insulation and loose

connections, etc and rectified so that the wiring becomes non-hazardous.

The areas of working during nights shall be properly illuminated with floodlights and hand- lamps

as per the demand of the job.

Danger signals and safety tags in the live areas shall be demonstrated properly. All connections

to be switched off after the working hours.

Isolation switches and main switches shall be accessible easily. Necessary precautions should be

taken while excavating earthing pits.

C. MECHANICAL WORKS

Hard hats (safety helmets), safety belts, eye goggles, face shields, safety boots, hand- gloves,

respirators, etc as required/ directed shall be used.

Proper, correct and safe lifting methods shall be adopted

All lifting tools tackle and wires ropes etc shall be of tested quality for safe working loads. Wire

ropes shall be of sound construction without any splaying.

Checks to be exercised for broken wires and core proportion in the main body of the wire ropes to

be rejected. Manufacturer’s guidelines/ standards instructions are to be followed for using wire

ropes and slings with broken wires. Experience and common sense is of immense help.

Usage of hoisting belts/ safety belts is must for personnel working at higher elevations.

Only safe gangways / walkways shall be used for movement of personnel. Short cuts shall be

avoided.

Check connections to headman anchors before hoisting.

All live wires to be crossed during hoisting shall be made dead near the vicinity of the area during

hoisting/ rigging.

Avoid keeping the loads supported by hoisting equipment for an unreasonable length of time.

Ropes, cables, and slings must be protected with pads or wooden blocks at sharp edges.

D. GENERAL

Safety starts from the individual on the job. Experience and common sense shall be generously

used. In case of any doubt regarding safety, Engineer–in-Charge can be consulted.

Proper communication and alertness on the job is to be ensured.

Manholes and openings for ducts etc shall be kept properly covered.




273

Correct tools and tackles should be used for every work. Make shift tools and tackles will result in

accidents.

Fire-fighting equipment shall be placed at designated locations and kept unobstructed.

Do not use loose clothing, neckties, and etc. while on the job.

Safety precautions recommended by the manufacturers/ vendors shall be strictly adhered to.

All machinery, tools and tackles shall be maintained properly, and clearly.

7.2.16. Encumbrances in Construction Area, including Trees and Utilities

i. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate with service provider / concerned authorities

for cutting of trees, shifting of utilities and removal of encroachments etc. and making the site

unencumbered from the project construction area required for completion of work. This will include

initial and frequent follow-up meetings / actions / discussions with each involved service provider /

concerned authorities. The Contractor will not be entitled for any additional compensation for delay in

cutting of trees, shifting of utilities and removal of encroachments by the service provider / concerned

authorities. Payment for cutting of trees and shifting of utilities as required by the concerned

department shall be made by the Employer. The entire cut material will be property of the Contractor

and no cost of such material shall be recovered from the Contractor which shall be appropriately

considered by the Contractor in his bid.

ii. Drawings scheduling the affected encumbrances such as trees and services like water pipes, sewers,

oil pipelines, cables, gas ducts, electricity lines, accessories, telephone poles and OFC cables etc.

included in the contract document shall be verified by the Contractor for accuracy of scope.

iii. The Employer will make payments to the respective service provider / authorities for cutting of trees

and shifting of utilities, wherever required. The Contractor will obtain necessary approval from such

Authorities after payments by the Employer and also in cases where payments are not required to be

made for such shifting. The Employer will also write to all concerned departments/ service provider

organization for expediting and facilitating cutting of trees, shifting of utilities and removal of

encroachment etc.

iv. Any services affected by the Works must be temporarily supported by the Contractor who must also

take all measures reasonably required by the various bodies to protect their services and property

during the progress of the Works. It shall be deemed to be part of the Contract and no extra payment

shall be made for the same.

v. The Contractor may be required to carry out certain works for and on behalf of the various bodies and

he shall also provide, with the prior approval of the Engineer, such assistance to the various bodies as

may be authorized by the Engineer.

7.2.17. Supply of Colored Record Photographs

The Contractor shall, at his own cost, arrange to take colour photographs at various stages / facets of the

work including interesting and novel features of the work as directed by the SMC officials and supply two

copies of colour record photographs mounted in the albums including negatives with specification and these

shall be kept by Employer.

7.2.18. Public Awareness / Information Display

The Contractor shall, at his own cost, arrange to provide, erect and maintain necessary display boards/

banners etc as directed by SMC officials at selection points of project site giving such information as

considered necessary for public awareness/ information.

7.2.19. Completion Drawings

i. The Contractor is required to submit the completion drawings (As built Drawings) for the work done by

him. However the completion drawings for works done and covered underground, it is essential to

prepare the completion drawing as soon as the work is done and before backfilling.




274

ii. The drawings have to be prepared in digital format in AUTO-CAD, it is therefore made mandatory that

the completion drawings of the cross section of road with all utilities, Road Plan, Inspection Chambers,

Rainwater Catch pit, L-section of road etc, shall be submitted along with the running account bills for

all the works carried out during the period.

iii. The completion drawing should provide adequate data to enable finding the exact location of the

system in ground at a later date by any other new person. It should also provide the data related to

material, class and size of the line, its depth in ground, Invert Levels and levels in the manholes. The

details will be provided from Chainage-wise in details and the plan layout of the roads along with Cross

section and L-section on the reference map should be updated and submitted along with the bill. Two

hard copies of the drawings will also be submitted along with the soft copy.

7.2.20. Execution of work according to Time Schedule

i. The Bidder shall include in his bid, a detailed construction programme of executing the project,

describing broadly the technology and construction methodology major components of the project

including traffic diversion plan, deployment of machinery, submission of drawings and design. The

programme shall be supplemented with Master Control Network. The employer reserves the right to

request for change in Master Control Network after discussions with the successful bidder. Mutually

agreed Master Control Network shall form part of the Contract.

ii. The Contractor has to start construction works in the fronts available at particular road site. This shall

be planned in close consultation with the Engineer-In-Charge and in coordination with the concerned

authorities / departments / local groups.

iii. The Works shall be executed and performed in accordance with the Master Control Network (Work

Programme) which shall clearly indicate the interlinking / interdependencies of all the works of the

Contract.

iv. The Programme shall be reviewed jointly by the Employer/ Engineer and the Contractor, at least once

in a month where-in the hold ups/delays, if any, in the progress of Works, with reference to the agreed

Schedule shall be given Special Attention. Necessary modifications (updating / Revisions) of the

Programme, within the overall Time for Completion, shall be carried out by mutual agreement between

the Employer/ Engineer and the Contractor.

7.2.21. Working Procedure

The Contractor shall be required to adopt a Working Procedure based on the following:

i. Protection of properties along the project roads and their activities / operations such that these suffer

minimum (if any) adverse effects as a result of construction activities.

ii. Observe all local requirements related to work and traffic restrictions (for example, transportation

of material during particular times of a day or week, use of manual labour / smaller vehicles for carriage

of material to / from narrow lanes) as may be specified by SSCL from time to time.

iii. Avoid disruption of any public utility network and promptly restore the same in case of any unavoidable

disruption at his own cost and time without causing any discomfort to people as well as businesses.

iv. Provide for all temporary arrangements essential to allow normal operations / living conditions

for people as well as businesses.

7.2.22. Coordination of Works

Due to the peculiar nature and location of the project, and in view of the objective of proper laying

of all utility services, the specialist will need to work simultaneously and ensure proper mutual

coordination to avoid any hardships to the community. SSCL reserves the right to schedule the order of

performance of Work in such a manner as will minimize interference within different works involved. As

shown in the table below, three works will be needed to be taken up simultaneously.

Description of Work Implementation Strategy




275

1. Roads widening / improvement and laying of Footpath, Central Divider, RCC Cable Duct, RCC Pipes for OFC, Telecom Lines and Gas Pipeline, Storm Water Drainage Pipe and Chambers, including appurtenances signages, road markings and adjunct structures.

Removal of old road in stretches / phases and shifting of electric poles, laying of new CC Road with central divider and storm water drainage pipes and chambers, provide for crossing of utility pipes for future demand at regular intervals, laying pipes for OFC and Gas, construction of RCC Duct, construction of foot-path after laying of utility services.

a. Water supply network (transmission

/ distribution) including all

appurtenances and structures – upto

house connections

Laying of utility services network including structures and appurtenances in designated widths with additional excavation if any after excavation by Contractor 1 for road, proper finishing of chamber / manhole top levels after footpath construction by Contractor 1. New user-end connections, abandonment of old connections / pipes.

b. Sewerage pipes and manholes – upto house connections

c. Power cables (HV / LV), Substations, Distribution Boxes / Feeder Pillars etc. upto house connections and Street-lighting.

Laying of HV/LV cables in RCC Ducts upto Distribution Boxes / Feeder Pillars, Installation of compact substations, street lighting poles installation. New user-end connections.

7.2.23. Material Storage

All materials shall be stored as per IS:4082.

7.2.24. Operational Health, Safety Guidelines to be followed pertaining to the project Execution and Labour Employed for Execution of Works.

Model Rules Relating to Labour, Water Supply and Sanitation in Labour Camps

Note: These model rules are intended primarily for labour camps which are not of a permanent nature. They

lay down the minimum desirable standard which should be adhered to Standards in Permanent or semi-

permanent labour camps should not obviously be lower than those for temporary camps.

Location: The camp should be located in elevated and well drained ground in the locality.

Labour: Huts are to be constructed for one family of 05 persons each. The layout is to be shown in the

prescribed sketch.

Hut line: The huts to be built of local materials. Each hut should provide at least 20 Sqm. of living space.

Sanitary facilities: There shall be provision of latrines and urinals at least 15 M away from the nearest

quarter separately, for men and women specially so marked.

Latrines: Pit provided at the rate of 10 users or three families per set. Separate Urinals as required as the

privy can also be used for this purpose.

Drinking water: Adequate arrangement shall be made for the supply of drinking water. If practicable, filtered

and chlorinated supply shall be arranged. Where supply is from intermittent sources, an overhead covered

storage tank shall be provided with a capacity of five litres per person per day. Where the supply is to be

made from a well it shall confirm to the sanitary standards laid down in the report of the Rural Sanitation

Committee. The well should be at least 30 meters away from any latrine or other sources of pollution. If

possible a hand pump should be installed for drawing the water from well. The well should be effectively

disinfected once every month and quality of water should be got tested at Public Health institution between

each work of disinfection. Washing and bathing should be strictly prohibited at places where water supply

is from a river. The daily supply must be disinfected. In the storage reservoir and given at least 3 minutes’

contact with the disinfectant before it is drawn for use.

Bathing and Washing: Separate bathing and washing place shall be provided for men and women for

every 25 persons in the camp. There shall be a gap and space of 2 Sqm. for washing and bathing. Proper

drainage for waste water should be provided.

Waste disposal: Dustbins shall be provided at suitably place in camp and the residents shall be directed




276

to throw all rubbish into these dustbins. The dustbins shall be provided with covers. The contents shall be

removed every day and disposed of by trenching or through Municipal solid waste disposal system, if the

same exists.

Medical facilities:

Every camp where 1000 or more persons reside shall be provided with full time doctor and dispensary. If

there are women in the camp a full time nurse shall be employed.

Every camp where less than 1000 but more than 250 persons reside shall be provided with dispensary and

a part time nurse/midwife shall also be employed.

Sanitation:

If there are less than 250 persons in any camp a first aid kit shall be maintained by the in- charge of the

whole time persons. All medical facilities mentioned above shall be for all residents in the camp, including

a dependent of the workers, if any, free of cost. Sanitary Staff: For each labour camp there should be

qualified sanitary Inspector & Sweepers should be provided in the following scale:

For Camps with strength over 200 One Sweeper for every 75 persons but not exceeding 500

persons above the first 200 for which three sweepers should be provided.

For camps with strength over 500 One sweeper for every 100 persons above the first 500 for which

six Sweepers should be provided.

Bidder’s Labour Regulations

The Bidder shall pay not less than fair wage to Labourers engaged by him in the work.

Explanation: “Fair Wages” means wages whether for time or piece work as notified at the time of inviting

tenders for the works and where such wages have not been so notified the wages prescribed by the Labour

Department for the division in which the work is done.

a) The Bidder shall, notwithstanding the provisions of any contract to the contrary, cause to be paid a

fair wage to labourers indirectly engaged on the work including any labour engaged by his sub-

Bidders in connection with the said work as if labourers had been immediately employed by him.

b) In respect of all labour directly or indirectly employed on the works on the performance of his

contract, the Bidder shall comply with their cause to be complied with the labour act in force.

c) The Chief Executive Officer shall have the right to reduce from the money due to the Bidder any

sum required or estimated to be required for making good the loss suffered by a worker or workers

by reason of non-fulfilment of the conditions of the contract for the benefit of the workers, non-

payment of wages or the deductions made from his or their wages, which are not justified by the

terms of the contract or non-observance of regulations.

d) The Bidder shall be primarily liable for all payments to be made under and for the observance of

the regulations aforesaid without prejudice to his right to claim indemnity from his sub-Bidders.

e) The regulations aforesaid shall be deemed to be a part of this contract and any breach thereof shall

be deemed to be breach of this contract.

f) The Bidder shall obtain a valid license under the contract (Regulations and Abolition) Act in force

and rules made there under by the competent authority from time to time before commencement of

work and continue to have a valid license until the completion of the work. Any failure to fulfil this

requirement shall attract the penal provisions of this contract arising out of the resulted non-

execution of the work assigned to the Bidder.

Labour Safety, Health and Regulations Including Forms

Labour Safety Provisions:

a) suitable scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot safely be done from the




277

ground, or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from

ladders. when a ladder is used an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder and if the

ladder is used for carrying materials as well, suitable footholds and hand holds shall be provided on

the ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination not steeper than ¼ to 1 (1/4 horizontal and 1

vertical).

b) scaffolding or staging more than 3.6m (12 feet) above the ground or floor, swung or suspended

from an overhead support or erected with stationery support shall have a guard rail properly

attached or bolted, braced and otherwise secured at least 90 cm. (3 feet) high above the floor or

platform of such scaffolding or staging and extending along the entire length of the outside and

ends thereof with only such opening as may be necessary for the delivery of materials. such

scaffolding or staging shall be so fastened as to prevent it from swaying from the building or

structure.

c) working platforms, gangways, and stairways should be so constructed that they should not sag

unduly or unequally, and if the height of the platform or the gangway or the stairway is more that

3.6m (12 feet) above ground level or floor level, they should be closely boarded, should have

adequate width & should be suitable fastened as described in above.

d) every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall be provided with suitable means

to prevent the fall of persons or materials by providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum

height shall be 90 cm (3 feet).

e) safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places. every

ladder shall be securely fixed. no portable single ladder shall be over 9m. (30 feet) in length while

the width between side rails in rung ladder shall in no case be less than 29 cm. (11.5”) for ladder

up to and including 3m (10 feet) in length. for longer ladders this width should be increased at least

1/4" for each additional 30 cm (1 ft.) of length. uniform step spacing shall not exceed 30 cm (12").

adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent danger from electrical equipment. no materials on

any of the sites of the work shall be so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to

any person or the public. the contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the

public from accident, and shall be bound to bear the expenses of defense of every suit, action or

other proceeding at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect

of the above precautions and to pay any damages and cost which may be awarded in any such

suit, action or proceedings to any such person or which may, with the consent of the contractor, be

paid to compensate any claim by any such person.

Excavation and Trenching:

a) all trenches, 1.2mts.(four feet) or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at least one

ladder for each 30m.(100 feet) in length or fraction thereof, ladder shall be extended from bottom

of the trench to at least 90cm (3feet) above the surface of the ground. the side of the trenches,

which are 1.5 m. (5feet) or more in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slope or securely

held by timber bracing, so as to avoid the danger or sides to collapsing. the excavated materials

shall not be placed within 1.5m (5 feet) of the edges of the trench or half of the depth of the trench

whichever is more.

b) cutting shall be done from top to bottom. under no circumstances undermining or undercutting shall

be done.

Demolition: before any demolition work is commenced and also during the progress of the work following

precautions shall be observed:

a) all roads and open areas adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected.

b) no electric cable or apparatus which is likely to be a source of danger or a cable or apparatus used

by the operator shall remain electrically charged.




278

c) all practical steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk or fire or explosion

or flooding. no floor, roof or other part of the building shall be overloaded with debris or materials

as to render it unsafe.

Personal Safety:

a) all necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the engineer-in- charge should

be kept available for the use of persons employed on the site and maintained in a condition suitable

for immediate use, and the contractor should take adequate step to ensure proper use of equipment

by those concerned. the following safety equipment shall be invariably provided.

b) workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials, cement and lime mortars shall be provided with

protective footwear and protective goggles.

c) those engaged in white washing and mixing or stacking of cement bags or any materials which are

injurious to the eye shall be provided with protective goggles.

d) those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welders protective eye shields.

e) stone breakers shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing and seated at

sufficiently safe interval.

f) when workers are employed for works in sewers and manholes, which are in active use, the

contractors shall ensure that the manhole covers are opened and ventilated at-least for an hour

before the workers are allowed to get into the manholes, and the manholes so opened shall be

cordoned off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident

the public. in addition, the contractor shall ensure that the following safety measures are adhered

to:

g) entry for workers into the sewer line shall not be allowed except under supervision of the je or any

other higher officer.

h) at least 5 to 6 manholes upstream and downstream should be kept open for at least 2 to 3 hours

before any man is allowed to enter into the manholes for working inside.

i) before entry, presence of toxic gases should be tested by inserting wet lead acetate paper which

changes color in the presence of such gases and gives indication of their presence. presence of

oxygen should be verified by lowering a detector lamp into the manhole. in case, no oxygen is found

inside the sewer line, workers should be sent only with oxygen kit.

j) safety belt with rope should be provided to the workers. while working inside the manholes such

rope should be handled by two men standing outside to enable him to be pulled out during

emergency.

k) the area should be barricaded or cordoned off by suitable means to avoid mishaps of any kind.

proper warning signs should be displayed for the safety of the public whenever cleaning works are

undertaken during night or day.

l) no smoking or open flames shall be allowed near the blocked manhole being cleaned.

m) the malba obtained on account of cleaning of blocked manholes and sewer lines should be

immediately removed to avoid accidents on account of slippery nature of the malba.

n) workers should not be allowed to work inside the manhole continuously. he should be given rest

intermittently. the engineer-in-charge may decide the time up to which a worker may be allowed to

work continuously inside the manhole.

o) gas masks with oxygen cylinder should be kept at site for use in emergency.

p) air-blowers should be used for flow of fresh air through the manholes. whenever called for, portable

air-blowers are recommended for ventilating the manholes. the motors for these shall be vapour

proof and of totally enclosed type. non sparking gas engines also could be used but they should be




279

placed at-least 2 metres away from the opening and on the leeward side protected from wind so

that they will not be a source of friction on any inflammable gas that might be present.

q) the workers engaged for cleaning the manholes / sewers should be properly trained before allowing

to work in the manhole.

r) the workers shall be provided with gumboots or non sparking shoes, bump helmets and gloves non

sparking tools, safety lights and gas masks and portable air blowers (when necessary). they must

be supplied with barrier cream for anointing the limbs before working inside the sewer lines.

s) workmen descending a manhole shall try each ladder step or rung carefully before putting his full

weight on it to guard against insecure fastening due to corrosion of the rung fixed to manhole well.

t) if a man has received a physical injury, he should be brought out of the sewer immediately and

adequate medical aid should be provided to him.

u) the extent to which these precautions are to be taken depend on individual situation but the decision

of the engineer-in-charge regarding the steps to be taken in this regard in an individual case will be

final.

v) the contractor shall not employ men and women below the age of 18 years on the work of painting

with products containing lead in any form wherever men above the age of 18 are employed on the

work of lead painting the following precautions should be taken.

w) no paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the form of paste or readymade

paint.

x) suitable face masks should be supplied for use by the workers when paint is applied in the form of

spray or a surface having lead paint is dry rubbed and scrapped.

y) Overalls shall be supplied by the Contractor to the workmen and adequate facilities shall be

provided to enable the working painters to wash during the cessation of work. White lead, sulphate

or lead work products containing those pigments shall not be used in painting operation except in

the form of paste or of paints ready for use. Measures shall be taken whenever required in order to

prevent danger arising from the application of paint in the form of spray.

z) Measures shall be taken, whenever practicable to prevent danger arising out of dust caused by dry

rubbing down and scrapping.

aa) Adequate facilities shall be provided to enable working painter to wash during and on cessation of

work.

bb) Suitable arrangements shall be made to prevent clothing put off during working hours being spoiled

by painting materials.

cc) Cases of lead poisoning and of suspected lead poisoning shall be notified and shall be subsequently

verified by a medical man appointed by the competent authorities of SSCL.

dd) The SSCL may require when necessary a medical examination of workers.

ee) Instructions with regard to the special hygienic precautions to be taken in the painting trade shall

be distributed to working painters.

ff) When the work is done near any place where there is risk of drowning, all necessary equipment‟s

should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any

person in danger and adequate provisions should be made for prompt first aid treatment for all

injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work.

gg) Use of hoisting machines and tackle including their attachment encourage and supports shall

conform to the following standard of conditions. these shall be of good mechanical construction,

sound material and adequate strength and free from patent, defects and shall be kept in good

working order. Every rope used in hoisting or lowering materials or as a means of suspension shall




280

be of durable quality and adequate strength, and free from patent defects. Every crane driver or

hoisting appliance operator shall be properly qualified and no person under the age of 21 years

should be in-charge of any hoisting machine including any scaffolding, winch or giving signals to

operator. In case of every hoisting machine and of every chain ring hook, shackle swivel and pulley

block used in hoisting or as means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by

adequate means. Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to above shall be plainly marked

with the safe working load. In case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each

safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated. No part

of any machine or any gear referred to above in this clause shall be loaded beyond the safe working

load except for the purpose of testing.

hh) In case of SSCL machines, the safe working load shall be notified by the engineer-in-charge. As

regards contractor’s machines the contractor shall notify the safe working load of the machine to

the engineer-in-charge whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and get verified by the

engineer-in-charge.

ii) Motors gearing, transmission electric wiring and other dangerous parts of hoisting appliances

should be provided with efficient safeguard. Hoisting appliances should be provided with such

means as will reduce to the minimum the risk of accidental descent of the load. Adequate

precautions should be taken to reduce the minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load

becoming accidentally displaced. When workers are employed on electrical installations, which are

already energized, insulating mats, wearing apparel, such as gloves sleeves and boots as may be

necessary be provided. The worker should not wear any rings, watches and carry keys or other

materials, which are good conductors of electricity.

jj) All scaffold, ladders, and other safety devices mentioned or described herein shall be maintained

in safe condition and no scaffold ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use.

Adequate washing facilities should be provided at or near places of work.

kk) These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a notice

board at a prominent place of work spot. The person responsible for compliance of the safety codes

shall be named therein by the contractor.

ll) To ensure effective enforcement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the

arrangements made by the contractor shall be open to inspection by SSCL official or their

representatives.

mm) Notwithstanding the above clauses there is nothing in these to exempt the contractor from

the operations of any other act or rule in force in the republic of India.

Safety Code

Scaffolding:

a) Suitable scaffold should be provided for workman for all works that cannot safely be done from the

grounds or from solid construction except such short period work as can be done safely from ladder

is used on extra labour shall be engaged for holding the ladder for carrying materials as well suitable

foot holes and hand holds shall be provided on the ladder and the ladder shall be given an inclination

not steeper than ¼ to ¼ Horizontal and 1 vertical).

b) Scaffolding or staging more than 12 M above, the ground floor swung or suspended from an

overhead support or erected with stationer/support shall have a guard rail property attached, bolted,

braced or otherwise secured at least 1-meter-high above the floor platforms of such scaffolding or

staging and extending along the entire length of the outside the ends thereof with only such opening

as may be necessary for the delivery of the materials. Such scaffolding or staging shall be fastened

as to prevent it from swaying from the building of structure.

c) Working platform gangways and stairway should be so constructed that they should not away




281

unduly or unequally and if the height of the platform of the Gangway or the stairway is more than

3.54 meters above ground level and or floor level they should be closely bearded, should have

adequate width and should be suitably fenced as described (ii) above.

d) Working platform be provided with suitable means to prevent the falling of persons or materials by

providing suitable fencing or railing whose minimum height shall be 1 meter.

e) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places. Every

ladder shall be securely fixed. No portable ladder shall be over 9 meter in length while the width

between side rails in ring ladder shall be in no case be less than 0.3 meters from ladder up to and

including 3-meter length. For longer ladders this width should be increased at least 2 cm. For each

additional meter of length. Uniform step spacing shall not exceed 0.3 M adequate precaution shall

be taken to prevent danger form electrical equipment. No material on any of the work site shall be

so stacked or placed as to cause danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. The Bidder

shall also provide all necessary fencing and lights to protect the public from accident and shall be

bound to bear the expenses of defence of every suit action or other precautions of law that may be

brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above and to pay any damages

and costs which may be awarded in any such suit action or proceeding to any such person or which

may with consent of the Bidder be paid to compromise by any such person.

Excavation and Trenching: All trenches 1.2 meter or more in depth, shall at all times be supplied with at

least one ladder for each 30 Meter in length or fraction thereof. Ladder shall be extended from bottom of the

trench to at least 1 meter above the surface of the ground. The side of trenches which are 1.5 meter or more

in depth shall be stepped back to give suitable slopes or securely held by timber bracing so as to avoid the

danger of sides to collapse The excavated materials shall not be placed within 1.5 meter of the edge of the

trench or half of the depth of the trench whichever is more. Cutting shall be done from top to bottom. Under

no circumstances undermining or under cutting shall be done.

Demolition: Before any demolition work is commenced and also during the process of the works.

a) All roads and open area adjacent to the work site shall either be closed or suitably protected.

b) No electric cable or apparatus which is liable to be a source of danger over a cable or apparatus

used by the operator shall remain electrically charged.

c) All precautionary steps shall be taken to prevent danger to persons employed from risk of fire or

explosion of flooring. No floor roof or other part of the building shall be so overloaded with debris of

materials as to render it unsafe.

Painting: All necessary personal safety equipment as considered adequate by the Engineer-in-charge

should be kept available for the use of person employed on the site and maintained in a condition suitable

for immediate use and the Bidder should take adequate steps to ensure proper use of equipment by those

concerned.

a) Workers employed on mixing asphaltic materials cement lime mortars shall be provided with

protective footwear and. protective goggles.

b) Stone brackets shall be provided with protective goggles and protective clothing, and seated at

sufficiently safe intervals.

c) Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protect.

d) When workers are employed in sewers and manholes which are in use, the Bidders shall ensure

that the manhole covers are open and are ventilated at least for an hour before the work shall be

coronet off with suitable railing and provided with warning signals or boards to prevent accident to

the public.

e) The Bidder shall not employ men below the age of 19 and women on the work of painting with

products containing lead in any form whenever men above the age of 18 are employed on the work




282

of lead painting the following precautions should be taken.

f) No paint containing lead or lead shall be used except in the form of paste or readymade paint.

g) Suitable face masks should be supplied for use by the workers when paint applied in the form of

spray or a surface having lead paint dry rubble and scrapped.

h) Overhauled shall be supplied by the Bidder to the workman and adequate facilities shall be provided

to enable the working painters to wash during the cessations of work.

Drawing: When the work is done near any place where there is risk a drawing of all necessary equipment

should be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps taken for prompt rescue of any person

in danger and adequate provision should be made for prompt first aid treatment for all injuries likely to be

sustained during the course of the work.

a) Every crane driver or hosing equipment operator shall be properly qualified and should not have

any personal disorder. Such person must be of a minimum age of 21 years.

b) In case of every hoisting machine and every chain ring lowering or as means of suspensions. The

sate working load shall be ascertained by adequate means. Every hoisting machine and gear

referred to above shall be plainly marked with the safe working load. In case of hoisting machine

having a variable safe working load of the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly

indicated. No part of any machine or of any gear referred to above in this paragraph shall be loaded

beyond the safe working load except for load purpose of testing.

c) In case of departmental machine, the safe working and load shall be notified by the Electrical

Engineer-in-charge. As regarded Bidder’s machine the Bidder shall notify the safe working load of

the machine to the Engineer-in-charge, whenever he brings any machinery to site of work and get

verified by the Electrical Engineer concerned.

d) Motors, gearing transmission, Electric wiring and other dangerous part of the hoisting appliance

should be provided with efficient safe guards and with such means as well reduce adequate

precautions should be taken to reduce to the minimum the risk of any part of a suspended load be

coming accidentally displaced When workers employed on Electrical installations which are already

unregistered insulating mats wearing apparel such as gloves sleeves and boots as may be

necessary should be provided the workers should not wear rings, watches and carry keys, or other

materials which are good conductors of electricity.

e) All scaffolds, ladders and their safety device mentioned or described herein shall be maintained in

safe condition and no scaffold ladder or equipment shall be altered or removed while it is in use.

Adequate washing facilities shall be provided at or near places of work.

f) These safety provisions should be brought to the notice of all concerned by display on a Notice

Board at prominent places at the work spot. The persons responsible for compliance of the safety

code shall be named therein by the Bidder.

g) To ensure effective endorsement of the rules and regulations relating to safety precautions the

arrangement made by the Bidder shall be open to inspection by the Labour Officer, Engineer-in-

charge, or the Department or their representatives.

h) Notwithstanding the above clauses there is nothing in these three except the Bidders to exclude

the operations of any other act or rule in force in the Republic of India.

i) The bidder has to place the safety sign board in the work area which should be properly visible to

prevent any accident.

j) The bidder has to take 3rd party Insurance of the work area, equipment(s), Tools and Tackles.

k) The bidder shall keep the Safety Engineer / Officer who shall take care for safety related issues and

shall be present on work area on full time basis during construction work.




283

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT- ANNEXURE- “D”

ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY

SPECIFICATION FOR ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY POLICY (EHS) MANAGEMENT

CONTENTS

CLAUSE NO. TITLE

2 SCOPE

2 REFERENCES

3 REQUIREMENT OF ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY

3.1 MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

3.2 HOUSE KEEPING

3.3 ENVIRONMENT ,HEALTH & SAFETY

4 DETAILS OF EHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR

4.1 ON AWARD OF CONTRACT

4.2 DURING JOB EXECUTION

1. SCOPE:

This specification established the Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) management requirement to be

complied with by the Contractors during construction. Requirements stipulated in this specification shall

supplement the requirements of EHS Management given in relevant Act (s) / legislations. General Conditions

of Contract (GCC), Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) and Job Specifications. Where different documents

stipulate different requirements, the most stringent shall be adopted.

2. REFERENCES:

This document should be read in conjunction with following:

General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

Job specifications

3. REQUIREMENTS OF ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH & SAFETY (EHS) MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TO BE

COMPLIED BY BIDDERS

3.1. MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY

a) The Contractor should have a documented EHS policy to cover commitment of their organization

to ensure health, safety and environment aspects in their line of operations.

b) The EHS management system of the Contractor shall cover the EHS requirements including but not

limited to what is specified under Para 1.0 and para 2.0 above.

c) Contractor shall be fully responsible for planning and implementing EHS requirements. Contractor as a

minimum requirement shall designate / deploy the following to co-ordinate the above:

d) No. of workers deployed

i. Up to 250 - Designate one safety supervisor

ii. Above 250 & up to 500 - Deploy one qualified and experienced safety Engineer /officer

iii. Above 500-One additional safety (for every 500 or less) engineer/officer as above.

SECTION VII: PARTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (PCC) National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



284

e) Contractor shall indemnify & hold harmless Owner / SSCL & either representatives free from any and

all liabilities arising out of non – fulfillments of EHS requirements.

f) The Contractor shall ensure that the Environment, Health & Safety (EHS) requirements are clearly

understood & faithfully implemented at all levels at site.

g) The Contractor shall promote and develop consciousness for Safety , Health and Environment

among all personnel working for the Contractor. Regular awareness, program site meetings shall be

arranged on EHS activities to cover hazards involved in various operations during construction.

h) Arrange suitable first aid measures such as First Aid Box, trained personnel to give First Aid,

Stand by Ambulance or Vehicle and install fire protection measures such as : adequate number

of steel buckets with sand and adequate fire extinguishers to the satisfaction of SSCL/Owner.

i) The Contractor shall evolve a comprehensive planned and documented system for implementation

and monitoring of the EHS requirements. This shall be submitted to SSCL/Owner for approval. The

monitoring for implementation shall be done by regular inspections and compliance to the

observations thereof. The Contractor shall get similar EHS requirements implemented at his sub-

contractor(s) work site/office. However, compliance of EHS requirements shall be the sole

responsibility of the Contractor. Any review / approval by SSCL/Owner shall not absolve contractor

of his responsibility / liability in relation to all HSE requirements.

j) Non-Conformance on EHS by Contractor (including his Sub-contractors) as brought out during

review/audit by SSCL/Owner representatives shall be resolved forthwith by Contractor. Compliance

report shall be provided to SSCL/Owner.

k) The Contractor shall ensure participation of his Resident Engineer / Site-in- Charge in the Safety

Committee / EHS Committees meetings arranged by SSCL/Owner. The compliance of any

observations shall be arranged urgently. He shall assist SSCL/Owner to achieve the targets set by them

on EHS during the project implementation.

l) The Contractor shall adhere consistently to all provisions of EHS requirements. In case of non-

compliance or continuous failure in implementation of any of EHS provisions; SSCL/Owner may

impose stoppage of work without any Cost & Time implication to Owner and/or impose a suitable

penalty for non-compliance with a notice of suitable period, up to a cumulative limit of 1.0% (one

percent) of Contract Value with a maximum limit of Rs. 10 lakhs. This penalty shall be in addition to

all other penalties specified else where in the contract. The decision of imposing stoppage work, its

extent & monitory penalty shall rest with SSCL/Owner & binding on the Contractor.

m) All fatal accidents and other personnel accidents shall be investigated by a team of Contractor’s

senior personnel for root cause & recommend corrective and preventive actions. Findings shall be

documented and suitable actions taken to avoid recurrences shall be communicated to SSCL/Owner.

n) Owner / SSCL shall have the liberty to independently investigate such occurrences and Contractor

shall extend all necessary help and co-operation in this regard.

3.2. HOUSE KEEPING

a) Contractor shall ensure that a high degree of house keeping is maintained and shall ensure inter alia

the followings wherever applicable:

b) All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to identified

location(s).

c) Unused/Surplus Cables, Steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places within the

working areas are removed to identified location(s).

d) All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials, shall be

removed from work place to identified location(s).




285

e) Roads shall be kept clear and materials like: pipes, steel, sand boulders, concrete, chips and bricks

etc. shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of men & machineries.

f) Fabricated steel structural, pipes & piping materials shall be stacked properly for erection.

g) Water logging on roads shall not be allowed.

h) No parking of trucks / trolleys, cranes and trailers etc. shall be allowed on roads which may obstruct

the traffic movement.

i) Utmost care shall be taken to ensure over all cleanliness and proper upkeep of the working areas.

j) Trucks carrying sand, earth and pulverised materials etc. shall be covered while moving within the

premises.

k) Only properly designed steel scaffolding materials to be used for working at heights more than 3.0M .

Double scaffolding using wooden ballis may be allowed for working at height less than 3.0M

3.3. ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND SAFETY

a) The Contractor shall provide safe means of access to any working place including provisions of

suitable and sufficient scaffolding at various stages during all operations of the work for the safety of

his workmen, and, SSCL/Owner. Contractor shall ensure deployment of appropriate equipment and

appliances for adequate safety and health of the workmen and protection of surrounding areas.

b) The Contractor shall ensure that all their staff and workers including their subcontractor(s) shall wear

Safety Helmet and Safety shoes. Contractor shall also ensure use of safety belt, protective

goggles, gloves etc. by the personnel as per job requirements. All these gadgets shall conform to

relevant IS specifications or equivalent.

c) Contractor shall ensure that a proper Safety Net System shall be used at appropriate locations. The

safety net shall be located not more than 30 feet (9.0 metres) below the working surface at site to

arrest or to reduce the consequences of a possible fall of persons working at different heights.

d) Contractor shall ensure that flash back arrester shall be used while using

e) Gas Cylinders at site. Cylinders shall be mounted on trolleys.

f) The Contractor shall assign to his workmen, tasks commensurate with their qualification, experience

and state of health for driving of vehicles, handling and erection of materials and equipment.

All lifting equipment shall be tested certified for its capacity before use. Adequate and suitable

lighting at every work place and approach there to, shall be provided by the Contractor before

starting the actual operations at night.

g) Hazardous and/or toxic materials such as solvent coating, or thinners shall be stored in appropriate

containers.

h) All hazardous materials shall be labelled with the name of the materials, the hazards associated with

its use and necessary precautions to be taken.

i) Contractor shall ensure that during the performance of the work, all hazards to be health of

personnel, have been identified, assessed and eliminated.

j) Chemical spills shall be contained & cleaned up immediately to prevent further contamination.

k) All personnel exposed to physical agents such as ionizing radiation, ultraviolet rays or similar

other physical agents shall be provided with adequate shielding or protection commensurate with

the type of exposure involved.

l) Where contact or exposure of hazardous materials could exceed limits or could otherwise have

harmful affects, appropriate personal protective equipment such as gloves, goggles, aprons, chemical




286

resistant clothing and respirator shall be used.

m) Crèche where 10 or more female workers are having children below the age of 6 years.

n) Reasonable Canteen facilities are made available at appropriate location depending upon site

conditions.

o) Suitable facilities for toilet, drinking water, proper lighting shall be provided at site and labour camps,

commensurate with applicable Laws / Legislation.

p) Contractor shall ensure storage and utilization methodology of materials that are not detrimental to the

environment. Where required Contractor shall ensure that only the environment friendly materials are

selected.

q) All persons deployed at site shall be knowledgeable of and comply with the environmental laws, rules

& regulations relating to the hazardous materials substances and wastes. Contractor shall not

dump, release or otherwise discharge or dispose off any such materials without the express

authorization of SSCL/Owner.

4. DETAILS OF EHS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM BY CONTRACTOR

4.1. On Award of Contract

The Contractor shall prior to start of work submit his Safety Health and Environment Manual or

procedure and EHS Plans for approval by SSCL/Owner. The Contractor shall participate in the pre-start

meeting with SSCL/Owner to finalise EHS Plans including the following :

a) Job procedure to be followed by Contractor for activities covering. Handling of equipment,

Scaffolding, Electric Installation, describing the risks involved, actions to be taken and methodology for

monitoring each activity.

b) SSCL/Owner review / audit requirement.

c) Organization structure along with responsibility and authority records / reports etc. on EHS activities.

4.2. During job execution

Implement approved Environment, Health & Safety management procedure including but not limited to as

brought out under para 3.0. Contractor shall also ensure to:

a) Arrange workmen compensation insurance, registration under ESI Act, third party liability insurance

etc., as applicable.

b) Arrange all HSE permits before start of activities (as applicable) like hot work, confined space, work at

heights, storage of chemical / explosive materials and its use and implement all precautions mentioned

therein.

c) Submit timely the completed checklist on EHS activities, Monthly EHS report, accident reports,

investigation reports etc. as per SSCL/Owner requirements. Compliance of instructions on EHS

shall be done by Contractor and informed urgently to SSCL/Owner.

d) Ensure that Resident Engineer / Site-in-Charge of the Contractor shall attend all the Safety

Committee / EHS meetings arranged by SSCL/Owner. Only in case of his absence from site that a

second senior most person shall be nominated by him in advance and communicated to SSCL/Owner.

e) Display at site office and work locations caution boards, list of hospitals, emergency services available.

f) Provide posters, banners for safe working to promote safety consciousness.

g) Carryout audits / inspection at sub-contractor works as per approved EHS




287

h) Document and submit the reports for SSCL/Owner review.

i) Assist in EHS audits by SSCL/Owner, and submit compliance report.

j) Generate & submit HSE records / report as per EHS Plan

k) Appraise SSCL/Owner on EHS activity




288

SECTION VIII: CONTRACT FORMS

SECTION VIII: CONTRACT FORMS National Competitive Bidding/Tender Document for



289

8. SECTION VIII: CONTRACT FORMS

8.1. Notification of Award/Letter of Acceptance

Ref No.: ________________________

Date: ___________________________

M/S. ____________________________

________________________________

________________________________

________________________________

________________________________

Subject: Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development

Dear Sir(s),

Your bid for the work and services mentioned above has been accepted on behalf of the Sagar Smart City

Limited, at your bided offer as per scope of work and services given therein. You are requested to submit

within 15 (Fifteen) days from the date of issue of this letter:

a) The performance security/performance guarantee of Rs. ____________________________ (in figures)

Rupees ______________________________________________________________ (in words only).

The performance security shall be in the shape of term deposit receipt/ bank guarantee of any nationalized

/ schedule commercial bank.

b) Sign the contract agreement.

Please note that the time allowed for carrying out the capital works as entered in the bid is 18 (Eighteen)

months including rainy season and the total time period for Management, Operation and Maintenance Services

as entered in the bid is 5 (Five) years after the expiry of the works period, shall be reckoned from the date of

signing the contract agreement.

Signing the contract agreement shall be reckoned as intimation to commencement of work and no separate

letter for commencement of work is required. Therefore, after signing of the agreement, you are directed to

contact Engineer-in-charge for taking the possession of site and necessary instructions to start the work.

Yours faithfully,

Executive Engineer





290

8.2. Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made this ________ day of ___________ 2019, between Government of Madhya

Pradesh, represented by the Chief Executive Officer, Sagar Smart City Limited, Old RTO Building, Near Tilli

Tiraha, Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002, India, Email: [email protected], Phone: xxxxxxxxxx

(hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part and M/S ____________________________________________

with a registered office at _________________________________________________ (hereinafter “the

Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known Works & Services Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake

Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development in conformity with the provisions of the contract in all respect.

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to

them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.

a) Notice to Proceed

b) the Letter of Acceptance;

c) the Bid

d) the Addenda and Corrigendum

e) the Special Conditions

f) the General Conditions

g) the Procuring Entity’s Requirement / Specifications;

h) the Drawings;

i) Instructions to Bidders and Notice Inviting Bids

j) the Priced Bill of Quantities and

k) The Schedule of Supplementary information

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as indicated in this

Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute the Works and to remedy

defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion

of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become

payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with the

laws of India on the day, month and year indicated above.

Signed by Chief Executive Officer

Ajmer Smart City Limited

for and on behalf of the Employer

Witness, Name, Signature, Address Signed by

Signed by

for and on behalf the Contractor

Witness, Name, Signature, Address Signed by




291

8.3. Performance Security

[On a Bank’s Letterhead with Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]

Beneficiary:



Sagar, Madhya Pradesh 470002, India,

Email: [email protected], Phone: xxxxxxxxxx

Date: _________________

Performance Guarantee No.: ________________________

We have been informed that M/S ____________________________________________ [name of the

Contractor] (hereinafter called "the Contractor") has entered into Contract No. _________________ [reference

number of the Contract] dated ___________________with you, for the execution of Works & Services

Contract for Lakha Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development (hereinafter called "the

Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance security is

required.

At the request of the Contractor, we ___________________________________________ [name of the Bank]

hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of Rupees*

_________________ [amount in figures] (Rupees __________________________________________

[amount in words]) such sum being payable upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by

a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without your

needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.

The Guarantor agrees to extend this guarantee for a specified period in response to the Procuring Entity’s

written request for such extension for that specified period, provided that such request is presented to the

Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.

This guarantee shall expire, no later than the ______Day of ___________ 2019 **,and any demand for

payment under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

__________________________________

Seal of Bank and Authorised Signature(s)

* The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract

** Insert the date sixty days after the expected completion date, including defect liability period and maintenance period, if

any.

Notes: 1. All italicized text is for guidance on how to prepare this advance payment guarantee and shall be deleted from

the final document.

2. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer

would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be

made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee.




292

8.4. Mobilization Advance Security

BANK GUARANTEE FORMAT

FOR MOBILIZATION AND CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY ADVANCE

WHEREAS M/S___________________________________________ (name of the Bidder) (hereinafter called

"the Bidder") has submitted his Bid dated ___________ for the work of Works & Services Contract for Lakha

Banjara Lake Rejuvenation & Lakefront Development (herein after called the “Bid”).

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that we ___________________________________________ (name

of Bank) of ___________________ [name of country] having our registered office at

_______________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________ (hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto Sagar

Smart City Limited in the sum of ________________________* for which payment well and truly to be made to

the said name of the (Authority Name) the Bank itself, his successors and assigns by these presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this __________day of ___________

THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:

(1) If after Bid opening the Bidder withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity specified in the Form of Bid.

OR

(2) If the Bidder having been notified to the acceptance of his bid by the name of the Executive Engineer during

the period of Bid validity

(a) fails or refuses to execute the Form of Agreement in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, if required;

or

(b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders.

We undertake to pay to the (name of the Executive Engineer) up to the above amount upon receipt of his first

written demand, without the SSCL having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand of Sagar

Smart City Limited will note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any

of the two conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions.

This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date 180 ** days after the deadline for submission

of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be extended by the (name of the

Authority), notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in respect of this guarantee

should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

Date:___________________ ______________________________________

Witness: _________________________________ (signature, name, address & seal)

* The Bidder should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in Indian Rupees. This figure

should be the same as shown in Bid Data Sheet.

EMD should be valid for a period of 240(180 +60) days or more




293

8.5. Secured Advance Security

Deleted




294

8.6. Physical Completion Certificate

PHYSICAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE FOR WORKS

Name of Work: _________________________________________________________________________

Agreement No.: ______________________________________________________Date: ______________

Amount of Contract Rs for Works: ______________________________________________________

Name of Agency: ________________________________________________________________________

Used MB No.: _______________________

Last measurement recorded

a. Page No. & MB No.: _______________

b. Date: ___________________

Certified that the above-mentioned work was physically completed on ________________ (Date) and taken

over on ________________ (Date) and that I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the work has been

done properly.

Date of issue: _________________

Engineer in Charge

Sagar Smart City Limited, Sagar




295

8.7. Final Completion Certificate

FINAL COMPLETION CERTIFICATE FOR WORKS AND MANAGEMENT, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE

Name of Work: _________________________________________________________________________

Agreement No.: ______________________________________________________Date: ______________

Amount of Contract Rs for Works & Services: _________________________________________________

Period of successful completion of Management, Operation and Maintenance Services of the project facility

(in years): ________________

Name of Agency: ________________________________________________________________________

Certified that the above-mentioned Works and Services was physically completed on ___ (date) and

taken over on _________ (date).

Incumbency of officers for the work

I have satisfied myself to best of my ability that the work has been done properly.

Date of Issue: _______________

Engineer in Charge

Sagar Smart City Limited, Sagar